powerdot, now dtx-less (3dec10)

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@20649 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
author: Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> 2010-12-03 23:42:48 +0000
committer: Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> 2010-12-03 23:42:48 +0000
commit: 7ced98c04c5068e8609ca2c6b36f6ad6131ba855 (patch)
tree: 7bcd5fb3d7a6f93cd9396248498028e445ed9c1d /Master
parent: 9d3d961f82ab9992d487324b372451c0dc289ce8 (diff)
34 files changed, 2833 insertions, 9126 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/README
index d256a8a20bf..ef1214af8d1 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/README
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/README
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-powerdot v1.4a
+powerdot v1.4d
 --------------
 
 powerdot is a presentation class for LaTeX that allows for the quick
@@ -43,8 +43,3 @@ The latest version of this license is in
 and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
 version 2003/12/01 or later.
 
-This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-
-This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
-
-This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/RunDoc b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/RunDoc
index 4e50d2388be..4abc92e07e2 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/RunDoc
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/RunDoc
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 # other style name) to generate .001 and .002 files which
 # will be included by the documentation.
 
-latex powerdot.dtx 
+latex powerdot.tex 
 
    latex "\def\style{default}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
    latex "\def\style{default}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
@@ -75,20 +75,22 @@ latex powerdot.dtx
    latex "\def\style{upen}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
    dvips -i powerdot-styleexample -o powerdot-styleexample-upen.ps
 
-latex powerdot.dtx
-latex powerdot.dtx
+latex powerdot.tex
+latex powerdot.tex
 bibtex powerdot
 makeindex -s gglo.ist -o powerdot.gls powerdot.glo
 makeindex -s gind.ist -o powerdot.ind powerdot.idx
-latex powerdot.dtx
-latex powerdot.dtx
+latex powerdot.tex
+latex powerdot.tex
 dvips powerdot.dvi
 ps2pdf powerdot.ps
-rm *.aux *.log *.i?? *.g??
-
 latex powerdotDE.tex
 latex powerdotDE.tex
 
+rm *.aux *.log *.i?? *.g?? *.toc *.dvi *.blg *.ps  *.bm *.bbl
+rm powerdot-styleexample-*
+
+
 # If you also want to generate the source code documentation,
 # remove \OnlyDescription from the preamble of powerdot.dtx
 # prior to compiling the source.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/manifest.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/manifest.txt
index fc0046eecb2..1e08f6602c0 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/manifest.txt
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/manifest.txt
@@ -4,10 +4,6 @@ powerdot manifest
 
 This work consists of the file:
 
-  powerdot.dtx
-
-and derived files:
-
   powerdot.cls
   powerdot-styletest.tex
   powerdot-styleexample.tex
@@ -73,5 +69,3 @@ CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/distrib: official location
  |- powerdot-klope.sty       : /tex/latex/powerdot
  |- powerdot-jefka.sty       : /tex/latex/powerdot
   `- powerdot-pazik.sty       : /tex/latex/powerdot
- |
- `- powerdot.dtx             : /source/latex/powerdot
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/pdpream.ble b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/pdpream.ble
deleted file mode 100644
index 370d97f565e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/pdpream.ble
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,174 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `pdpream.ble',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% powerdot.dtx  (with options: `preamble')
-%% 
-%% ---------------------------------------------------------------
-%% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
-%% ---------------------------------------------------------------
-%%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2003/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
-%%
-%% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
-%%
-\usepackage{url}
-\usepackage{fourier}
-\usepackage{xcolor}
-\usepackage{enumitem}
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\usepackage{pst-char}
-\usepackage{listings}
-\usepackage{array}
-\usepackage{xkeyval}
-\usepackage[section]{placeins}
-\addtolength\textheight{2cm}
-\addtolength\topmargin{-1cm}
-\lstnewenvironment{command}{%
-  \lstset{columns=flexible,frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{blue!20},%
-    xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep,escapeinside=`',gobble=1}}{}
-\lstnewenvironment{example}[1][]{%
-  \lstset{basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,columns=flexible,frame=single,%
-    backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},xleftmargin=\fboxsep,%
-    xrightmargin=\fboxsep,gobble=1,%
-    }\lstset{#1}}{}
-\def\mktitledecor{%
-  \rput[tl]{90}(-5.5,-26.51){%
-    \psline[linewidth=1pt](0,1.5)(\paperheight,1.5)%
-    \rput[lB](.075\paperheight,.5){\pscharpath[linecolor=blue!50,%
-      fillcolor=yellow!20,fillstyle=solid,linewidth=.5pt]%
-      {\Huge\bfseries\sffamily powerdot}%
-    }%
-    \rput[rB](.925\paperheight,.5){\pscharpath[linecolor=blue!50,%
-      fillcolor=yellow!20,fillstyle=solid,linewidth=.5pt]%
-      {\Huge\bfseries Documentation}%
-    }%
-    \psline[linewidth=1pt](0,0)(\paperheight,0)%
-  }%
-}
-\makeatletter
-\def\option#1{%
-  \XKV@for@n{#1}\pd@tempa{%
-    \fcolorbox{black}{red!20}{\texttt\pd@tempa}\quad
-  }%
-  \vspace*{.2cm}%
-}
-\def\tableofcontents{\@starttoc{toc}}
-\renewenvironment{theglossary}{%
-  \section*{Version history}%
-  For more information on bug fixes, typeset the source code
-  documentation (see section~\ref{sec:source}).\par\medskip
-  \GlossaryParms \let\item\@idxitem \ignorespaces
-}{}%
-\def\DescribeMacros{\leavevmode\@bsphack
-  \begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\Describe@Macros}
-\def\Describe@Macros#1{\endgroup\strut
-  \marginpar{\raggedleft
-  \def\@tempa{#1}\count@\z@
-  \XKV@for@o\@tempa\@tempa{%
-    \ifnum\count@>\z@\\\fi\advance\count@\@ne
-    \MacroFont\expandafter\string\@tempa
-    \expandafter\SpecialUsageIndex\expandafter{\@tempa}%
-  }}%
-  \@esphack\ignorespaces
-}
-\def\DescribeOption#1{\leavevmode\@bsphack
-              \marginpar{\raggedleft\PrintDescribeOption{#1}}%
-              \SpecialOptionIndex{#1}\@esphack\ignorespaces}
-\def\PrintDescribeOption#1{\strut\emph{option}\\\MacroFont #1\ }
-\def\SpecialOptionIndex#1{\@bsphack
-    \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily#1}
-           (option)\encapchar usage}\@esphack}
-\def\DescribeOptions#1{\leavevmode\@bsphack
-  \marginpar{\raggedleft\strut\emph{options}%
-  \@for\@tempa:=#1\do{%
-    \\\strut\MacroFont\@tempa\SpecialOptionIndex\@tempa
-  }}\@esphack\ignorespaces}
-\def\SpecialEnvIndex#1{\@bsphack
-    \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily#1}
-           (environment)\encapchar usage}\@esphack}
-\def\changes@#1#2#3{%
-  \protected@edef\@tempa{%
-    \noexpand\glossary{\textbf{#1}\hfill\emph{(#2)}%
-    \levelchar
-    \ifx\saved@macroname\@empty
-      \space\actualchar\generalname
-    \else
-      \expandafter\@gobble\saved@macroname
-      \actualchar\string\verb\quotechar*%
-      \verbatimchar\saved@macroname\verbatimchar
-    \fi
-    :\levelchar #3}%
-  }%
-  \@tempa\endgroup\@esphack
-}
-\makeatother
-\def\PrintChangesX{%
-  \begingroup
-    \let\efill\relax
-    \PrintChanges
-  \endgroup
-}
-\def\PrintIndexX{%
-  \begingroup
-    \setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
-    \setlength{\columnsep}{18pt}%
-    \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}%
-    \PrintIndex
-  \endgroup
-}
-\def\larg#1{{\ttfamily\char`\<}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily\char`\>}}
-\def\LyX{L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
-\def\LyXarrow{\leavevmode\,$\triangleright$\,\allowbreak}
-\let\pf\textsf
-\def\equals{=}
-\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
-\newcolumntype{d}{c|l}
-\newcolumntype{e}{c|c|c|c}
-\newcolumntype{f}{l|p{8cm}}
-\RecordChanges
-\CodelineIndex
-\newcounter{FAQ}
-\def\question{%
-  \stepcounter{FAQ}%
-  \parskip4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-  \itemsep4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-  \parsep4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-  \item[\textbf{Q\arabic{FAQ}}]%
-}
-\def\answer{%
-  \parskip0pt
-  \itemsep0pt
-  \parsep0pt
-  \item[\textbf{A\arabic{FAQ}}]%
-}
-\def\styleexample#1{%
-  \IfFileExists{powerdot-styleexample-#1.001}{%
-    \IfFileExists{powerdot-styleexample-#1.002}{%
-      \hspace*{\stretch{1}}%
-      \fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.16,angle=-90,clip]%
-        {powerdot-styleexample-#1.001}}%
-      \hspace*{\stretch{2}}%
-      \fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.16,angle=-90,clip]%
-        {powerdot-styleexample-#1.002}}%
-      \hspace*{\stretch{1}}\par
-    }{\textbf{No example files found for style \pf{#1}.}}%
-  }{\textbf{No example files found for style \pf{#1}.}}%
-}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `pdpream.ble'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example1.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2049764d1ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example1.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example1.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example1.tex
index 04f70e49ad8..40c97bcc5e6 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example1.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example1.tex
@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 %%
 %% This is file `powerdot-example1.tex',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% powerdot.dtx  (with options: `pdexample1')
-%% 
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
 %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -20,12 +12,6 @@
 %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
 %% version 2003/12/01 or later.
 %%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
-%%
-%% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
-%%
 \documentclass{powerdot}
 
 \title{powerdot example 1}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example2.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a3b1fd5ab6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example2.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example2.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example2.tex
index 97d44e58853..8d8403be397 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example2.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example2.tex
@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 %%
 %% This is file `powerdot-example2.tex',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% powerdot.dtx  (with options: `pdexample2')
-%% 
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
 %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -20,12 +12,6 @@
 %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
 %% version 2003/12/01 or later.
 %%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
-%%
-%% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
-%%
 \documentclass[
   size=12pt,
   style=ikeda,
@@ -44,6 +30,7 @@
 
 \pdsetup{
   lf=Example 2,
+  cf=\today,
   rf=for powerdot,
   trans=Wipe,
   theslide=slide~\arabic{slide},
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example3.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example3.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ecf49830cd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example3.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example3.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example3.tex
index 00ae3b68c5f..fed59471afd 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example3.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example3.tex
@@ -1,17 +1,10 @@
 %%
 %% This is file `powerdot-example3.tex',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% powerdot.dtx  (with options: `pdexample3')
-%% 
+
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
 %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -20,13 +13,8 @@
 %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
 %% version 2003/12/01 or later.
 %%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
-%%
-%% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
-%%
-\documentclass[style=klope,clock,hlsections]{powerdot}
+\documentclass[style=klope,%clock,
+               hlsections]{powerdot}
 
 \usepackage{amsmath}
 \usepackage{pst-node}
@@ -35,12 +23,12 @@
 \lstnewenvironment{example}[1][]{%
   \lstset{basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,columns=flexible,%
     frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},%
-    xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep,gobble=1%
+    xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep%,gobble=1
     }\lstset{#1}}{}
 \lstnewenvironment{examplesmall}[1][]{%
   \lstset{basicstyle=\tiny\ttfamily,columns=flexible,%
     frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},%
-    xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep,gobble=2%
+    xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep%,gobble=2
     }\lstset{#1}}{}
 
 \title{powerdot example 3 --- verbatim and random dots}
@@ -48,6 +36,7 @@
 
 \pdsetup{
   lf=Example 3,
+  cf=\today,
   rf=for powerdot,
   palette=Spring,
   randomdots,
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-styleexample.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-styleexample.tex
index f57dd298adc..4b83a312fa9 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-styleexample.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-styleexample.tex
@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 %%
 %% This is file `powerdot-styleexample.tex',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% powerdot.dtx  (with options: `pdstyleexample')
-%% 
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
 %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -20,11 +12,8 @@
 %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
 %% version 2003/12/01 or later.
 %%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained".
 %%
-%% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
 %%
 \documentclass[paper=letterpaper,style=\style]{powerdot}
 \title{Example of the \style\ style}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-styletest.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-styletest.tex
index 981adc6db0a..8473c415572 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-styletest.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-styletest.tex
@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 %%
 %% This is file `powerdot-styletest.tex',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% powerdot.dtx  (with options: `pdstyletest')
-%% 
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
 %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -20,12 +12,7 @@
 %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
 %% version 2003/12/01 or later.
 %%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
-%%
-%% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
-%%
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained".
 %%
 %% For testing, enter your style below.
 %% Switch on only one paper/orient option at a time.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot.pdf
index 86007709714..8ddfc20bbf4 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7b1a02bee08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,2756 @@
+%% ---------------------------------------------------------------
+%% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
+%% ---------------------------------------------------------------
+%%
+%% Version 1.4d prepared by Herbert Voss
+%%
+%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%%
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained".
+%%
+\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc}
+
+\usepackage{url}
+\usepackage{fourier}
+\usepackage{xcolor}
+\usepackage{enumitem}
+\usepackage{graphicx}
+\usepackage{pst-char}
+\usepackage{listings}
+\usepackage{array}
+\usepackage{xkeyval}
+\usepackage[section]{placeins}
+\addtolength\textheight{2cm}
+\addtolength\topmargin{-1cm}
+\lstnewenvironment{command}{%
+  \lstset{columns=flexible,frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{blue!20},%
+    xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep,escapeinside=`',gobble=1}}{}
+\lstnewenvironment{example}[1][]{%
+  \lstset{basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,columns=flexible,frame=single,%
+    backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},xleftmargin=\fboxsep,%
+    xrightmargin=\fboxsep,gobble=1,%
+    language=[LaTeX]TeX,keywordstyle=\color{blue},%
+    moretexcs=[1]{color,ProvidesPackage},%
+    moretexcs=[2]{onslide,pause,pdsetup,maketitle,tableofcontents},%
+    texcsstyle=[2]\color{red}%
+    }\lstset{#1}}{}
+\def\mktitledecor{%
+  \rput[tl]{90}(-5.5,-26.51){%
+    \psline[linewidth=1pt](0,1.5)(\paperheight,1.5)%
+    \rput[lB](.075\paperheight,.5){\pscharpath[linecolor=blue!50,%
+      fillcolor=yellow!20,fillstyle=solid,linewidth=.5pt]%
+      {\Huge\bfseries\sffamily powerdot}%
+    }%
+    \rput[rB](.925\paperheight,.5){\pscharpath[linecolor=blue!50,%
+      fillcolor=yellow!20,fillstyle=solid,linewidth=.5pt]%
+      {\Huge\bfseries Documentation}%
+    }%
+    \psline[linewidth=1pt](0,0)(\paperheight,0)%
+  }%
+}
+\makeatletter
+\def\option#1{%
+  \XKV@for@n{#1}\pd@tempa{%
+    \fcolorbox{black}{red!20}{\texttt\pd@tempa}\quad
+  }%
+  \vspace*{.2cm}%
+}
+\def\tableofcontents{\@starttoc{toc}}
+\renewenvironment{theglossary}{%
+  \section*{Version history}%
+  For more information on bug fixes, typeset the source code
+  documentation (see section~\ref{sec:source}).\par\medskip
+  \GlossaryParms \let\item\@idxitem \ignorespaces
+}{}%
+\def\DescribeMacros{\leavevmode\@bsphack
+  \begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\Describe@Macros}
+\def\Describe@Macros#1{\endgroup\strut
+  \marginpar{\raggedleft
+  \def\@tempa{#1}\count@\z@
+  \XKV@for@o\@tempa\@tempa{%
+    \ifnum\count@>\z@\\\fi\advance\count@\@ne
+    \MacroFont\expandafter\string\@tempa
+    \expandafter\SpecialUsageIndex\expandafter{\@tempa}%
+  }}%
+  \@esphack\ignorespaces
+}
+\def\DescribeOption#1{\leavevmode\@bsphack
+              \marginpar{\raggedleft\PrintDescribeOption{#1}}%
+              \SpecialOptionIndex{#1}\@esphack\ignorespaces}
+\def\PrintDescribeOption#1{\strut\emph{option}\\\MacroFont #1\ }
+\def\SpecialOptionIndex#1{\@bsphack
+    \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily#1}
+           (option)\encapchar usage}\@esphack}
+\def\DescribeOptions#1{\leavevmode\@bsphack
+  \marginpar{\raggedleft\strut\emph{options}%
+  \@for\@tempa:=#1\do{%
+    \\\strut\MacroFont\@tempa\SpecialOptionIndex\@tempa
+  }}\@esphack\ignorespaces}
+\def\SpecialEnvIndex#1{\@bsphack
+    \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily#1}
+           (environment)\encapchar usage}\@esphack}
+\def\changes@#1#2#3{%
+  \protected@edef\@tempa{%
+    \noexpand\glossary{\textbf{#1}\hfill\emph{(#2)}%
+    \levelchar
+    \ifx\saved@macroname\@empty
+      \space\actualchar\generalname
+    \else
+      \expandafter\@gobble\saved@macroname
+      \actualchar\string\verb\quotechar*%
+      \verbatimchar\saved@macroname\verbatimchar
+    \fi
+    :\levelchar #3}%
+  }%
+  \@tempa\endgroup\@esphack
+}
+\makeatother
+\def\PrintChangesX{%
+  \begingroup
+    \let\efill\relax
+    \PrintChanges
+  \endgroup
+}
+\def\PrintIndexX{%
+  \begingroup
+    \setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
+    \setlength{\columnsep}{18pt}%
+    \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}%
+    \PrintIndex
+  \endgroup
+}
+\def\larg#1{{\ttfamily\char`\<}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily\char`\>}}
+\def\LyX{L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
+\def\LyXarrow{\leavevmode\,$\triangleright$\,\allowbreak}
+\let\pf\textsf
+\def\equals{=}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
+\newcolumntype{d}{c|l}
+\newcolumntype{e}{c|c|c|c}
+\newcolumntype{f}{l|p{8cm}}
+\RecordChanges
+\CodelineIndex
+\newcounter{FAQ}
+\def\question{%
+  \stepcounter{FAQ}%
+  \parskip4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+  \itemsep4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+  \parsep4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+  \item[\textbf{Q\arabic{FAQ}}]%
+}
+\def\answer{%
+  \parskip0pt
+  \itemsep0pt
+  \parsep0pt
+  \item[\textbf{A\arabic{FAQ}}]%
+}
+\def\styleexample#1{%
+  \IfFileExists{powerdot-styleexample-#1.001}{%
+    \IfFileExists{powerdot-styleexample-#1.002}{%
+      \hspace*{\stretch{1}}%
+      \fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.16,angle=-90,clip]%
+        {powerdot-styleexample-#1.001}}%
+      \hspace*{\stretch{2}}%
+      \fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.16,angle=-90,clip]%
+        {powerdot-styleexample-#1.002}}%
+      \hspace*{\stretch{1}}\par
+    }{\textbf{No example files found for style \pf{#1}.}}%
+  }{\textbf{No example files found for style \pf{#1}.}}%
+}
+
+\def\fileversion{v1.4b}
+\def\filedate{2010/10/07}
+
+ \changes{v1.0}{2005/09/04}{Initial release}
+ \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Fixed some small bugs}
+ \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added \texttt{tocsecindent} and
+   \texttt{tocslideindent} options}
+ \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added \pf{elcolors}, \pf{aggie}, \pf{husky}
+   and \pf{sailor} styles}
+ \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Changed \texttt{size\protect\equals 10}
+   to \texttt{size\protect\equals 10pt}}
+ \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added \LyX\ layout, description and example}
+ \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added graphical examples of styles to documentation}
+ \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Improved section title handling}
+ \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{\texttt{blackslide} options adds hyperlink
+   to slide and section titles}
+ \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Extended FAQ}
+ \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Improved \pf{tycja}, \pf{ciment} and \pf{fyma} styles}
+ \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Added \pf{upen} and \pf{bframe} styles}
+ \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Solved some small bugs}
+ \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Simplified coding of most styles}
+ \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Speeded up compilations}
+ \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Solved some small bugs}
+ \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Improved \texttt{figure} and \texttt{table} handling}
+ \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added \pf{horatio}, \pf{paintings}, \pf{klope}, \pf{jefka}
+   and \pf{pazik} styles}
+ \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added palettes feature}
+ \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added random dots feature}
+ \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added optional argument to \cs{maketitle}}
+ \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added clock feature}
+ \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Updated all styles}
+ \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added palettes to \pf{default}, \pf{fyma} and \pf{sailor} styles}
+ \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Revised docs}
+ \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Updated \LyX\ example and information}
+ \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Cleaned up options}
+ \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added possibility to create horizontal table of contents}
+ \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added logo feature}
+ \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added examples and example file}
+ \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added two slide processing methods to do verbatim on slides easily}
+ \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Moved \texttt{lf} and \texttt{rf} keys from
+   \texttt{global} to \texttt{glslide} family}
+ \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Added \texttt{cf} option}
+ \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Updated styles}
+ \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Solved some small bugs}
+ \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Moved footers out of slide box in handout mode}
+ \changes{v1.4a}{2010/10/07}{fixed bug with geometry 5.x (hv)}
+ \changes{v1.4b}{2010/11/16}{fixed bug with centered footnote (hv)}
+ \changes{v1.4c}{2010/11/16}{fixed bug with missing macros for centered footer (hv)}
+ \changes{v1.4d}{2012/12/03}{fixed missleading comment header of powerdot.cls (hv)}
+
+
+\begin{document}
+%\let\Section\section\def\section*#1{\Section*{#1}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}}
+\title{\vspace*{-2cm}\mktitledecor The \pf{powerdot} class
+\thanks{This class can be downloaded from the CTAN mirrors:
+\texttt{/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot}. See \texttt{powerdot.dtx} for
+information on installing \pf{powerdot} into your \LaTeX\
+distribution and for the license of this class.}}
+\author{Hendri Adriaens\and Christopher Ellison}
+\date{\fileversion\ (\filedate)}
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}\noindent
+\pf{powerdot} is a presentation class for \LaTeX\ that allows for
+the quick and easy development of professional presentations. It
+comes with many tools that enhance presentations and aid the
+presenter. Examples are automatic overlays, personal notes and a
+handout mode. To view a presentation, DVI, PS or PDF output can be
+used. A powerful template system is available to easily develop new
+styles. A \LyX\ layout file is provided.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\begin{multicols}{2}
+[\section*{Contents}
+\setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}
+\setlength{\columnsep}{18pt}]
+\tableofcontents
+\end{multicols}
+
+\newpage
+\section{Introduction}\label{sec:intro}
+This class gives you the possibility to easily create professionally
+looking slides. The class is designed to make the development of
+presentations as simple as possible so that you can concentrate on
+the actual content instead of keeping yourself busy with technical
+details. Of course, some knowledge of \LaTeX\ is still required
+though.
+
+This class builds on and extends the \pf{prosper} class
+\cite{prosper} and the \pf{HA-prosper} package \cite{HA-prosper}.
+The \pf{HA-prosper} package was initially intended to extend
+\pf{prosper} and correct some bugs and problems of that class. As
+developments on that package progressed, it was found that
+unfortunately, not all of the problems could be overcome with the
+package. That discovery was the start of a new project set up to
+make a new class to replace the \pf{prosper} plus \pf{HA-prosper}
+combination. You're currently reading the result of that project.
+
+The remainder of this section will be devoted to giving a feel of
+what the \pf{powerdot} presentation source looks like and giving an
+overview of this documentation.
+
+The document structure of a presentation is always the same. You can
+find it in the example below.
+
+\begin{example}
+ \documentclass[<class options>]{powerdot}
+ \pdsetup{<presentation options>}
+ \begin{document}
+   \begin{slide}{a slide}
+     Contents of the slide.
+   \end{slide}
+   \section{first section}
+   \begin{slide}[<slide options>]{another slide}
+     Contents of the slide.
+   \end{slide}
+   \begin{note}{personal note}
+     The note.
+   \end{note}
+ \end{document}
+\end{example}
+
+There are several elements that define the document structure. First
+of all, the class accepts some class options that control the output
+of the class, for instance, paper type and style. These class
+options will be discussed in section~\ref{sec:classopts}. Then there
+are presentation specific options which control some of the elements
+of the presentation globally, for instance, the footers. These will
+be discussed in section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}.
+
+Once the setup has been decided on, you can use the slide
+environment to produce slides (see section~\ref{sec:slides}) and the
+note environment to produce notes that go with the slides (see
+section~\ref{sec:notes}). You can use overlays to display material
+in steps. This is described in section~\ref{sec:overlays}. The
+|\section| command provides a way to structure your presentation.
+This is discussed in section~\ref{sec:structure}.
+Section~\ref{sec:styles} will show an overview of the styles that
+come with this class and the characteristics of each style.
+Section~\ref{sec:compiling} will tell you more about how to produce
+output. This section contains important information on required
+packages.
+
+Section~\ref{sec:writestyle} is mostly interesting for people that
+want to develop their own style for this class or want to modify an
+existing style. Section~\ref{sec:lyx} explains how \LyX\
+\cite{LyXWeb} can be used to create \pf{powerdot} presentations.
+This documentation concludes with a section devoted to questions
+(section~\ref{sec:questions}), like `Where can I find examples?'. It
+also tells you where to turn to in case your questions are still not
+solved.
+
+\section{Setting up the presentation}\label{sec:setup}
+This section will describe all options that are available to control
+the output of the presentation and the looks of it.
+
+\subsection{Document class options}\label{sec:classopts} We will
+start with the class options that are typed in the |\documentclass|
+command as a comma-separated list. For each option, the preset
+value\footnote{The value that will be used when you don't use the
+option.} will be mentioned in the description. This is the value
+that will be used if you decide to not give a value to the option or
+not use the option at all.
+
+\DescribeOption{mode}
+This options controls the kind of output that we want to produce.
+The preset value is |present|.
+\begin{description}
+\item\option{mode=present}\\
+This mode is used when you want to create the actual presentation. It
+will enable overlays and transition effects. You can read more about
+overlays in section~\ref{sec:overlays}.
+\item\option{mode=print}\\
+This mode can be used when printing the slides including their visual
+markup, but without any overlay or transition effects.
+\item\option{mode=handout}\\
+This mode will produce a black and white overview of your slides that
+can be used to make personal notes on, for distribution to students,
+a personal guide during your talk, etcetera.
+\begin{description}
+\item\option{nopagebreaks}\\
+By default, the handout mode produces a document with two slides per
+page. If you want to fit more slides on a page, specify this option
+in the |\documentclass| command and \pf{powerdot} will let \LaTeX\
+decide on the places to insert a page break, namely when a page is
+full.
+\end{description}
+\end{description}
+
+\DescribeOption{paper} This option has three possible values. The
+preset value is |screen|.
+\begin{description}
+\item\option{paper=screen}\\
+This is a special format with screen optimized ratio (4/3). The
+actual page dimensions will be 8.25 inch by 11 inch. This paper format
+is not available for print or handout mode. In these modes, \pf{powerdot}
+will switch to a4 paper and put a warning that it did this in the
+log file of your presentation.
+\item\option{paper=a4paper}\\
+A4 paper will be used for the presentation or handout.
+\item\option{paper=letterpaper}\\
+Letter size paper will be used.
+\end{description}
+Some important information with respect to paper size, compiling and
+viewing presentations is available in section~\ref{sec:compiling}.
+
+\DescribeOption{orient} This controls the orientation of the
+presentation. The preset value is |landscape|.
+\begin{description}
+\item\option{orient=landscape}\\
+The presentation will be in landscape format. This value is not
+available in handout mode. In that mode, \pf{powerdot} will switch
+to portrait orientation and will warn you about this in the log
+file.
+\item\option{orient=portrait}\\ This produces slides in portrait
+format. Notice that not all styles support portrait orientation. Please
+refer to section~\ref{sec:styles} for information about which styles
+do support the portrait orientation.
+\end{description}
+
+\DescribeOption{display} This controls the production of slides and
+notes. The preset value is |slides|.
+\begin{description}
+\item\option{display=slides}\\
+This will only typeset the slides in your presentation.
+\item\option{display=slidesnotes}\\
+This will typeset both the slides and the notes in your
+presentation. See also section~\ref{sec:notes} for more information
+about notes.
+\item\option{display=notes}\\
+This will typeset the notes only.
+\end{description}
+
+Here are some more options to control the output.
+\begin{description}
+\item\DescribeOption{size}\option{size}\\
+This is the size of the normal text font in points. Possible values
+are 8pt, 9pt, 10pt, 11pt, 12pt, 14pt, 17pt and 20pt and the preset
+value is 11pt.\footnote{Note that sizes other than 10pt, 11pt and
+12pt are non-standard and it is assumed that you have the
+\pf{extsizes} bundle \cite{extsizes} installed, which provides these
+sizes.}
+\item\DescribeOption{style}\option{style}\\
+This controls the style to be loaded for the presentation. By
+default, the \pf{default} style will be loaded. For more styles, see
+section~\ref{sec:styles}.
+\item\DescribeOption{fleqn}\option{fleqn}\\
+This option makes equations flushed left. It does the same as the
+equally named option for the article class.
+\item\DescribeOption{leqno}\option{leqno}\\
+Put equation numbers at the left. Also the same as in the article
+class.
+\item\DescribeOption{nopsheader}\option{nopsheader}\\
+By default, \pf{powerdot} will write a postscript command to the ps
+file to make sure that post processors like ps2pdf know which paper
+to use without the need to specify it on the command line. See also
+section~\ref{sec:compiling}. If you experience problems with post
+processing or printing or you want to specify the paper size in the
+post processing steps yourself, use this option.
+\item\DescribeOption{hlentries}\option{hlentries}\\
+This highlights table of contents entries when the entry matches
+with the current slide and its preset value is |true|. See also
+section~\ref{sec:structure}. If you don't want highlighting of table
+of contents entries (for instance in print mode), use
+|hlentries=false|.
+\item\DescribeOption{hlsections}\option{hlsections}\\
+This highlights table of contents sections when the section matches
+with the current section in the presentation and is preset to |false|.
+See also section~\ref{sec:structure}. Specifying this
+option turns highlighting of sections on. This could be useful when
+you are using a style that implements a split table of contents.
+\item\DescribeOption{blackslide}\option{blackslide}\\
+This option inserts a black slide in the presentation on page 1 and
+will automatically advance to page 2 when opening the presentation
+in a PDF viewer like Acrobat (Reader). The option also inserts a
+link behind every slide or section title that brings you to the
+black slide when clicked. When you click anywhere in the black
+slide, you will go back to the originating slide. This option can be
+used to temporarily pause a presentation, for instance, to do a
+proof on the black board.
+\item\DescribeOptions{clock}\option{clock}\\
+This displays a small digital clock on slides which you can use to
+check the time left for your presentation.
+\end{description}
+
+Here is an example of a |\documentclass| command.
+\begin{example}
+ \documentclass[
+   size=12pt,
+   paper=screen,
+   mode=present,
+   display=slidesnotes,
+   style=tycja,
+   nopagebreaks,
+   blackslide,
+   fleqn
+ ]{powerdot}
+\end{example}
+This example sets up a presentation in \pf{tycja} style, with a black
+slide, normal size 12 points and flushed left equations.
+\begin{example}
+ \documentclass[
+   size=12pt,
+   paper=letterpaper,
+   mode=handout,
+   display=slidesnotes,
+   style=tycja,
+   nopagebreaks,
+   blackslide,
+   fleqn
+ ]{powerdot}
+\end{example}
+Changing the |paper| and |mode| options, now produces a handout with
+possibly more than two slides per page due to the |nopagebreaks|
+option.
+
+\subsection{Setup options}\label{sec:pdsetup}
+\DescribeMacro{\pdsetup}
+There are several extra options that can help customizing your
+presentation. These options are not available via the
+|\documentclass| command. This has a technical reason.\footnote{The
+interested reader is referred to the section about the \pf{xkvltxp}
+package in the \pf{xkeyval} package documentation \cite{xkeyval}.}
+We distinguish two types of options. Options that can only be set
+globally (acting for the entire presentation) using the |\pdsetup|
+command and options that can be accessed both globally (via
+|\pdsetup|) and locally (via slide environments, see section~\ref{sec:slides}).
+
+\subsubsection{Global options}\label{sec:gopts}
+This section describes options that can only be used globally in the
+preamble of your presentation via the |\pdsetup| command.
+\begin{description}
+\item\DescribeOption{palette}\option{palette}\\
+This specifies the palette to be used. A palette is a set of colors
+defined by a style. To find out which palettes are defined by each
+style, see section~\ref{sec:styles}.
+\item\DescribeOption{theslide}\option{theslide}\\
+This option controls how the slide number appears on the slide. This
+is preset to the value |\arabic{slide}~/~\pageref*{lastslide}|,
+which could appear like |5/22|. Notice that the |\arabic{slide}|
+typesets the number of the current slide and that
+|\pageref*{lastslide}| typesets the number of the last
+slide.\footnote{We use the starred version of \cs{pageref} which is
+defined by \pf{hyperref} and does not create a link to the page that
+it is referring to.}
+\item\DescribeOption{thenote}\option{thenote}\\
+This is similar to the |theslide| option, but typesets the slide
+numbers of notes. The preset value is
+|note~\arabic{note}~of~slide~\arabic{slide}| and |\arabic{note}|
+here typesets the number of the current note that goes with the
+current slide. This could appear like |note 2 of slide 7|.
+\item\DescribeOption{counters}\option{counters}\\
+The |counters| option lists counters that you might want to protect
+on overlays. As material on overlays (see
+section~\ref{sec:overlays}) is processed multiple times, also
+\LaTeX\ counters, like the |equation| counter, might be increased
+too often. To avoid that your equations get different numbers on
+every overlay, use this option. The |equation|, |table|, |figure|,
+|footnote| and |mpfootnote| counters are already protected for you.
+If you use extra counters, for instance for theorems, list them in
+this option. Example:
+\begin{example}
+ counters={theorem,lemma}
+\end{example}
+\item\DescribeOption{list}\option{list}\\
+This option takes a list of options that will be passed on to the
+\pf{enumitem} package that controls the layout of lists created by
+the |enumerate| and |itemize| environments. Example:
+\begin{example}
+ list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
+\end{example}
+See for more information on controlling the layout of lists the
+\pf{enumitem} package \cite{enumitem}.
+\item\DescribeOptions{enumerate,itemize}\option{enumerate,itemize}\\
+As the |list| option, but only control |enumerate| and |itemize|
+environments respectively.
+\end{description}
+
+\subsubsection{Global and local options}\label{sec:glopts}
+This section describes options that can be used both globally via
+|\pdsetup| and locally via slide environments (see section~\ref{sec:slides}).
+\begin{description}
+\item\DescribeOptions{lf,cf,rf}\option{lf,cf,rf}\\
+This determines the content of the left, center and right footers.
+These are preset to empty.
+\item\DescribeOption{trans}\option{trans}\\
+This option sets the default transition effect to be used in the
+presentation. These transition effects only work after compiling the
+presentation to PDF format. See also section~\ref{sec:compiling}.
+The following transition effects are supported: |Split|, |Blinds|,
+|Box|, |Wipe|, |Dissolve|, |Glitter| and |Replace|. When you are using
+a viewer that understands PDF 1.5, you can also use |Fly|, |Push|,
+|Cover|, |Uncover| or |Fade|. It is important to notice that most
+viewers are case sensitive, so, for instance, |box| will not work.
+
+The preset effect is |Replace| which just replaces one slide with
+another when browsing the slides. Note that some PDF viewers (like
+Acrobat Reader 5 and higher) only produce the transition effect in
+full screen mode. If you want to use a custom transition effect that
+is not listed in the list above (for instance, a wipe effect with a
+custom wipe direction), then that is possible. However,
+\pf{powerdot} will put a warning in your log file that the effect
+that you have chosen, might not work in the PDF viewer. Here is an
+example that does work.
+\begin{example}
+ trans=Wipe /Di 0
+\end{example}
+In Acrobat (Reader), this wipes from left to right instead of the
+default top to bottom. For more information, see a PDF Reference
+Manual.
+\item\DescribeOption{method}\option{method}\\
+This option can be used when a slide contains special material that
+does not get treated in the `usual' way by \LaTeX. Verbatim material
+is an example of this. Possible values are |normal| (the preset value),
+|direct| and |file|. We will come back to this option in detail in
+section~\ref{sec:verbatim}.
+\item\DescribeOptions{logohook,logopos,logocmd}\option{logohook,logopos,logocmd}\\
+If |logopos| is specified, a logo defined by the value of the
+|logocmd| option will be put on slides. The position can be
+specified relative to the width and height of the slide. |{0,0}| is
+the lower left corner of the paper and |{\slidewidth,\slideheight}|
+is the upper right corner. For positioning the logo, the |\rput|
+command of \pf{pstricks} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks} is used. This
+command also allows to specify the point of the logo that should be
+positioned there. This point can be entered via the |logohook|
+option and can take the values |tl|, |t|, |tr|, |r|, |Br|, |br|,
+|b|, |bl|, |Bl|, |l|, |B| and |c|. For more information about
+|\rput|, consult the \pf{pstricks} documentation. Here is an example
+that integrates the flower of the \pf{default} style into the
+\pf{husky} style.
+\begin{example}
+ \documentclass[style=husky]{powerdot}
+ \pdsetup{
+   logohook=t,
+   logopos={.088\slidewidth,.99\slideheight},
+   logocmd={\includegraphics[height=.08\slideheight]{powerdot-default.ps}}
+ }
+ \begin{document}
+ ...
+ \end{document}
+\end{example}
+The preset value for |logohook| is |tl|.
+\end{description}
+
+A special feature of \pf{powerdot}, which can be used to make
+presentations come alive, is the use of random dots. These dots will
+be placed anywhere on your slides and use the colors defined by the
+palette that you use. Overlays will carry the same dots. This
+feature uses |random.tex| \cite{random}. Several options are
+available to control the appearance of the random dots.
+\begin{description}
+\item\DescribeOption{randomdots}\option{randomdots}\\
+By default, random dots are turned off. If this option is set to
+|true|, random dots will be generated. |false| will turn off the
+feature. When no value is submitted to the option, |true| will be
+used.
+\item\DescribeOptions{dmindots,dmaxdots}\option{dmindots,dmaxdots}\\
+The number of dots per slide is also random. These options set the
+minimum and maximum dots per slide. Preset values are |5| and |40|,
+respectively.
+\item\DescribeOptions{dminsize,dmaxsize}\option{dminsize,dmaxsize}\\
+The minimum and maximum radius of the dots. Preset values are |5pt|
+and |40pt|, respectively.
+\item\DescribeOptions{dminwidth,dmaxwidth,dminheight,dmaxheight}
+\option{dminwidth,dmaxwidth,dminheight,dmaxheight}\\
+These options determine the area on the slide that can be used for
+the random dots. These values are preset such that dots go anywhere
+on the slide, but you might want to adjust these such that, for
+instance, dots can only appear in the text area. The preset values
+are |0pt|, |\slidewidth|, |0pt|, |\slideheight|.
+
+Here is an example that allows dots in a smaller rectangle on the
+slide.
+\begin{example}
+ \pdsetup{
+   dminwidth=.1\slidewidth,dmaxwidth=.9\slidewidth,
+   dminheight=.2\slideheight,dmaxheight=.8\slideheight
+ }
+\end{example}
+\item\DescribeOption{dbright}\option{dbright}\\
+This option can be used to adjust the brightness of the dots. The
+number should be an integer between -100 and 100. If the number is
+negative, the color will be adjusted towards black, with -100 giving
+black. If the number is positive, the color will be adjusted towards
+white, with 100 giving white. With a light background, you may want
+to choose |bright| to be positive. With a dark background, you may
+want to set it negative. The preset value is |60|, meaning a mixture
+of 40\ of the original color and 60\ white.
+\item\DescribeOption{dprop}\option{dprop}\\
+This option is used for passing extra parameters to the |\psdot|
+command, which creates the random dots. You could, for instance,
+change the style of the dots or the line width. See for more
+information about |\psdot| the \pf{pstricks} documentation
+\cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks}. \pf{powerdot} defines two extra dot
+styles that can be used for the random dots. These styles are
+|ocircle| (open circle) and |osquare| (open square).
+\end{description}
+
+Here are two examples for the use of random dots.
+\begin{example}
+ \pdsetup{
+   randomdots,dminwidth=.2\slidewidth
+ }
+\end{example}
+This turns on random dots and doesn't use the left 20\ of the slide
+for placing random dots.
+\begin{example}
+ \pdsetup{
+   randomdots,dprop={dotstyle=ocircle,linewidth=.5pt},
+   dminsize=500pt,dmaxsize=600pt,dmindots=2,dmaxdots=5
+ }
+\end{example}
+This example puts at most 5 big circles on slides. These circles do
+not fit on the slides and you will only see parts of them in the
+shape of curves.
+
+\subsubsection{\cs{pdsetup} example}
+Here is an example of a |\pdsetup| command that one could use to set up
+the presentation.
+\begin{example}
+ \pdsetup{
+   lf=My first presentation,
+   rf=For some conference,
+   trans=Wipe,
+   theslide=\arabic{slide},
+   randomdots,dmaxdots=80
+ }
+\end{example}
+This sets the left and right footers and will initialize the
+transition effect to |Wipe|. Further, slide numbers will not include
+the number of the last slide, but only the number of the current
+slide. Finally, slides will be covered with at most 80 random dots.
+
+A small note is necessary with respect to the appearance of footers.
+The slide number (controlled by the |theslide| option) will be added
+to a footer. Most styles add it too the right footer. If both the
+footer and the slide number are non empty, |~--~| will be inserted
+in between them to separate them. Styles might modify this default
+behavior however.
+
+\section{Making slides}\label{sec:slides}
+\subsection{The title slide}\label{sec:titleslide}
+\DescribeMacro{\title}
+\DescribeMacro{\author}
+\DescribeMacro{\and}
+\DescribeMacro{\date}
+\DescribeMacro{\maketitle}
+The title slide is created by the |\maketitle| command.
+\begin{command}
+ `\cs{maketitle}\oarg{options}'
+\end{command}
+Its use is the same as in the standard \LaTeX\ document classes. The
+optional argument \meta{options} can contain any option from
+section~\ref{sec:glopts}. Specifying such an option in the
+|\maketitle| command will only have an effect on the title slide and
+not on other slides. See an example below.
+\begin{example}
+ \documentclass{powerdot}
+   \title{Title}
+   \author{You \and me}
+   \date{October 7, 2010}
+ \begin{document}
+    \maketitle
+    ...
+ \end{document}
+\end{example}
+The |author|, |title| and |date| declarations provide the text to be
+used when making a title page. The design of the title page is
+specific to the style in use. Notice the use of |\and| for
+separating multiple authors. See a \LaTeX\ manual \cite{companion}
+for more information on commands such as |\title| and |\author|.
+
+\subsection{Other slides}\label{sec:otherslides}
+\DescribeEnv{slide} The centerpiece of every presentation is the
+slide. In \pf{powerdot}, the content of each slide is placed in a
+|slide| environment.
+\begin{command}
+ `\cs{begin}\texttt{\{slide\}}\oarg{options}\marg{slide title}'
+ `\meta{body}'
+ `\cs{end}\texttt{\{slide\}}'
+\end{command}
+
+In section~\ref{sec:overlays} we'll see how to give some life to the
+slides, but for now, let's look at a simple example.
+\begin{example}
+ \begin{slide}{First slide}
+   Hello World.
+ \end{slide}
+\end{example}
+The slide environment has one required argument, namely the slide
+title. When a slide is created, the slide title is used to create an
+entry in the table of contents and in the list of bookmarks. The
+table of contents is a listing of the slides and section titles in
+the presentation that appears on each slide.
+
+The table of contents is clickable (when the presentation is
+compiled into PDF) and serves as a nice way to jump from location to
+location within the presentation. The bookmark list is only present
+when compilation is taken all the way to the PDF file format. It
+also serves as a table of contents, but this list does not appear on
+\textit{any} of the slides, but in a separate window in a PDF
+viewer. In the example above, the entries in both table contents and
+the list of bookmarks would be titled |First slide|.
+
+The \meta{options} for the |slide| environment can contain any
+option listed in section~\ref{sec:glopts}. Additionally, the
+following options can be used.
+\begin{description}
+\item\DescribeOption{toc}\option{toc}\\
+When specified, the value is used for the entry in the table of
+contents; otherwise, the slide title is used. If |toc=| is
+specified, then no entry is created.
+\item\DescribeOption{bm}\option{bm}\\
+When specified, the value is used for the bookmark entry; otherwise,
+the slide title is used. If |bm=| is specified, then no entry is
+created.
+\end{description}
+
+These optional arguments are especially useful when the title of a
+slide is extremely long or when the title contains \LaTeX\ commands
+that do not render correctly in the bookmarks.\footnote{The
+bookmarking procedure uses \cs{pdfstringdef} from the \pf{hyperref}
+package, and it can process accented characters such as \cs{"i}.}
+When specifying entries, be sure to hide special characters `|,|'
+and `|=|' between curly brackets `|{|' and `|}|'. Let's look at an
+example that uses these optional arguments.
+\begin{example}
+ \begin{slide}[toc=,bm={LaTeX, i*i=-1}]{\color{red}\LaTeX, $i^2=-1$}
+   My slide contents.
+ \end{slide}
+\end{example}
+
+In this example, the slide title will appear as {\color{red}\LaTeX,
+$i^2=-1$}. This text will not render correctly in a bookmark entry.
+An attempt is made to correct this, but often, the correction does
+not produce an equivalent text. This particular title would be
+rendered in the bookmark list as |redLaTeX, i2=-1|. On the other
+hand, the manually specified bookmark entry is rendered as:
+|LaTeX, i*i=-1|. Notice, no entry is created in the table of contents,
+because of the use of |toc=|.
+
+In addition to the |slide| environment, each individual style can
+define its own environments. Many styles have a |wideslide|
+environment. The idea is that one might have information that does
+not fit nicely on a slide with a table of contents listed, as this
+consumes some space. In such cases, it is preferable to use a slide
+that does not list the table of contents. The |wideslide|
+environment provides this functionality and has more space for the
+actual slide content. See section~\ref{sec:styles} for information
+on the various environments provided by the styles.
+
+\section{Overlays}\label{sec:overlays}
+It is often the case that you don't want all the information on the
+slide to appear at once. Rather, the information should appear one
+item at a time. In \pf{powerdot}, this is achieved with overlays.
+Each slide can be comprised of many overlays, and the overlays are
+displayed one at a time.
+
+\subsection{The \cs{pause} command}\label{sec:pause}
+\DescribeMacro{\pause} The easiest way to display information
+sequentially is to use the |\pause| command.
+\begin{command}
+ `\cs{pause}\oarg{number}'
+\end{command}
+Below is a simple example:
+\begin{example}
+ \begin{slide}{Simple overlay}
+   power\pause dot
+ \end{slide}
+\end{example}
+The slide's information is displayed and continues until the
+|\pause| command is encountered. No further output within the same
+slide is displayed until the click of the mouse or the touch of the
+keyboard. Then, the content will continue to display until all the
+information is displayed or until another |\pause| command is
+encountered. In this example, |power| is displayed on the first
+overlay, and |powerdot| is the displayed on the second overlay.  The
+|\pause| command is often used within the |itemize| and |enumerate|
+environments. For example,
+\begin{example}
+ \begin{slide}{Multiple pauses}
+   power\pause dot \pause
+   \begin{itemize}
+     \item Let me pause\ldots \pause
+     \item \ldots while I talk \pause and chew bubble gum. \pause
+     \item Perhaps you'll be persuaded.
+     \item Perhaps not.
+   \end{itemize}
+ \end{slide}
+\end{example}
+Since |\pause| was used before the |itemize| environment, no item
+will appear until the third overlay. Then, each item will be
+displayed one at a time, each on their own overlay. More information
+on using lists will follow in the next section.
+
+The optional argument of the |\pause| command specifies the number
+of overlays to pause. An example usage is:
+\begin{example}
+ \begin{slide}{Pause longer}
+   \begin{itemize}
+     \item A \pause
+     \item B \pause[2]
+     \item C
+   \end{itemize}
+ \end{slide}
+\end{example}
+In the example above, item |C| will appear on the fourth overlay.
+The usefulness of this option will become more apparent in the next
+section; so we will revisit a similar example at that time.
+
+\subsection{List environments}\label{sec:lists}
+The list environments, |itemize| and |enumerate|, have special
+treatments in \pf{powerdot}. They have an optional argument that
+will be taken care off by the \pf{enumitem} package (see
+\cite{enumitem}). \pf{powerdot} supplies an extra key for this
+optional argument. In the examples that follow, features will be
+described using the |itemize| environment but they also apply to the
+|enumerate| environment.
+
+Here is the typical usage of the |itemize| environment:
+\begin{example}
+ \begin{slide}{Basic itemize}
+   \begin{itemize}
+     \item A \pause
+     \item B \pause
+     \item C
+   \end{itemize}
+ \end{slide}
+\end{example}
+The display is simple, each item appears one at a time with each
+overlay.
+
+\DescribeOption{type}
+Suppose we wanted every item to show, but we only wanted one item to
+appear `active' at once. This can be accomplished via the |type|
+option for the |itemize| environment. The preset value is |0|.
+\begin{example}
+ \begin{slide}{Type 1 itemize}
+   \begin{itemize}[type=1]
+     \item A \pause
+     \item B \pause
+     \item C
+   \end{itemize}
+ \end{slide}
+\end{example}
+Now, every item will be displayed in the \emph{inactive
+color}\index{inactive color|usage} (which is defined by the style
+that you use), and the item's font color will become the active one
+on the overlay that it would normally appear on. The default
+behavior is given by |type=0|.
+
+Lists can also be nested to create complicated structures. When a
+list is nested, it inherits the setting of the |type| option from
+the `parent' list, but that can be overruled by specifying the
+|type| option in the optional argument of the nested list. We
+present here one example, but many more can be created by nesting
+lists of different types in different ways.
+\begin{example}
+ \begin{slide}{Nested lists}
+   \begin{itemize}
+     \item A\pause
+     \begin{itemize}[type=1]
+       \item B\pause
+     \end{itemize}
+     \item C
+   \end{itemize}
+ \end{slide}
+\end{example}
+This displays |A| and |B| on the first overlay, but |B| is inactive.
+On overlay 2, |B| will become active and on overlay 3, |C| will
+become visible.
+
+\subsection{The \cs{item} command}
+\DescribeMacro{\item}
+The |\item| command has an extra \emph{optional} argument in
+\pf{powerdot} which allows for creating overlays in a more flexible
+way then |\pause| provides.
+\begin{command}
+ `\cs{item}\oarg{label}\larg{overlays}'
+\end{command}
+This optional argument should contain an overlay specification
+stating on which overlays you want the item to appear. This
+specification is a comma separated list where each item can used the
+notation as in table \ref{tab:item}.
+\begin{table}[htb]\centering
+\begin{tabular}{d}
+Syntax&Meaning\\\hline
+\texttt{x}&Only overlay \texttt{x}\\
+\texttt{-x}&All overlays up to and including \texttt{x}\\
+\texttt{x-}&All overlays from \texttt{x}, including \texttt{x}\\
+\texttt{x-y}&All overlays from \texttt{x} to \texttt{y},
+including \texttt{x} and \texttt{y}\\
+\end{tabular}
+\caption{\cs{item} and \cs{onslide} notation}\label{tab:item}
+\end{table}
+The \meta{label} argument is the standard optional argument for
+|\item| in \LaTeX. A \LaTeX\ manual \cite{companion} can tell you
+more about this argument.
+
+Here is an example.
+\begin{example}
+ \begin{slide}{Active itemize}
+   \begin{itemize}[type=1]
+    \item<1> A
+    \item<2> B
+    \item<3> C
+   \end{itemize}
+ \end{slide}
+\end{example}
+Here we have said that |A| should only be active on overlay 1, |B|
+should only be active on overlay 2, and |C| should only be active on
+overlay 3. Again, when the item is not active, it appears in the
+inactive color because of |type=1|.
+
+If |type=0| is specified and if each item is given an overlay
+option, then each item will appear only when it is active. When the
+item is not active, then it will not show on the slide at all. More
+examples demonstrating the syntax for \meta{overlays} will be
+discussed in the next section.
+
+\subsection{The \cs{onslide} command}\label{sec:onslide}
+\DescribeMacro{\onslide} Overlays can also be achieved using the
+|\onslide| command.
+\begin{command}
+ `\cs{onslide}\marg{overlays}\marg{text}'
+\end{command}
+This command takes an \meta{overlays} specification as first
+argument and the \meta{text} to apply it to as second argument. The
+\meta{overlays} on which the text will appear are specified as a
+comma separated list with syntax as in table \ref{tab:item}. We
+start off with a simple example.
+\begin{example}
+ \begin{slide}{Simple onslide}
+   \onslide{1,2}{power}\onslide{2}{dot}
+ \end{slide}
+\end{example}
+We have instructed |power| to appear on overlays one and two, and
+|dot| to appear only on overlay two. As you might guess, this
+example has the same output as our first |\pause| example. Yet, it
+is clearly the case that our syntax is more complicated. However,
+this slight ``complication'' also allows for much more flexibility.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\onslide+}Consider the above example with the
+following modifications:
+\begin{example}
+ \begin{slide}{Simple onslide+}
+  \texttt{onslide }: \onslide{1}{power}\onslide{2}{dot}\\
+  \texttt{onslide+}: \onslide+{1}{power}\onslide+{2}{dot}
+ \end{slide}
+\end{example}
+The |\onslide+| command displays its content in a different manner
+altogether. Now, |dot| appears on every overlay, but it is in
+inactive color\index{inactive color|usage} and matches the normal
+font color \textit{only} on overlay two. This is comparable to the
+|type=1| behavior for lists (see section~\ref{sec:lists}).
+
+When executing this example, we will also notice that the |\onslide|
+command does hide material, but still reserves the right amount of
+space for it: on overlay 2, the |dot|s appear right above each
+other. The next command does not reserve space.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\onslide*} Instead of hiding and reserving space
+(|\onslide|) or putting \meta{text} in the inactive color
+(|\onslide+|) when the overlay doesn't match \meta{overlays}, this
+command just eats the material altogether. To understand the
+differences, consider the following example:
+\begin{example}
+ \begin{slide}{Simple onslide*}
+  \texttt{onslide }: \onslide{1}{power}\onslide{2}{dot}\\
+  \texttt{onslide+}: \onslide+{1}{power}\onslide+{2}{dot}\\
+  \texttt{onslide*}: \onslide*{1}{power}\onslide*{2}{dot}
+ \end{slide}
+\end{example}
+The output of the first two lines, we are already familiar with. The
+third line displays |power| on overlay 1 and |dot| on overlay 2, but
+no space for |power| is reserved on overlay 2. Hence |dot| will
+start on the cursor position that |power| started on overlay 1 and
+it is not aligned below the other two |dots|.
+
+We finish with an example of the syntax that is possible with
+|\item| and |\onslide|. Remember that these commands take a comma
+separated list for the \meta{overlays} specification and that each
+element can used the syntax as explained in table \ref{tab:item}.
+The various variations are demonstrated in the example below.
+\begin{example}
+ \begin{slide}{Lists}
+   \onslide{10}{on overlay 10 only}\par
+   \onslide{-5}{on every overlay before and including overlay 5}\par
+   \onslide{5-}{on every overlay after  and including overlay 5}\par
+   \onslide{2-5}{on overlays 2 through 5, inclusive}\par
+   \onslide{-3,5-7,9-}{on every overlay except overlays 4 and 8}
+ \end{slide}
+\end{example}
+
+\subsection{Relative overlays}
+Sometimes it is a pain to keep track of when an item should appear
+or become active. You might, for example, just care that some text
+appears on the overlay \textit{after} some other item. This
+functionality is provided through the use of relative overlays which
+should not be used outside list environments that use |\item|. Let's
+consider a simple, illuminating example.
+\begin{example}
+ \begin{slide}{Relative overlays}
+   \begin{itemize}
+     \item A \pause
+     \item B \onslide{+1}{(visible 1 overlay after B)}\pause
+     \item C \onslide{+2-}{(appears 2 overlays after C, visible until the end)}
+     \pause
+     \item D \onslide{+1-6}{(appears 1 overlay after D, visible until overlay 6)}
+     \pause
+     \item E \pause
+     \item F \pause
+     \item G \onslide{+1-+3}{(appears 1 overlay after G for 3 overlays)}\pause
+     \item H \pause
+     \item I \pause
+     \item J \pause
+     \item K
+   \End{itemize}
+ \end{slide}
+\end{example}
+As you can see, we still use |\onslide|. The only change is with the
+syntax of the list of overlays. Now, we can specify a `|+|' symbol
+in the list. In its simplest usage, |\onslide{+1}| will make text
+display one overlay after the overlay it would \textit{normally}
+appear on. You can still use the syntax in table \ref{tab:item}.
+These are demonstrated in the above example. Notice,
+|\onslide{+1-6}| means that the text will appear one overlay after
+the overlay it would normally appear on and that the text should
+remain shown until overlay seven. To make text appear for a range of
+relative overlays, see the final demonstration in the above example.
+
+\section{Presentation structure}\label{sec:structure}
+\subsection{Making sections}\label{sec:section}
+\DescribeMacro{\section}
+This section describes the |\section| command which provides a way
+to structure a presentation.
+\begin{command}
+ `\cs{section}\oarg{options}\marg{section title}'
+\end{command}
+This command will produce a slide with \meta{section title} on it
+and will also use this text to create sections in the table of
+contents and in the bookmarks list. There are several \meta{options}
+to control its output.
+
+\DescribeOption{tocsection} This option controls the creation of a
+section in the table of contents. The preset value is |true|.
+\begin{description}
+\item\option{tocsection=true}\\
+This does create a section in the table of contents. This means that
+all following slides, until the next section, will be nested under
+this section.
+\item\option{tocsection=false}\\
+This does not create a section in the table of contents and hence
+the section will be listed as an ordinary slide.
+\item\option{tocsection=hidden}\\
+This does create a section in the table of contents, but this is
+only visible when you view a slide that is part of this section.
+This could be used to append a section to the presentation which you
+can discuss if there is some extra time.
+\end{description}
+
+\DescribeOption{slide} This option controls whether the |\section|
+command creates a slide. The preset value is |true|.
+\begin{description}
+\item\option{slide=true}\\
+A slide is created.
+\item\option{slide=false}\\
+No slide will be created. If also |tocsection| is |false|, the
+|\section| command doesn't do anything. If it does create a table of
+contents section (|tocsection=| |true| or |hidden|), its link will
+point to the first slide in the section as the section itself
+doesn't have a slide.
+\end{description}
+
+\DescribeOption{template} This option can be used to make the
+section slide with another template. By default, a normal |slide|
+environment is used to create the section slide, but if a style
+offers other templates that could be used for this purpose (for
+instance, the |wideslide| environment), then you can use this option
+to select that template. See section~\ref{sec:styles} for an
+overview of the available templates with every style.
+
+Finally, all options available to normal slides are available to
+slides created by |\section| as well (see section~\ref{sec:slides}).
+However, when the section does make a |tocsection|, |toc=| or |bm=|
+won't remove the table of contents entry or the bookmark
+respectively.
+
+\subsection{Making an overview}\label{sec:tableofcontents}
+\DescribeMacro{\tableofcontents}
+This command creates an overview of your presentation and can only
+be used on a slide.
+\begin{command}
+ `\cs{tableofcontents}\oarg{options}'
+\end{command}
+There are several \meta{options} to control the output of this
+command.
+
+\DescribeOption{type}
+This option controls whether certain material (depending on the
+input in the |content| option below) will be hidden or displayed in
+the inactive color\index{inactive color|usage}. The preset value is
+|0|. Compare with the |type| option for list environments
+(section~\ref{sec:lists}).
+
+\begin{description}
+\item\option{type=0}\\
+When material is not of the requested type as specified in the
+|content| option, it will be hidden.
+\item\option{type=1}\\
+As |type=0|, but instead of hiding material, it will be typeset in
+the inactive color.
+\end{description}
+
+\DescribeOption{content}
+The |content| option controls which elements will be included in the
+overview. The preset value is |all|. The description below assumes
+that |type=0| was chosen, but the alternative text for |type=1| can
+easily be deduced.
+
+\begin{description}
+\item\option{content=all}\\
+This will display a full overview of your presentation including all
+sections and slides, except the slides in hidden sections (see
+section~\ref{sec:section}).
+\item\option{content=sections}\\
+This displays only the sections in the presentation.
+\item\option{content=currentsection}\\
+This displays the current section only.
+\item\option{content=future}\\
+This displays all content starting from the current slide.
+\item\option{content=futuresections}\\
+This displays all sections, starting from the current section.
+\end{description}
+
+We finish this section with a small example that will demonstrate
+how you can make a presentation that contains an overall overview of
+sections in the presentation, giving a general idea of the content,
+and per section a detailed overview of the slides in that section.
+\begin{example}
+ \begin{slide}[toc=,bm=]{Overview}
+   \tableofcontents[content=sections]
+ \end{slide}
+ \section{First section}
+ \begin{slide}[toc=,bm=]{Overview of the first section}
+   \tableofcontents[content=currentsection,type=1]
+ \end{slide}
+ \begin{slide}{Some slide}
+ \end{slide}
+ \section{Second section}
+ ...
+\end{example}
+
+\section{Miscellaneous}
+\subsection{Notes}\label{sec:notes}
+\DescribeEnv{note}
+The |note| environment can be used to make personal notes that
+accompany a slide. You can control displaying notes using the
+|display| option (see section~\ref{sec:classopts}). Here is an
+example.
+\begin{example}
+ \begin{slide}{Chewing gum}
+ ...
+ \end{slide}
+ \begin{note}{Reminder for chewing gum}
+   Don't forget to mention that chewing gum is sticky.
+ \end{note}
+\end{example}
+
+\subsection{Empty slides}\label{sec:emptyslides}
+\DescribeEnv{emptyslide}
+The |emptyslide| environment creates a totally empty slide. The text
+box on the slide can be used for special things like displaying
+photos. This allows for creating a dia show. Example:
+\begin{example}
+ \begin{emptyslide}{}
+   \centering
+   \vspace{\stretch{1}}
+   \includegraphics[height=0.8\slideheight]{me_chewing_gum.eps}
+   \vspace{\stretch{1}}
+ \end{emptyslide}
+\end{example}
+The |\includegraphics| command is defined by the \pf{graphicx}
+package \cite{graphics}. The |\stretch| command is used to
+vertically center the picture. Both commands are described in your
+favorite \LaTeX\ manual, for instance \cite{companion}. Note that
+you can use the lengths |\slideheight| and |\slidewidth| to scale
+pictures to fit nicely on the slide.
+
+\subsection{Bibliography slide}\label{sec:bib}
+\DescribeEnv{thebibliography}
+\pf{powerdot} redefines the standard \pf{article}
+|thebibliography| environment to suppress the creation of a section
+heading and running headers. All other properties are maintained.
+You can do either of the next two (depending whether you are
+using BiB\TeX\ or not):\\
+\begin{minipage}[t]{.49\linewidth}
+\begin{example}
+ \begin{slide}{Slide}
+   \cite{someone}
+  \end{slide}
+ \begin{slide}{References}
+   \begin{thebibliography}{1}
+   \bibitem{someone} Article of someone.
+   \end{thebibliography}
+ \end{slide}
+\end{example}
+\end{minipage}\hfill
+\begin{minipage}[t]{.49\linewidth}
+\begin{example}
+ \begin{slide}{Slide}
+   \cite{someone}
+ \end{slide}
+ \begin{slide}{References}
+   \bibliographystyle{plain}
+   \bibliography{YourBib}
+ \end{slide}
+\end{example}
+\end{minipage}
+
+In case you have a big reference list that you want to spread over
+multiple slides, have a look at the packages \pf{natbib} and
+\pf{bibentry} \cite{natbib}. Using both packages allows you to do:
+\begin{example}
+ \begin{slide}{References (1)}
+   \bibliographystyle{plain}
+   \nobibliography{YourBib}
+   \bibentry{someone1}
+   \bibentry{someone2}
+ \end{slide}
+ \begin{slide}{References (2)}
+   \bibentry{someone3}
+ \end{slide}
+\end{example}
+Have a look at your favorite \LaTeX\ manual for more information
+about citations and bibliographies.
+
+\subsection{Verbatim on slides}\label{sec:verbatim}\DescribeOption{verbatim}
+\pf{powerdot} has three different methods of processing slides, from
+which two have mainly been developed to make the inclusion of
+verbatim content\footnote{And other content that needs catcode
+changes when processing.} on slides easier. These methods can be
+accessed by the |method| key which is available in slide
+environments and the |\pdsetup| command (see
+section~\ref{sec:glopts}).
+\begin{description}
+\item\option{method=normal}\\
+This is the preset method for processing slides. It is fast and
+allows for overlays, but it does not allow for
+verbatim.\footnote{Except when it has been saved in a box outside
+the slide.}
+\item\option{method=direct}\\
+This method is also fast, but does not allow for overlays. Overlays
+will silently be disabled. However, it does allow for verbatim
+content on slides.
+\item\option{method=file}\\
+This method uses a temporary file to export the slide body to and
+read it back in. This method does allow for verbatim content and
+overlays, but could be slow when many slides use this method because
+the filesystem is used.
+\end{description}
+
+Below is an example demonstrating the use of all three different
+methods of slide processing.
+\begin{example}
+ \documentclass{powerdot}
+ \usepackage{listings}
+ \lstnewenvironment{code}{
+   \lstset{frame=single,escapeinside=`',
+   backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},
+   basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily}
+ }{}
+ \begin{document}
+ \begin{slide}{Slide 1}
+ Normal \pause content.
+ \end{slide}
+ \begin{slide}[method=direct]{Slide 2}
+ Steps 1 and 2:
+ \begin{code}
+ compute a;`\pause'
+ compute b;
+ \end{code}
+ \end{slide}
+ \begin{slide}[method=file]{Slide 3}
+ Steps 1 and 2:
+ \begin{code}
+ compute a;`\pause'
+ compute b;
+ \end{code}
+ \end{slide}
+ \end{document}
+\end{example}
+The first slide shows the default behavior for normal content. It
+produces two overlays. The second slide does not produce overlays,
+despite the use of the |\pause| command. This command has been
+disabled by choosing the |direct| method to process the verbatim
+content. The third slide has the same body as the second slide, but
+now does create two overlays, because the method using a temporary
+file has been chosen. Notice that we used |\pause| inside the listing,
+but that it can also be used outside the listing.
+
+\subsection{The \cs{twocolumn} command}\label{sec:twocolumn}
+\DescribeMacro{\twocolumn}
+The |\twocolumn| macro allows to split content into two columns.
+\begin{command}
+ `\cs{twocolumn}\oarg{options}\marg{left}\marg{right}'
+\end{command}
+This typesets \meta{left} and \meta{right} in two columns. The
+dimensions of those columns can be controlled by \meta{options}.
+Below are the available options.
+\begin{description}
+\item\DescribeOption{lineheight}\option{lineheight}\\
+If |lineheight| is specified, a line of the specified height will be
+created using |\psline| in between the two columns. Example:
+|lineheight=6cm|.
+\item\DescribeOption{lineprop}\option{lineprop}\\
+Any \pf{pstricks} declaration to specify the line properties. Example:
+\begin{example}
+ lineprop={linestyle=dotted,linewidth=3pt}
+\end{example}
+\item\DescribeOptions{lfrheight,lfrprop}\option{lfrheight,lfrprop}\\
+The first creates a frame of the specified height around the left
+column. The second is as |lineprop|, but for the left frame.
+\item\DescribeOptions{rfrheight,rfrprop}\option{rfrheight,rfrprop}\\
+As |lfrheight| and |lfrprop|, but for the right frame.
+\item\DescribeOptions{lcolwidth,rcolwidth}\option{lcolwidth,rcolwidth}\\
+Width of the left and right columns. Both are preset to: |0.47\linewidth|.
+\item\DescribeOption{frsep}\option{frsep}\\
+Space between text and the frames. Preset: |1.5mm|.
+\item\DescribeOption{colsep}\option{colsep}\\
+Space between the two columns. Preset: |0.06\linewidth|.
+\item\DescribeOption{topsep}\option{topsep}\\
+The extra space (additional to |\baselineskip|) between text above
+the columns and the text within the columns. Preset: |0cm|.
+\item\DescribeOption{bottomsep}\option{bottomsep}\\
+Idem for the bottom of the columns. Preset: |0cm|.
+\item\DescribeOption{indent}\option{indent}\\
+Horizontal indent left to the left column. Preset: |0cm|.
+\end{description}
+The dimensions described above are represented graphically in
+figure \ref{fig:twocolumndim}.
+\begin{figure}[htb]
+\centering
+\begin{pspicture}(0,.5)(13,10.5)
+\psline(0,0.5)(0,10)
+\rput[tl](.05,9.95){Top}
+\psframe[dimen=middle](1,9)(7,2)
+\psline{C-C}(8.5,9)(11,9)
+\psline{C-C}(8.5,2)(8.5,9)
+\psline{C-C}(8.5,2)(11,2)
+\qdisk(1.7,8.3){.1cm}
+\psset{linestyle=dashed}
+\psline{C-C}(1.7,8.3)(6.3,8.3)
+\psline{C-C}(1.7,8.3)(1.7,3)
+\psline{C-C}(6.3,5)(6.3,8.3)
+\psline{C-C}(11,9)(12,9)
+\psline{C-C}(11,2)(12,2)
+\psline{C-C}(11,7)(12,7)
+\psline{C-C}(9.2,8.3)(12,8.3)
+\psline{C-C}(9.2,8.3)(9.2,3)
+\rput[tl](1.75,8.25){Left column text}
+\rput[tl](9.25,8.25){Right column text}
+\rput[tl](.05,1){Bottom}
+\psset{linestyle=dotted,dotsep=2pt}
+\psline(0,8.3)(1.7,8.3)
+\psline(0,9.6)(1,9.6)
+\psline(0,2)(1,2)
+\psline(0,1.1)(1,1.1)
+\psset{linestyle=solid}
+\psline{<->}(.2,8.33)(.2,9.57)
+\psline{<->}(4,8.33)(4,8.97)
+\psline{<->}(1.73,7)(6.27,7)
+\psline{<->}(1.03,6.5)(1.67,6.5)
+\psline{<->}(0.03,5.5)(1.67,5.5)
+\psline{<->}(6.33,7.4)(9.17,7.4)
+\psline{<->}(8.53,6.5)(9.17,6.5)
+\psline{<->}(6.33,6.5)(6.97,6.5)
+\psline{<->}(10.7,8.33)(10.7,8.97)
+\psline{<->}(7.3,8.97)(7.3,2.03)
+\psline{<->}(.2,1.13)(.2,1.97)
+\psline{->}(1.7,9.3)(1.7,8.45)
+\psline{<-}(9.23,7)(11,7)
+\cput(4,6.6){\small 1}
+\cput(11.1,6.6){\small 2}
+\cput(8,7){\small 3}
+\cput(7.7,3){\small 4}
+\cput(4.4,8.65){\small 5}
+\cput(1.35,6.1){\small 5}
+\cput(8.85,6.1){\small 5}
+\cput(11.1,8.65){\small 5}
+\cput(6.65,6.1){\small 5}
+\cput(0.6,8.95){\small 6}
+\cput(0.6,5.1){\small 7}
+\cput(0.6,1.55){\small 8}
+\cput(1.7,9.6){\small 9}
+\end{pspicture}
+\begin{tabular}{c p{4cm}cl}
+\multicolumn{4}{c}{Meaning of the labels}\\\hline
+1&|lcolwidth|&5&|frsep|\\
+2&|rcolwidth|&6&|topsep|\\
+3&|colsep|&7&|indent|\\
+4&|lfrheight|, |rfrheight|,&8&|bottomsep|\\
+&|lineheight|&9&Reference point
+\end{tabular}
+\caption{Two-column dimensions.}\label{fig:twocolumndim}
+\end{figure}
+Important to notice is that the |\twocolumn| macro uses the current
+cursor position as the reference point to position the first line of
+text of the left column (see also figure \ref{fig:twocolumndim}). This
+means that optional frames can extend to the text on the previous
+line. Use for instance |topsep=0.3cm| in that case to add extra
+space between the two lines of text. The preset value of |topsep|
+is based on the situation that there is no text on top of the two
+columns. In that case, it is best to locate the first line of text
+of the left column at the same spot as text that is not created by
+|\twocolumn| on other slides. The setting |topsep=0cm| does exactly
+this. However, with a combination of |topsep| and |indent| you can
+change this behavior and position the first line of text of the left
+column anywhere you want.
+
+The |\twocolumn| macro computes the height of the construction to
+position text below the construction correctly. The computation is
+done by taking the maximum height of |lfrheight|, |rfrheight|,
+|lineheight| (if specified) and the left and right column content.
+Hence when frames nor a line is requested, |bottomsep| is the
+vertical space between the lowest line of text in the columns and
+the text below the columns (additional to |\baselineskip|). Here is
+an example.
+\begin{example}
+ \begin{slide}{Two columns}
+   Here are two columns.
+   \twocolumn[
+     lfrprop={linestyle=dotted,linewidth=3pt},
+     lfrheight=4cm,rfrheight=5cm,lineheight=3cm,topsep=0.3cm
+   ]{left}{right}
+   Those were two columns.
+ \end{slide}
+\end{example}
+Note that the use of the \pf{xkeyval} commands |\savevalue| and
+|\usevalue| \index{savevalue=\verb!*+\savevalue+|usage}
+\index{usevalue=\verb!*+\usevalue+|usage} could be handy here, for
+instance for copying the properties of the left frame to the right
+frame. This avoids typing them twice and avoids making errors
+resulting in different frames. See an example below.
+\begin{example}
+ \twocolumn[
+   \savevalue{lfrheight}=3cm,
+   \savevalue{lfrprop}={
+     linestyle=dotted,framearc=.2,linewidth=3pt},
+   rfrheight=\usevalue{lfrheight},
+   rfrprop=\usevalue{lfrprop}
+ ]{left}{right}
+\end{example}
+See the \pf{xkeyval} documentation \cite{xkeyval} for more
+information about |\savevalue| and |\usevalue|.
+
+\section{Available styles}\label{sec:styles}
+\pf{powerdot} comes with a number of styles which are listed in the
+overview below. The characteristics of each style are described
+shortly and a sample of a title slide and a normal slide is provided
+for each style. Styles support the |wideslide| environment, have a
+table of contents on the left part of the paper in landscape
+orientation and on the bottom part in portrait orientation and
+support portrait orientation unless states otherwise.
+\begin{description}
+\item\pf{default}\\
+This style provides six different palettes. A flower in the top left
+corner decorates the slides for all palettes. The default palette is
+\texttt{blue} which has as main colors light blue and white. You can
+see an example of that palette below. Other available palettes are
+\texttt{red}, \texttt{green}, \texttt{yellow}, \texttt{brown} and
+\texttt{purple}.\\
+\styleexample{default}
+\item\pf{simple}\\
+This is a simple style in black and white. This style could be
+useful if you want to print your slides.\\
+\styleexample{simple}
+\item\pf{tycja}\\
+This style is set in shades of yellow and dark blue. The table of
+contents on slides is on the right side of the paper in landscape
+orientation and on the bottom part in portrait.\\
+\styleexample{tycja}
+\item\pf{ikeda}\\
+This style uses dark shades of red and blue and a light text color.
+It has nice patterns on the slide for decoration.\\
+\styleexample{ikeda}
+\item\pf{fyma}\\
+This style was originally created by Laurent Jacques for
+\pf{prosper}. Based on that style, he created a version for
+\pf{HA-prosper} with extended features. With his kind permission,
+this style has been converted by Shun'ichi J. Amano for
+\pf{powerdot}. The style has an elegant design with a light blue and
+white gradient background in the default \texttt{blue} palette.
+Other available palettes are \texttt{green}, \texttt{gray},
+\texttt{brown} and \texttt{orange}. It has special templates for
+sections on slides and sections on wide slides. Below is a sample of
+the blue palette.\\
+\styleexample{fyma}
+\item\pf{ciment}\\
+This style was originally created by Mathieu Goutelle for
+\pf{prosper} and \pf{HA-prosper}. With his kind permission, this style
+has been converted for \pf{powerdot}. The style has a background
+that is hatched with light gray horizontal lines. Titles and table
+of contents highlighting are done with dark red.\\
+\styleexample{ciment}
+\item\pf{elcolors}\\
+This is a style using light shades of the elementary colors red,
+blue and yellow.\\
+\styleexample{elcolors}
+\item\pf{aggie}\\
+This style was created by Jack Stalnaker for \pf{HA-prosper} and he
+has converted this style for \pf{powerdot}. The style uses dark red
+and light brown colors.\\
+\styleexample{aggie}
+\item\pf{husky}\\
+This style is created by Jack Stalnaker and has a background of
+light gray sun beams combined with dark red highlights.\\
+\styleexample{husky}
+\item\pf{sailor}\\
+This style is contributed by Mael Hill\'ereau and supplies five
+different palettes: \texttt{Sea} (the default), \texttt{River},
+\texttt{Wine}, \texttt{Chocolate} and \texttt{Cocktail}. Below is a
+sample of the palette \texttt{Sea}.\\
+\styleexample{sailor}
+\item\pf{upen}\\
+This style has a nice dark blue background and text in yellow. It is
+contributed by Piskala Upendran.\\
+\styleexample{upen}
+\item\pf{bframe}\\
+The \pf{bframe} style has blue frames on the slide in which text is
+positioned. The style is contributed by Piskala Upendran.\\
+\styleexample{bframe}
+\item\pf{horatio}\\
+The \pf{horatio} style has been contributed by Michael Lundholm and
+is a more conservative blue style.\\
+\styleexample{horatio}
+\item\pf{paintings}\\
+This is a simple style without a table of contents on slides. It has
+been contributed by Thomas Koepsell and provides 10 different
+palettes. The colors used in the palettes are drawn from famous
+paintings.\footnote{The style defines a color \texttt{pdcolor7}
+which is not used in the style but comes from the same painting and
+complements the other colors. It can be used, for example, to
+highlight text against the main background color.} If you are
+interested, open the style file to read which paintings have been
+used. The available palettes are: \texttt{Syndics} (the default),
+\texttt{Skater}, \texttt{GoldenGate}, \texttt{Lamentation},
+\texttt{HolyWood}, \texttt{Europa}, \texttt{Moitessier},
+\texttt{MayThird}, \texttt{PearlEarring} and \texttt{Charon} (all
+case sensitive). Below is a sample of the \texttt{Syndics}
+palette.\\
+\styleexample{paintings}
+\item\pf{klope}\\
+The \pf{klope} style implements a horizontal table of contents that
+only lists the sections. The style is available in the following
+palettes: \texttt{Spring}, \texttt{PastelFlower}, \texttt{BlueWater}
+and \texttt{BlackWhite}. The \texttt{Spring} palette is the default
+and you can see a sample of that below.\\
+\styleexample{klope}
+\item\pf{jefka}\\
+The \pf{jefka} style comes with four palettes: \texttt{brown} (the
+default), \texttt{seagreen}, \texttt{blue} and \texttt{white}. Below
+you see a sample of the \texttt{brown} palette.\\
+\styleexample{jefka}
+\item\pf{pazik}\\
+This style is available in two palettes: \texttt{red} and
+\texttt{brown}. Below is a sample of the default \texttt{red}
+palette.\\
+\styleexample{pazik}
+\end{description}
+
+\section{Compiling your presentation}\label{sec:compiling}
+\subsection{Dependencies}\label{sec:dependencies}
+In table \ref{tab:dependencies} is a list of packages that
+\pf{powerdot} uses to perform specific tasks. Dependencies of
+packages in this table are not listed. In the table, `required'
+means that you should have a version \emph{at least} as new as
+listed and `tested' means that \pf{powerdot} was tested with this
+version, but that it could equally well work with an older or newer
+version than the one listed in the table. So, when trying to solve
+an error, first concentrate on solving version issues for the
+`required' packages. To find out which version of a package you are
+currently using, put |\listfiles| on the first line of your
+document, run it with \LaTeX, open the |.log| file and read the file
+list (see a \LaTeX\ manual for more information). If you need to
+update a package, you can get it from CTAN \cite{CTAN}.
+\begin{table}[htb]
+\centering
+\begin{tabular}{e}
+Package/file & Version & Date & Required/tested\\\hline
+\pf{xkeyval} \cite{xkeyval} & 2.5c & 2005/07/10 & required\\
+\texttt{pstricks.sty} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks} & 0.2l & 2004/05/12 & required\\
+\pf{xcolor} \cite{xcolor} & 1.11 & 2004/05/09 & required\\
+\pf{enumitem} \cite{enumitem} & 1.0 & 2004/07/19 & required\\
+\pf{article} class & 1.4f & 2004/02/16 & tested\\
+\pf{geometry} \cite{geometry} & 5.x & 2010/10/07 & tested\\
+\pf{hyperref} \cite{hyperref} & 6.74m & 2003/11/30 & tested\\
+\pf{graphicx} \cite{graphics} & 1.0f & 1999/02/16 & tested\\
+\pf{verbatim} & 1.5q & 2003/08/22 & tested
+\end{tabular}
+\caption{Dependencies}\label{tab:dependencies}
+\end{table}
+
+\subsection{Creating and viewing output}\label{sec:creation}
+To compile your presentation, run it with \LaTeX. The DVI that is
+produced this way can be viewed with MiK\TeX's DVI viewer
+YAP.\footnote{Unless you are using \pf{pstricks-add} which distorts
+the coordinate system in DVI.} Unfortunately, xdvi and kdvi (kile)
+do not support all PostScript specials and hence these will display
+the presentation incorrectly. If your DVI viewer does support
+this, make sure that your DVI display settings match that of the
+presentation. In case you are using the |screen| paper, you should
+set the DVI display setting to using the letter paper format. If
+your DVI viewer allows for custom paper formats, use 8.25 inch by 11
+inch.
+
+Note that certain things that are produced with PostScript or PDF
+techniques will not work in a DVI viewer. Examples are hiding of
+material via postscript layers (as is done, for instance, by
+|\pause|, see section~\ref{sec:overlays}) and hyperlinks, for
+instance in the table of contents.
+
+If you want to produce a postscript document, run dvips over the DVI
+\emph{without any particular command line options related to
+orientation or paper size}. \pf{powerdot} will write information to
+the DVI file that helps dvips and ps2pdf (ghostscript) to create a
+proper document. If you have some reason that this does not work for
+you and you want to specify the paper and orientation yourself, you
+should use the |nopsheader| option that is described in
+section~\ref{sec:setup}. The PostScript document could, for
+instance, be used to put multiple slides on a page using the |psnup|
+utility.
+
+To create a PDF document for your presentation, run ps2pdf over the
+PS file created with dvips. Also here, you can \emph{leave out any
+command line arguments related to paper size or orientation}. If
+this is problematic for you somehow, use the |nopsheader| option as
+before and specify the paper and orientation at each intermediate
+step yourself.
+
+\section{Creating your own style}\label{sec:writestyle}
+\subsection{General information}
+Writing or customizing \pf{powerdot} styles is simple. If you want
+to modify a style or build a new one, locate the style that you want
+to use as basis in your \TeX\ tree (styles are named as
+|powerdot-<style_name>.sty|), copy that and rename it as to avoid
+license\footnote{The \LaTeX\ Public Project License requires
+renaming files when modifying them, see
+\url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl}.} or naming conflicts. You
+might want to install the new style in your local \TeX\ tree to be
+able to access it from any place on your hard drive. See your
+\LaTeX\ distribution for more information.
+
+Once that has been taken care of, we can start creating the style.
+We strongly recommend to study a style file (for example,
+|powerdot-default.sty|) while reading the remainder of this section
+as it provides good examples for the content of this section.
+
+A style has several components. We describe these components below.
+\begin{description}
+\item\textbf{Identification and packages}\\
+This identifies the package in the log of a presentation and loads
+all required packages. The \pf{default} style contains something like:
+\begin{example}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+ \ProvidesPackage{powerdot-default}[2005/10/09 v1.2 default style (HA)]
+ \RequirePackage{pifont}
+\end{example}
+See for more information about these commands a \LaTeX\ manual, for
+instance \cite{companion}.
+\item\textbf{Palette or color definitions}\\
+This section contains the definitions of palettes or colors that you
+want to use in the style. \pf{powerdot} uses \pf{xcolor} (via
+\pf{pstricks}). Hence, for more information about colors, see the
+\pf{xcolor} documentation. We will discuss palettes in more detail
+in section~\ref{sec:defpals}.
+\item\textbf{Template definitions}\\
+We will come back to this in sections~\ref{sec:deftemps}
+to~\ref{sec:defbg}.
+\item\textbf{Custom declarations}\\
+These can include anything that you want to be part of the style.
+The \pf{default} style, for instance, includes definitions for the labels
+in list environments like |itemize| and some initializations for
+lists in general (done with |\pdsetup|, see
+section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}). This part could also include some
+customizations as described in section~\ref{sec:specialtemps}.
+\item\textbf{Font initializations}\\
+This initializes font definitions (which can be done by
+loading a package like \pf{helvet}).
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Defining palettes}\label{sec:defpals}
+We will be defining templates formally in
+section~\ref{sec:deftemps}. For now, it's enough to have the general
+idea that a template controls the design of a slide. Palettes are
+sets of colors that color a template or design. A palette does not
+change the overall design of a template.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\pddefinepalettes}
+The following command can be used to define palettes for your style.
+\begin{command}
+ `\cs{pddefinepalettes}\marg{name1}\marg{cmds1}\dots'
+\end{command}
+This macro takes \emph{any} even number of mandatory arguments with
+a minimum of two. For every \meta{name}, a set of \meta{commands}
+can be given which define the palette with name \meta{name}. These
+commands can define colors with names |pdcolor1|, |pdcolor2|,
+etcetera. These colors can be used when designing the template (see
+section~\ref{sec:deftemps}). |pdcolor1| will always be used as text
+color.
+
+The user can access these palettes via the |palette| key for the
+|\pdsetup| command (see section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}). If the user does
+not specify a palette, the first palette defined when compiling the
+presentation, will be used. Here is an example for defining 2
+palettes.
+\begin{example}
+ \pddefinepalettes{reds}{
+   \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{1,0,0}
+   \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.1,0}
+   \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{1,.2,0}
+ }{greens}{
+   \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{0,1,0}
+   \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.1,1,0}
+   \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.2,1,0}
+ }
+\end{example}
+In this example, the |reds| palette is the default one. For more
+information about |\definecolor|, see the documentation of the
+\pf{xcolor} package \cite{xcolor}.
+
+Notice that it is not necessary to use the names |pdcolor2|,
+|pdcolor3| etcetera as color names. But if these colors are defined,
+\pf{powerdot} will use them, for instance, in the random dots
+feature (see section~\ref{sec:glopts}). The flexibility adds extra
+possibilities in setting up templates and palettes. See for an
+example of its use, the \pf{klope} style.
+
+\subsection{Defining templates}\label{sec:deftemps}
+We start off with a definition of what a template is. A template is
+a collection of settings for slide components together with custom
+definitions, which controls the visual appearance of a slide. A
+style can contain multiple templates.
+
+\begin{command}
+ `\cs{pddefinetemplate}\oarg{basis}\marg{name}\marg{options}\marg{commands}'
+\end{command}
+\DescribeMacro{\pddefinetemplate}
+This defines the environment \meta{name} to produce a slide with
+characteristics determined by \meta{basis}, \meta{options} and
+\meta{commands}. We will discuss these elements in more detail
+in the coming sections.
+
+If you want to create several templates that differ only slightly
+from each other, define a \meta{basis} template, and then use it to
+define other templates. All \meta{options} and \meta{commands} for
+the new template \meta{name} will be appended to the existing list
+of \meta{options} and \meta{commands} from the \meta{basis}
+template.
+
+Make sure you choose a \emph{proper} name for the template, and
+avoid redefining existing templates or environments. \pf{powerdot}
+defines |blackslide|, |note| and |emptyslide| internally, so you
+shouldn't use these names unless you know what you're doing.
+Furthermore, each style needs to define at least the templates
+|slide| and |titleslide|. The |titleslide| environment will be used
+to create the title slide and |slide| will (by default) also be used
+to create section slides. Titles and sections are a bit special in
+the way they use the \meta{options} and will be discussed in more
+detail in section~\ref{sec:specialtemps}.
+
+\subsection{Controlling setup}
+\DescribeOption{ifsetup}
+The \meta{options} (keys) are described in the following sections.
+You can control how these options apply to the various setups by
+using the |ifsetup| key. Any key appearing before the first
+|ifsetup| declaration in \meta{options} will apply to every possible
+setup. Once the |ifsetup| key is used, then all subsequent key
+declarations will apply \textit{only} to the setups declared in the
+|ifsetup| key. The |ifsetup| key can be used multiple times.
+
+By possible setups, we mean the allowed values of the |mode|,
+|paper|, |orient|, and |display| keys that are described in
+section~\ref{sec:classopts}. If a value (or values!) for any of
+these four keys is not specified in a |ifsetup| declaration, then
+all subsequent key declarations will apply to any layout of that
+type. Consider the following as an example.
+\begin{example}[numbers=left,numberstyle=\tiny\ttfamily,
+  escapeinside=`',numbersep=1em,xleftmargin=1em]
+ ...
+ textpos={.2\slidewidth,.3\slideheight},
+ ifsetup={portrait,screen},
+ textpos={.3\slidewidth,.2\slideheight}
+ ...
+ ifsetup=landscape,
+ ...
+ ifsetup,
+ ...
+\end{example}
+Assuming there was no |ifsetup| declaration before the first
+|textpos| declaration, this first |textpos| will apply to every
+possible setup. However, for the screen format in portrait
+orientation, the next |textpos| declaration will be used. In fact,
+all declarations that appear until we switch to the next |ifsetup|
+(which specifies all paper sorts and only landscape orientation)
+will be used in the portrait screen layout. All keys after the next
+|ifsetup| declaration will be used in landscape orientation,
+\emph{with any paper, mode and display}. If, after declaring some
+specializations, you want to switch back to settings that apply to
+all possible setups, set |ifsetup| to empty as is done in the
+example. All subsequent declarations will then again be applied
+under any setup.
+
+The following command is a stand-alone implementation of the
+mechanism described above. It allows you to control the setup
+outside the \meta{options} argument of the |\pddefinetemplate|
+command.
+\begin{command}
+ `\cs{pdifsetup}\marg{desired}\marg{true}\marg{false}'
+\end{command}
+\DescribeMacro{\pdifsetup}
+This macro executes \meta{true} when the setup that the user chose
+matches with the \meta{desired} setup, \meta{false} in all other cases.
+For instance, if the user has chosen landscape, then
+\begin{example}
+ \pdifsetup{landscape}{yes}{no}
+\end{example}
+will typeset |yes|. If the user would have chosen portrait instead,
+then |no| would have been typeset.
+
+This macro can be used to check setup requests from the user and,
+for instance, generate an error if a certain setup is not supported
+by your style. \pf{powerdot} provides one predefined error message
+which can be used in one of the first lines of your style.
+\begin{command}
+ `\cs{pd@noportrait}'
+\end{command}
+\DescribeMacro{\pd@noportrait}
+This macro generates an error when the user requests portrait
+orientation. Notice that the handout mode only works in portrait
+orientation. This macro takes that into account and doesn't generate
+an error in the case that the user requested a handout.
+
+\subsection{Main components}\label{sec:maincomps}
+The \meta{options} control several key components of a slide. Every
+component has several properties. A key that can be used in the
+\meta{options} argument is the name of the component postfixed by
+its property that you want to control.
+
+The components |title|, |text|, |toc|, |stoc| and |ntoc| have
+properties |hook|, |pos|, |width| and |font|. Additionally, the
+|text| component has a |height| property. The components |lf|, |cf| and
+|rf| have properties |hook|, |pos|, |temp| and |font|. Hence,
+examples of valid keys are |titlefont|, |tocpos| and |lftemp|. All
+components and properties will be discussed below.
+
+Here is an overview of the components that can be controlled from
+the \meta{options} argument in |\pddefinetemplate|.
+\begin{description}
+\item\DescribeOption{title-}\option{title-}\\
+The slide title.
+\item\DescribeOption{text-}\option{text-}\\
+The main text box on the slide.
+\item\DescribeOption{toc-}\option{toc-}\\
+The (full) table of contents on a slide containing sections and
+slides.
+\item\DescribeOption{stoc-}\option{stoc-}\\
+This is a table of contents containing only the sections. See also
+|ntoc| below.
+\item\DescribeOption{ntoc-}\option{ntoc-}\\
+This is a table of contents containing only the entries for the
+active section. Together with |stoc|, this can be used to create a
+split table of contents. In a particular template, one would usually
+have a |toc|, a combination of |stoc| and |ntoc| or no table of
+contents at all.
+\item\DescribeOptions{lf-,cf-,rf-}\option{lf-,cf-,rf-}\\
+The left, center and right footers.
+\end{description}
+
+Notice that all positioning of components described above will be
+done with |\rput| from \pf{pstricks} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks}
+internally. See the \pf{pstricks} documentation for more information
+about this command. It should also be noted that all components
+(except |lf|, |cf| and |rf|) put their content in a |minipage|
+environment.
+
+Now we list all properties of the components listed above and
+describe what they mean. Remember that keys are formed by combining
+a component name and a property.
+
+\begin{description}
+\item\DescribeOption{-hook}\option{-hook}\\
+This option defines the |\rput| hook that will be used when
+positioning the item. This can be |tl|, |t|, |tr|, |r|, |Br|, |br|,
+|b|, |bl|, |Bl|, |l|, |B| and |c|. See the \pf{pstricks}
+documentation for more information.
+\item\DescribeOption{-pos}\option{-pos}\\
+This defines the position of the |hook| on the paper. The lower left
+corner of the paper is given by the point |{0,0}| and the upper right
+corner by the point |{\slidewidth,\slideheight}|. So if you want to
+position the main text box at 20\ from the left edge and 30\ from
+the top edge of the paper, you have to do the following.
+\begin{example}
+ textpos={.2\slidewidth,.7\slideheight}
+\end{example}
+If the position of any component has not been specified, this
+component will not be placed on the slide. This gives an opportunity
+to design slides without footers or table of contents, for instance.
+\item\DescribeOption{-width}\option{-width}\\
+The width of the component. All component positioned by
+\pf{powerdot} will be put in a surrounding |minipage| environment.
+The |width| property determines the width of the |minipage|. Example:
+\begin{example}
+ textwidth=.7\slidewidth
+\end{example}
+This property does not exist for the |lf|, |cf| and |rf| components.
+\item\DescribeOption{-height}\option{-height}\\
+This option is only available for the |text| component. In other
+words, for this property, there is only one key, namely
+|textheight|. This can be used to specify the height of the
+|minipage| used for the main text. This does not imply that users
+are restricted to this length or that \pf{powerdot} does automatic
+slide breaking. This height is only used for vertical alignments of
+material, for instance by footnotes. The preset value is
+|\slideheight|.
+\item\DescribeOption{-font}\option{-font}\\
+This will be inserted just before the text that is about to be
+typeset. This can be used to declare deviations from the main text
+font and color. It can be a font declaration, like
+|\large\bfseries|, but can also contain other things like
+|\color{red}| or |\raggedright|.
+\item\DescribeOption{-temp}\option{-temp}\\
+This property is only available for the footers (|lf|, |cf| and |rf|) and
+can be used to change the template of the footers. This means that
+you can, for instance, add content to the footer, besides the
+content specified by the user. The default declaration by
+\pf{powerdot} is the following.
+\begin{example}
+ rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf\@empty
+   \else\ifx\theslide\@empty\else\ -- \fi\fi\theslide
+\end{example}
+Here |\pd@@rf| will contain the content of the right footer defined
+by the user via the |\pdsetup| command. Similarly, |\pd@@lf|
+contains the content of the left footer. The above declaration
+checks whether the footer and |\theslide| are both non-empty and if
+so, it inserts | -- | to separate both.
+\item\DescribeOption{-orient}\option{-orient}\\
+This property is only available for the |toc|, |stoc| and |ntoc|
+components. This property can be |h| or |v| and determines the
+orientation of the table of contents. The preset is |v|. See
+also section~\ref{sec:slidetoc} for more information about the
+construction of the table of contents.
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Slide toc}\label{sec:slidetoc}
+The small table of contents that is placed on slides can be
+controlled by four macros and several options.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocslide}
+\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocsection}
+These macros take one argument. When building the table of contents,
+\pf{powerdot} first passes the content through |\pd@tocslide| or
+|\pd@tocsection|, depending on the type of entry that it is building
+at that moment. You could, for instance, do
+\begin{example}
+ \def\pd@tocslide#1{$\bullet$\ #1}
+ \def\pd@tocsection#1{#1}
+\end{example}
+which will prefix all normal entries (not the sections) with a
+bullet. By default, these two macros are defined to just pass on
+their argument.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocdisplay}
+\DescribeMacro{\pd@tochighlight}
+These two macros also take one argument. After processing an entry
+with the command |\pd@tocslide| or |\pd@tocsection|, \pf{powerdot}
+continues building the entry by passing it through |\pd@tocdisplay|,
+when the entry needs to be displayed only, or |\pd@tochighlight|,
+when the entry needs to be highlighted. These macros are a little
+more involved and take care of putting the content in the proper
+font and color in a |minipage|. Further, |\pd@tochighlight| also
+puts a box around the item.
+
+Notice, that by default, both the separate table of contents entries
+as well as the table of contents as a whole are typeset in
+|minipage| environments by these macros, in case the table of
+contents is vertical. The |-width| properties then determines the
+width of the table of contents and, together with |tocsecindent| and
+|tocslideindent| (see below) the width of the individual entries. If
+it is horizontal, only the separate entries will be in |minipage|s
+and the table of contents itself not and the |-width| properties
+determine only the width of the individual entries (together with
+|tocsecindent| and |tocslideindent|).
+
+Several aspects of the process of generating the table of contents
+can be controlled via the keys that are available in the
+|\pddefinetemplate| command that will be described below. If these
+keys do not provide enough handles to do what you want, you might
+need to have a look at the two macros in the source and decide to
+rewrite them in your style as to fit your needs. An example can be
+found in the \pf{fyma} style.
+
+\begin{description}
+\item\DescribeOption{tocfrsep}\option{tocfrsep}\\
+This length is the distance between the box around the content
+created by the |minipage| and the highlight frame box created by
+|\pd@tochighlight|. Preset: |0.5mm|.
+\item\DescribeOption{tocsecsep}\option{tocsecsep}\\
+The distance inserted before a section (unless it is the
+first element in the table of contents). Preset: |2ex|.
+Notice that if the orientation of the table of contents is set to
+vertical, this length creates a vertical skip, otherwise, it creates
+a horizontal skip.
+\item\DescribeOption{tocslidesep}\option{tocslidesep}\\
+The distance inserted before other entries (unless it is the
+first element in the table of contents). Preset: |0ex|. Like
+|tocsecsep|, the effect of this length depends on the orientation of
+the table of contents.
+\item\DescribeOption{tocsecindent}\option{tocsecindent}\\
+The horizontal space left to a section entry. Preset: |0pt|.
+\item\DescribeOption{tocslideindent}\option{tocslideindent}\\
+The horizontal space left to a slide entry. The horizontal skip will
+not be inserted left to slide entries that appear before the first
+section. Preset: |0pt|.
+\item\DescribeOption{tocsecm}\option{tocsecm}\\
+This is inserted just before typesetting a section. This can be used
+to mark a section, for instance with a line as in the \pf{default}
+style. Preset: empty.
+\item\DescribeOption{toctcolor}\option{toctcolor}\\
+This is the text color used for non-highlighted elements in the
+table of contents. Preset: |black|.
+\item\DescribeOption{tochltcolor}\option{tochltcolor}\\
+This is the text color used for highlighted elements in the table of
+contents. Preset: |white|.
+\item\DescribeOption{tochlcolor}\option{tochlcolor}\\
+This is the color used for the frame behind highlighted elements.
+Preset: |black|.
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Miscellaneous options}\label{sec:miscoptions}
+There are some options that fall outside of the scope of the previous
+sections. These will be discussed here.
+
+\begin{description}
+\item\DescribeOption{iacolor}\option{iacolor}\\
+The |iacolor| option can be used to specify the color that is used
+for inactive things, produced for instance by |\onslide|, |\pause|
+(see section~\ref{sec:overlays}) and |\tableofcontents| (see
+section~\ref{sec:tableofcontents}). As \pf{xcolor} is used by
+\pf{powerdot}, one can use special notation here, like
+\begin{example}
+ iacolor=black!20
+\end{example}
+The preset value for this key is |lightgray|.
+\end{description}
+
+The following options control the digital clock (see
+section~\ref{sec:classopts}). The clock is a form text field with
+dynamic content, driven by a javascript via \pf{hyperref} text
+fields. Some options for the clock work similarly as for, for
+instance, the title component, but there are also special options.
+\begin{description}
+\item\DescribeOptions{clockhook,clockpos}\option{clockhook,clockpos}\\
+These work in the same way as the |-hook| and |-pos| properties
+discussed in section~\ref{sec:maincomps}. The preset value of
+|clockhook| is |tr|.
+\item\DescribeOptions{clockwidth,clockheight}\option{clockwidth,clockheight}\\
+These control the width and height of the text field containing the
+clock. Preset values come from \pf{hyperref} and are |3cm| and
+|\baselineskip|, respectively.
+\item\DescribeOption{clockcharsize}\option{clockcharsize}\\
+The size of characters of the clock. Preset: |14pt|.
+\item\DescribeOption{clockalign}\option{clockalign}\\
+The alignment of the clock in the text field. |0| is left-aligned,
+|1| is centered and |2| is right aligned. Preset is |2|.
+\item\DescribeOption{clockcolor}\option{clockcolor}\\
+This determines the text color of the clock. The value should be a
+named color. The preset value is |black|.
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Template presets}
+Below, we have copied the preset setting for the keys described
+above. These will be used if you didn't supply other input for these
+keys in a particular template. If the preset value meets your
+needs, you don't have to specify it again in your style.
+\begin{example}
+ titlehook=Bl,titlepos=,titlewidth=\slidewidth,
+ titlefont=\raggedright,texthook=tl,textpos=,
+ textwidth=\slidewidth,textfont=\raggedright,
+ textheight=\slideheight,
+ tochook=tl,tocpos=,tocwidth=.2\slidewidth,
+ tocfont=\tiny\raggedright,
+ stochook=tl,stocpos=,stocwidth=.2\slidewidth,
+ stocfont=\tiny\raggedright,
+ ntochook=tl,ntocpos=,ntocwidth=.2\slidewidth,
+ ntocfont=\tiny\raggedright,
+ tocorient=v,stocorient=v,ntocorient=v,
+ tocfrsep=.5mm,tocsecsep=2ex,tocslidesep=0ex,
+ tocsecm=,toctcolor=black,tochlcolor=black,tochltcolor=white,
+ tocsecindent=0pt,tocslideindent=0pt,
+ lfhook=Bl,lfpos=,lffont=\scriptsize,lftemp=\pd@@lf,
+ cfhook=B,cfpos=,cffont=\scriptsize,cftemp=\pd@@cf,
+ rfhook=Br,rfpos=,rffont=\scriptsize,rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf
+   \@empty\else\ifx\theslide\@empty\else\ -- \fi\fi\theslide,
+ iacolor=lightgray,
+ clockhook=tr,clockpos=,clockwidth=3cm,clockheight=\baselineskip,
+ clockcharsize=14pt,clockalign=2,clockcolor=black
+\end{example}
+
+\subsection{The background}\label{sec:defbg}
+This leaves only one argument of the |\pddefinetemplate| macro
+undiscussed. This is the \meta{commands} argument. This argument can
+contain any code that you want to execute \textit{after} setting the
+options and \textit{before} building the slide components like the
+slide title, main text, and footers. This argument is designed to
+contain declarations that will build the background of a template
+using, for instance, \pf{pstricks}, but it can also hold other
+commands you might need for building your template.
+
+Important to notice is that these commands may not create \TeX\
+material as that might destroy the construction of the slide. So, if
+you want to place the word `Hello' in the bottom left corner of the
+slide, don't type `Hello', but make its width, height and depth
+equal to zero, for instance by using \pf{pstricks}' |\rput|.
+\begin{example}
+ \rput[bl](0,0){Hello}
+\end{example}
+
+\subsection{Title slide, titles and sections}\label{sec:specialtemps}
+As mentioned before, the style that you write needs to define at
+least the templates |slide| and |titleslide|. The latter treats some
+of the keys in a special way. Besides, a section slide is also done
+in a special way.
+
+The title slide (made with |\maketitle|) puts the title with
+author(s) and date in the main text box. This means that you have to
+supply a position for the main text box (|textpos|). It will use the
+main text font for the text (together with declarations in the
+|textfont| key) for the author(s) and the date. But it will use the
+declarations in |titlefont| for the title of the presentation. This
+is done so that title and author(s) form a coherent block and to
+make sure that long titles can push down the author(s) instead of
+overwriting it.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\pd@slidetitle}
+The |\pd@slidetitle| macro is used to typeset the slide title on
+slides. This macro is comparable to for instance |\pd@tocslide|. The
+macro takes one argument which is the slide title in the right font
+and formatting. By default, this macro just passes on the content
+for typesetting, but you could redefine this macro so do something
+with its input prior to typesetting it. An example is in the
+\pf{fyma} style which underlines the title after putting it in a
+|minipage| to support multi line titles.
+
+\DescribeMacros{\pd@title,\pd@sectiontitle}
+These macros are similar to |\pd@slidetitle| and typeset the title
+on the title slide and the title on section slides respectively. By
+default, these also pass there argument (which is the presentation
+title or section title), but these can be redefined to do something
+with the input prior to typesetting it, just as |\pd@slidetitle|.
+
+\DescribeOptions{sectemp,widesectemp}
+The |\section| command uses (by default) the |slide| environment and
+puts the section title in the title box with font |titlefont|. If
+you want to change the default use of the |slide| environment for
+sections to, for instance, the |sectionslide| environment or any
+other especially designed section template, change the section
+template preset in your style, using
+\begin{example}
+ \setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide}
+\end{example}
+This means that if the user asks for |template=slide| in the
+|\section| command, the |sectionslide| environment will be used
+silently. To avoid surprises, |sectionslide| should preferably be
+based on the |slide| environment.
+
+A similar option is available in case the user asks for
+|template=wideslide|. One could for instance do the following.
+\begin{example}
+ \setkeys[pd]{section}{widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
+\end{example}
+Whenever the user requests a |wideslide| to be used for a
+|\section|, instead, the |sectionwideslide| environment will be
+used. Other input to the |template| key by the user does not get a
+special treatment.
+
+Notice that these keys are available in the |section| family of keys
+and that you cannot use them in the |\pddefinetemplate| command.
+
+\subsection{Testing the style}\label{sec:styletest}
+\pf{powerdot} has a test file that should test most of the style.
+This test file can be produced by running \LaTeX\ over
+|powerdot.dtx|. This generates |powerdot-styletest.tex| which will
+help you with the testing job. Feel free to contact us when you
+would like to contribute your style to \pf{powerdot}. See also
+section~\ref{sec:questions}.
+
+\section{Using \LyX\ for presentations}\label{sec:lyx}
+\LyX\ \cite{LyXWeb} is a WYSIWYM (What You See Is What You Mean)
+document processor based on \LaTeX. It supports standard \LaTeX\
+classes but needs special files, called layout files, in order to
+support non-standard classes such as \pf{powerdot}.
+
+To start using \LyX\ for \pf{powerdot} presentations, copy the
+layout file |powerdot.layout| to the \LyX\ layout directory. You can
+find this file in the doc tree of your \LaTeX\ installation:
+\url{texmf/doc/latex/powerdot}. If you can't find it there, download
+it from \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot}. Once that is
+done, reconfigure \LyX\ (\texttt{Edit\LyXarrow Reconfigure} and
+restart \LyX\ afterwards). Now you can use the \pf{powerdot}
+document class as any other supported class. Go to
+\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} and select \texttt{powerdot
+presentation} as document class. For more information, see the \LyX\
+documentation, which is accessible from the |Help| menu.
+
+\subsection{How to use the layout}
+The \pf{powerdot} \LyX\ layout provides some environments\footnote{Don't
+confuse these with \LaTeX\ environments.} which can be used in \LyX.
+Some of these environments (for instance |Title| or |Itemize|) are
+natural to use since they exist also in the standard document
+classes such as \pf{article}. For more information on these standard
+environments, see the \LyX\ documentation.
+
+This section will explain how to use the \pf{powerdot} specific
+environments |Slide|, |WideSlide|, |EmptySlide| and |Note|. These
+environments correspond to the \pf{powerdot} environments |slide|,
+|emptyslide|, |wideslide| and |note|.
+
+We start with a simple example. The following \LaTeX\ code
+\begin{example}
+ \begin{slide}{Slide title}
+   Slide content.
+ \end{slide}
+\end{example}
+can be obtained using the following \LyX\ environments. The right
+column represents the text typed into the \LyX\ window and the left
+column represents the environment applied to this text).
+\begin{example}
+ Slide         Slide title
+ Standard      Slide content.
+ EndSlide
+\end{example}
+Some remarks concerning this example.
+\begin{itemize}[leftmargin=0pt,itemsep=0pt,parsep=0pt]
+\item You can use the environment menu (under the menu bar, top-left
+corner) to change the environment applied to text.
+\item The slide title should be typed on the line of the |Slide|
+environment.
+\item |EndSlide| finishes the slide and its line is left blank.
+\end{itemize}
+
+In the \LyX\ window, the |Slide| environment (that is, the slide
+title) is displayed in magenta, the |WideSlide| style in green, the
+|EmptySlide| style in cyan and the |Note| style in red and hence
+these are easily identifiable.
+
+Here is another example.
+\begin{example}
+ \begin{slide}{First slide title}
+   The first slide.
+ \end{slide}
+ \begin{note}{First note title}
+   The first note, concerning slide 1.
+ \end{note}
+ \begin{slide}{Second slide title}
+   The second slide.
+ \end{slide}
+\end{example}
+This can be done in \LyX\ in the following way.
+\begin{example}
+ Slide         First slide title
+ Standard      The first slide.
+ Note          First note title
+ Standard      The first note, concerning slide 1.
+ Slide         Second slide title
+ Standard      The second slide.
+ EndSlide
+\end{example}
+This example demonstrates that it is often sufficient to insert the
+|EndSlide| style after the last slide or note only. Only when you
+want certain material not to be part of a slide, you need to finish
+the preceding slide manually using the |EndSlide| style. Example:
+\begin{example}
+ Slide         First slide title
+ Standard      The first slide.
+ EndSlide
+ [ERT box with some material]
+ Slide         Second slide title
+ ...
+\end{example}
+
+Options can be passed to slide environments by using
+\texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Short title} in front of the slide title.
+The following example uses the |direct| method (see
+section~\ref{sec:verbatim}) in the short title argument (delimited by
+square brackets) to allow for a |lstlisting| environment (defined by
+the \pf{listings} package) within the slide content.
+\begin{example}
+ Slide         [method=direct]Example of LaTeX source code
+ Standard      Here's the \HelloWorld command:
+ [ERT box:
+   \lstset{language=[LaTeX]TeX}
+   \begin{lstlisting}
+   \newcommand{\HelloWorld}{Hello World!}
+   \end{lstlisting}
+ ]
+ EndSlide
+\end{example}
+Note that you are not obliged to use a |verbatim| environment to
+type the |\HelloWord| text into the \LyX\ window because \LyX\
+directly supports standard verbatim.\footnote{\LyX\ translates
+special characters into their corresponding \LaTeX\ command. For
+instance, the backslash character is translated into
+\cs{textbackslash{}}. Resulting, the font is not the same as in true
+verbatim and you might want to change that via the
+\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Character} dialog.} Consequently, the use of
+the slide processing methods |direct| and |file| is not necessary
+when you need standard verbatim, but it is necessary when doing more
+advanced things, like in the example above.
+
+\subsection{Support of syntax}
+This section lists options, commands and environments that are
+supported through the \LyX\ interface directly, without using an ERT
+box (\TeX-mode).
+
+All class options (see section~\ref{sec:classopts}) are supported
+via the \texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} dialog (|Layout| pane).
+Options for the |\pdsetup| command (see section~\ref{sec:setup})
+should be specified in the |Preamble| pane of the
+\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} dialog.
+
+Table \ref{tab:lyxcommands} lists the \pf{powerdot} commands that
+are supported in \LyX.
+\begin{table}[htb]
+\centering
+\begin{tabular}{f}
+Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline
+\cs{title} & Use \texttt{Title} environment.\\
+\cs{author} & Use \texttt{Author} environment.\\
+\cs{date} & Use \texttt{Date} environment.\\
+\cs{maketitle} & Managed directly by \LyX.\\
+\cs{section} & Use the \texttt{Section} environment. Options to this
+command (see section~\ref{sec:section}) can be specified using
+\texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Short title} in front of the section title.\\
+\cs{tableofcontents} & Use \texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Lists \&
+TOC\LyXarrow Table of contents}. You will need an ERT box if you
+want to use the optional argument, see below.
+\end{tabular}
+\caption{Supported \pf{powerdot} commands in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxcommands}
+\end{table}
+Table \ref{tab:lyxenvs} lists the \pf{powerdot} environments that,
+besides the earlier discussed |slide|, |wideslide|, |note| and
+|emptyslide| environments, are supported in \LyX.
+\begin{table}[htb]
+\centering
+\begin{tabular}{f}
+Environment & Method in \LyX\\\hline
+\texttt{itemize} & Use \texttt{Itemize} and \texttt{ItemizeType1}
+environments. The latter will create a list with |type=1| (see
+section~\ref{sec:lists}).\\
+\texttt{enumerate} & Use \texttt{Enumerate} and
+\texttt{EnumerateType1} environments.\\
+\texttt{thebibliography} & Use \texttt{Bibliography} environment.
+\end{tabular}
+\caption{Supported \pf{powerdot} environments in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxenvs}
+\end{table}
+Table \ref{tab:lyxERT} lists commands that can only be done by using
+an ERT box (via \texttt{Insert\LyXarrow TeX}).
+\begin{table}[ht]
+\centering
+\begin{tabular}{f}
+Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline
+\cs{and} & Within \texttt{Author} environment.\\
+\cs{pause} & \\
+\cs{item} & An ERT box is only required for the optional argument,
+not mandatory for overlays specifications.\\
+\cs{onslide} & And the versions \cs{onslide+} and \cs{onslide*}.\\
+\cs{twocolumn} & \\
+\cs{tableofcontents} & Only when using the optional argument.
+\end{tabular}
+\caption{\pf{powerdot} commands needing an ERT box in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxERT}
+\end{table}
+Note that you may use the clipboard in order to repeat often used
+commands like |\pause|. Finally, table \ref{tab:lyxadd} lists
+additional commands and environments that are supported by the layout.
+\begin{table}[htb]
+\centering
+\begin{tabular}{f}
+Env./Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline
+\texttt{quote} & Use \texttt{Quote} environment.\\
+\texttt{quotation} & Use \texttt{Quotation} environment.\\
+\texttt{verse} & Use \texttt{Verse} environment.\\
+\cs{caption} & Use \texttt{Caption} environment within standard
+float environments.
+\end{tabular}
+\caption{Additional environments for \LyX}\label{tab:lyxadd}
+\end{table}
+
+\subsection{Compiling with \LyX}
+First of all, make sure that you have also read
+section~\ref{sec:compiling}. Then, in order to get a proper
+PostScript or PDF file, you have to set your \LyX\ document
+properties depending on which paper and orientation you want. When
+your \LyX\ document is open, go to the \texttt{Layout\LyXarrow
+Document} dialog. In the \texttt{Layout} pane, put the |nopsheader|,
+|orient| and |paper| keys as class options (see
+section~\ref{sec:classopts} for a description). Then, go to the
+|Paper| pane and select corresponding paper size and orientation
+(you may choose |letter| paper in the case you set |paper=screen| in
+the class options). Finally, go to the |View| (or
+\texttt{File\LyXarrow Export}) menu and select your output
+(PostScript or PDF).
+
+\subsection{Extending the layout}
+If you have created a custom style (see section~\ref{sec:writestyle})
+which defines custom templates, you may want to extend the layout
+file\footnote{The LPPL dictates to rename a file if you modify it as
+to avoid confusion.} so that these templates are also supported in
+\LyX. The explanation below assumes that you have defined a template
+called |sunnyslide|.
+
+To support this new template in \LyX, you have to use the following
+command.
+\begin{command}
+ `\cs{pddefinelyxtemplate}\meta{cs}\marg{template}'
+\end{command}
+\DescribeMacro{\pddefinelyxtemplate}
+This will define the control sequence \meta{cs} such that it will
+create a slide with template \meta{template} (which has been defined
+using |\pddefinetemplate|. This new control sequence can be used in
+the layout file as follows.
+\begin{example}
+ # SunnySlide environment definition
+ Style SunnySlide
+   CopyStyle     Slide
+   LatexName     lyxend\lyxsunnyslide
+   Font
+     Color       Yellow
+   EndFont
+   Preamble
+     \pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxsunnyslide{sunnyslide}
+   EndPreamble
+ End
+\end{example}
+Note that you must begin the |LatexName| field with |lyxend|. The
+definition of the \LyX\ template has been inserted in between
+|Preamble| and |EndPreamble| which assures that the new \LyX\
+environment will work in every presentation. After modifying the
+layout file, don't forget to restart \LyX. See for more information
+about creating \LyX\ environments, the documentation of \LyX\ in the
+|Help| menu.
+
+\section{Questions}\label{sec:questions}
+\subsection{Frequently Asked Questions}\label{sec:FAQ}
+This section is devoted to Frequently Asked Questions. Please read
+it carefully; your problem might be solved by this section.
+\begin{itemize}[leftmargin=0pt]
+\question
+Does \pf{powerdot} have example files? Where can I find them?
+\answer
+\pf{powerdot} comes with several examples that should be in the doc
+tree of your \LaTeX\ installation. More precisely:
+\url{texmf/doc/latex/powerdot}. If you can't find them there,
+download them from \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot}
+\cite{CTAN}.
+\question I'm getting errors or unexpected output when compiling
+the simplest example!
+\answer Did you read section~\ref{sec:compiling}?
+\question I made a typo in the slide code, ran the file, got an
+error, corrected the typo and reran, but now get an error that
+doesn't go away.
+\answer Remove the |.bm| and |.toc| files and try again.
+\question |\pause| does not work in the |align|\footnote{There are
+several environments doing similar things as \texttt{align}. Another
+example is the \texttt{split} environment, but more (often from the
+\pf{amsmath} package) can cause similar trouble for \cs{pause}.}
+environment.
+\answer |align| does several tricky things, which make it impossible
+to use |\pause|. Use |\onslide| instead. See
+section~\ref{sec:onslide}.
+\question My \pf{pstricks} nodes appear on all overlays. Also: color
+doesn't seem to work with |\onslide|.
+\answer Some PostScript tricks like nodes and color do not work with
+|\onslide|. Use |\onslide*| instead. See an example below.
+\begin{example}
+ \documentclass{powerdot}
+ \usepackage{pst-node}
+ \begin{document}
+ \begin{slide}{Color}
+ \onslide*{2}{\cnode(0,-5pt){2pt}{A}}
+ This is {\onslide*{2-}{\color{red}} red} text.
+ \onslide*{2}{\cnode(0,-5pt){2pt}{B}}
+ \onslide{2}{\ncline{A}{B}}
+ \end{slide}
+ \end{document}
+\end{example}
+\question Do I need to edit style files to change a style a bit?
+\answer No, you do not need to edit any style file. You can change
+any part of a certain style using the |\pddefinetemplate| and
+|\pddefinepalettes| commands. Here is an example that removes the
+left and right footers from the \pf{default} style, places the slide
+number in the center footer and adds another palette.
+\begin{example}
+ \documentclass{powerdot}
+ \pddefinetemplate[slide]{slide}{
+   lfpos=,rfpos=,cftemp=\theslide
+ }{}
+ \pddefinepalettes{mypalette}{
+   \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.27,.31,.44}
+   \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.85,.85,.92}
+   \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.8,.75,.98}
+ }
+ \pdsetup{palette=mypalette}
+ \begin{document}
+ \begin{slide}{Title}
+ \end{slide}
+ \end{document}
+\end{example}
+See section~\ref{sec:writestyle} for more information about these
+two commands.
+\question Can I contribute to this project?
+\answer
+Certainly. If you find bugs\footnote{Make sure that you confirm that
+the bug is really caused by \pf{powerdot} and not by another package
+that you use.} or typos, please send a message to the mailinglist
+(see section~\ref{sec:mailinglist}). If you have developed your own
+style that is distinct from existing styles and would like to see it
+included in \pf{powerdot}, please inform us by private e-mail and we
+will consider your contribution. Notice that included contributions
+will fall under the overall \pf{powerdot} license and copyright
+notice, but that your name will be included in the documentation
+when you make a contribution. This is done to guarantee that we can
+adapt files if maintenance is needed.
+\end{itemize}
+
+If your question has not been answered at this point, advance to the
+next section to read where to find more answers.
+
+\subsection{Mailinglist}\label{sec:mailinglist}
+\pf{powerdot} has a mailinglist from \url{freelists.org} and has its
+website here:
+\begin{center}
+\url{http://www.freelists.org/list/powerdot}
+\end{center}
+There is a link to `List Archive'. Please search this archive before
+posting a question. Your problem might already have been solved in
+the past.
+
+If that is not the case, use the box on the page to type your e-mail
+address, choose the action `Subscribe' and click `Go!'. Then follow
+the instructions that arrive to you by e-mail. At a certain moment,
+you can login for the first time using an authorization code sent to
+you by e-mail. After logging in, you can create a password for
+future sessions using the `Main Menu' button. The other buttons
+provide you some info and options for your account.
+
+When you are all set, you can write to the list by sending an e-mail
+to
+\begin{center}
+\url{powerdot [at] freelists [dot] org}
+\end{center}
+
+When writing to the list, please keep in mind the following very
+important issues.
+\begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=0pt,itemsep=0pt,parsep=0pt]
+\item We are volunteers!
+\item Keep your questions related to \pf{powerdot}.
+\item Always supply a \emph{minimal} example demonstrating your
+problem.
+\item Don't send big files over the list.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+We hope you will enjoy this service.
+
+\section{Source code documentation}\label{sec:source}
+In case you want regenerate the package files from the source or
+want to have a look at the source code description, locate
+|powerdot.dtx|, search in the file for |\OnlyDescription| and remove
+that and do
+\begin{example}
+ latex powerdot.dtx
+ latex powerdot.dtx
+ bibtex powerdot
+ makeindex -s gglo.ist -o powerdot.gls powerdot.glo
+ makeindex -s gind.ist -o powerdot.ind powerdot.idx
+ latex powerdot.dtx
+ latex powerdot.dtx
+\end{example}
+
+\StopEventually{}
+
+\section{Implementation}\label{sec:imple}
+\subsection{General construction}
+This section explains the general idea of the class, how paper
+dimensions are chosen and how slides are created. We start with the
+paper.
+
+This class uses the same idea as \pf{prosper} and \pf{HA-prosper},
+namely that we create a background with \pf{pstricks} and position
+text on it using |\rput| and some |minipage| environments. This is
+easier than writing a dedicated output routine that can handle all
+the material, but doesn't break pages when we don't want that. So,
+when starting to write the class, we first investigated how to deal
+with landscape slides and paper dimensions.
+
+The job of making landscape slides can be done using \pf{geometry}.
+The paper dimension was more of a problem. As \LaTeX\ doesn't have
+the huge fonts that we need for presentations, we need to scale the
+usual fonts somehow. This could be done by using unusual paper
+dimensions (as \pf{beamer} does) and hence relying on ps2pdf to cut
+off all the redundant material. But this doesn't produce a usable
+DVI or PS file. Instead, it was chosen to use DVI magnification. The
+entire slide is magnified by a factor of 2 and only the top left
+quarter of the paper is used (but you will never notice that due to
+the magnification). As we already decided to place all material in
+|minipage|s using |\rput|, we didn't need the page anymore and it
+was easiest to use \pf{geometry} to just remove the page margins
+altogether so that the bottom left corner would be |(0,0)| and the
+top right corner |(\slidewidth,\slideheight)|.
+
+One extra remark on the paper type is necessary. We found that most
+common configurations of dvips use the |A4size| code when A4
+dimensions are found. This code doesn't write an explicit PostScript
+paper command in the PS document and hence programs using this PS
+(like ps2pdf) don't know what paper to use and revert to the
+default, which is letter paper in most cases. This, of course, is
+something that we don't want and hence, \pf{powerdot} will write
+these commands to the PS itself as to guarantee proper post
+processing of the PS.
+
+Now that we made the decisions on how to create proper DVI, PS and
+PDF output, the next task was to create an easy interface to
+overlays. To avoid counting the overlays as is necessary with
+\pf{prosper}, we implemented a system that first collects the entire
+body of an environment in a macro which can be reused multiple
+times. During execution of the body, the overlay commands like
+|\onslide| will keep a record of the biggest number that they find
+and that is the number of overlays to produce. Getting the body of
+the environment is done by collecting all material up to the next
+|\end| occurrence. If that control sequence has the proper argument
+(namely the slide that we started with), then we stop scanning and
+start processing the slide. With normal use, you will not notice
+this, but when doing special tricks like hiding |\end{slide}| in a
+macro, the process will fail as it relies on finding |\end{slide}|
+in the input stream without doing expansions. Often a work around
+can be found though. Have a look for instance at how |\section|
+creates a slide.
+
+The next task was to provide a simple way to create templates. As
+the class is based on the idea of having a background with some
+material spread out over it, the template system follows this idea.
+One argument can be used to create the background, the other
+argument controls, via keys and options, several properties of the
+material that should be placed. By adding an |ifsetup| key, full
+control could be gained over the design of the template in every
+possible setup chosen by the user.
+
+The final task for the class was to fill in all the `details'. All
+the mechanisms were present, but sometimes they should not be
+active. For instance, overlays should not be created in handout
+mode. Other things to add to the class were counter protection on
+overlays, handles to the layout of the slide number, footnotes, a
+bibliography environment, empty slides, etcetera.
+
+We hope that this section has made clear a little bit what you will
+be seeing when reading the next section with coding and why we chose
+to do it this way.
+
+\bibliographystyle{plain}
+\bibliography{powerdot}
+
+\section*{Acknowledgements}
+The authors are grateful to Mael Hill\'ereau for contributing the
+\LyX\ layout file and description. Further, we like to thank all
+style contributors (see section~\ref{sec:styles}). Moreover, we wish
+to thank everyone who contributed to this package in any other
+way.\\[1em]
+\hspace*{\stretch{1}}
+\begin{minipage}{.9\linewidth}
+Ramon van den Akker, Pavel \v C\'i\v zek, Darren Dale, Hans Marius
+Eikseth, Morten H\o gholm, Andr\'as Horv\'ath, Laurent Jacques, Akira
+Kakuto, Uwe Kern, Kyanh, Theo Stewart, Don P. Story and Herbert Vo\ss.
+\end{minipage}
+\hspace*{\stretch{1}}\\[1em]
+We hope not to have forgotten anyone.
+
+\PrintChangesX\PrintIndexX
+
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/powerdot/powerdot.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/powerdot/powerdot.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e416ea1c24..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/powerdot/powerdot.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8625 +0,0 @@
-% \iffalse meta-comment
-%
-% powerdot class by Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison.
-%
-% Extract package files and create documentation:
-%   latex powerdot.dtx
-%   latex powerdot.dtx
-%   bibtex powerdot
-%   makeindex -s gglo.ist -o powerdot.gls powerdot.glo
-%   makeindex -s gind.ist -o powerdot.ind powerdot.idx
-%   latex powerdot.dtx
-%   latex powerdot.dtx
-%
-% If you also want to generate the source code documentation,
-% remove \OnlyDescription from the preamble of powerdot.dtx
-% prior to compiling the source.
-%
-% To generate style examples, do
-% (after extracting powerdot-styleexample.tex):
-%   latex "\def\style{default}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
-%   latex "\def\style{default}\input{powerdot-styleexample}"
-%   dvips -i powerdot-styleexample -o powerdot-styleexample-default.ps
-% Do this for all available styles (replace `default' by any
-% other style name) to generate .001 and .002 files which
-% will be included by the documentation.
-%
-%% ---------------------------------------------------------------
-%% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
-%% ---------------------------------------------------------------
-%%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2003/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
-%%
-%% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
-%%
-% \fi
-%
-% \iffalse
-%<*batchfile>
-\begingroup
-\input docstrip
-\keepsilent
-\preamble
-\endpreamble
-\askforoverwritefalse
-\generate{
-  \file{powerdot.cls}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{powerdot}}
-  \file{powerdot-default.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pddefault}}
-  \file{powerdot-tycja.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdtycja}}
-  \file{powerdot-ikeda.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdikeda}}
-  \file{powerdot-fyma.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdfyma}}
-  \file{powerdot-simple.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdsimple}}
-  \file{powerdot-ciment.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdciment}}
-  \file{powerdot-elcolors.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdelcolors}}
-  \file{powerdot-aggie.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdaggie}}
-  \file{powerdot-husky.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdhusky}}
-  \file{powerdot-sailor.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdsailor}}
-  \file{powerdot-upen.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdupen}}
-  \file{powerdot-bframe.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdbframe}}
-  \file{powerdot-horatio.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdhoratio}}
-  \file{powerdot-paintings.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdpaintings}}
-  \file{powerdot-klope.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdklope}}
-  \file{powerdot-jefka.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdjefka}}
-  \file{powerdot-pazik.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdpazik}}
-  \file{powerdot-styletest.tex}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdstyletest}}
-  \file{powerdot-styleexample.tex}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdstyleexample}}
-  \file{powerdot-example1.tex}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdexample1}}
-  \file{powerdot-example2.tex}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdexample2}}
-  \file{powerdot-example3.tex}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdexample3}}
-  \file{pdpream.ble}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{preamble}}
-  \file{powerdot.bib}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{bib}}
-}
-\endgroup
-%</batchfile>
-%<*driver>
-\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc}
-\input{pdpream.ble}
-\OnlyDescription
-%\EnableCrossrefs
-\def\fileversion{v1.4a}
-\def\filedate{2010/10/07}
-\begin{document}
-\DocInput{powerdot.dtx}
-\let\Section\section\def\section*#1{\Section*{#1}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}}
-\bibliographystyle{plain}
-\bibliography{powerdot}
-\section*{Acknowledgements}
-The authors are grateful to Mael Hill\'ereau for contributing the
-\LyX\ layout file and description. Further, we like to thank all
-style contributors (see section~\ref{sec:styles}). Moreover, we wish
-to thank everyone who contributed to this package in any other
-way.\\[1em]
-\hspace*{\stretch{1}}
-\begin{minipage}{.9\linewidth}
-Ramon van den Akker, Pavel \v C\'i\v zek, Darren Dale, Hans Marius
-Eikseth, Morten H\o gholm, Andr\'as Horv\'ath, Laurent Jacques, Akira
-Kakuto, Uwe Kern, Kyanh, Theo Stewart, Don P. Story and Herbert Vo\ss.
-\end{minipage}
-\hspace*{\stretch{1}}\\[1em]
-We hope not to have forgotten anyone.
-
-\PrintChangesX\PrintIndexX
-\end{document}
-%</driver>
-% \fi
-%
-% \changes{v1.0}{2005/09/04}{Initial release}
-% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Fixed some small bugs}
-% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added \texttt{tocsecindent} and
-%   \texttt{tocslideindent} options}
-% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added \pf{elcolors}, \pf{aggie}, \pf{husky}
-%   and \pf{sailor} styles}
-% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Changed \texttt{size\protect\equals 10}
-%   to \texttt{size\protect\equals 10pt}}
-% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added \LyX\ layout, description and example}
-% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added graphical examples of styles to documentation}
-% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Improved section title handling}
-% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{\texttt{blackslide} options adds hyperlink
-%   to slide and section titles}
-% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Extended FAQ}
-% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Improved \pf{tycja}, \pf{ciment} and \pf{fyma} styles}
-% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Added \pf{upen} and \pf{bframe} styles}
-% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Solved some small bugs}
-% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Simplified coding of most styles}
-% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Speeded up compilations}
-% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Solved some small bugs}
-% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Improved \texttt{figure} and \texttt{table} handling}
-% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added \pf{horatio}, \pf{paintings}, \pf{klope}, \pf{jefka}
-%   and \pf{pazik} styles}
-% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added palettes feature}
-% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added random dots feature}
-% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added optional argument to \cs{maketitle}}
-% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added clock feature}
-% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Updated all styles}
-% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added palettes to \pf{default}, \pf{fyma} and \pf{sailor} styles}
-% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Revised docs}
-% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Updated \LyX\ example and information}
-% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Cleaned up options}
-% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added possibility to create horizontal table of contents}
-% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added logo feature}
-% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added examples and example file}
-% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added two slide processing methods to do verbatim on slides easily}
-% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Moved \texttt{lf} and \texttt{rf} keys from
-%   \texttt{global} to \texttt{glslide} family}
-% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Added \texttt{cf} option}
-% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Updated styles}
-% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Solved some small bugs}
-% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Moved footers out of slide box in handout mode}
-% \changes{v1.4a}{2010/10/07}{fixed bug with geometry 5.x (hv)}
-%
-%
-% \CharacterTable
-%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
-%
-%\title{\vspace*{-2cm}\mktitledecor The \pf{powerdot} class
-%\thanks{This class can be downloaded from the CTAN mirrors:
-%\texttt{/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot}. See \texttt{powerdot.dtx} for
-%information on installing \pf{powerdot} into your \LaTeX\
-%distribution and for the license of this class.}}
-%\author{Hendri Adriaens\and Christopher Ellison}
-%\date{\fileversion\ (\filedate)}
-%\maketitle
-%
-%\begin{abstract}\noindent
-%\pf{powerdot} is a presentation class for \LaTeX\ that allows for
-%the quick and easy development of professional presentations. It
-%comes with many tools that enhance presentations and aid the
-%presenter. Examples are automatic overlays, personal notes and a
-%handout mode. To view a presentation, DVI, PS or PDF output can be
-%used. A powerful template system is available to easily develop new
-%styles. A \LyX\ layout file is provided.
-%\end{abstract}
-%
-%\begin{multicols}{2}
-%[\section*{Contents}
-%\setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}
-%\setlength{\columnsep}{18pt}]
-%\tableofcontents
-%\end{multicols}
-%
-%\newpage
-%\section{Introduction}\label{sec:intro}
-%This class gives you the possibility to easily create professionally
-%looking slides. The class is designed to make the development of
-%presentations as simple as possible so that you can concentrate on
-%the actual content instead of keeping yourself busy with technical
-%details. Of course, some knowledge of \LaTeX\ is still required
-%though.
-%
-%This class builds on and extends the \pf{prosper} class
-%\cite{prosper} and the \pf{HA-prosper} package \cite{HA-prosper}.
-%The \pf{HA-prosper} package was initially intended to extend
-%\pf{prosper} and correct some bugs and problems of that class. As
-%developments on that package progressed, it was found that
-%unfortunately, not all of the problems could be overcome with the
-%package. That discovery was the start of a new project set up to
-%make a new class to replace the \pf{prosper} plus \pf{HA-prosper}
-%combination. You're currently reading the result of that project.
-%
-%The remainder of this section will be devoted to giving a feel of
-%what the \pf{powerdot} presentation source looks like and giving an
-%overview of this documentation.
-%
-%The document structure of a presentation is always the same. You can
-%find it in the example below.
-%
-%\begin{example}
-% \documentclass[<class options>]{powerdot}
-% \pdsetup{<presentation options>}
-% \begin{document}
-%   \begin{slide}{a slide}
-%     Contents of the slide.
-%   \end{slide}
-%   \section{first section}
-%   \begin{slide}[<slide options>]{another slide}
-%     Contents of the slide.
-%   \end{slide}
-%   \begin{note}{personal note}
-%     The note.
-%   \end{note}
-% \end{document}
-%\end{example}
-%
-%There are several elements that define the document structure. First
-%of all, the class accepts some class options that control the output
-%of the class, for instance, paper type and style. These class
-%options will be discussed in section~\ref{sec:classopts}. Then there
-%are presentation specific options which control some of the elements
-%of the presentation globally, for instance, the footers. These will
-%be discussed in section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}.
-%
-%Once the setup has been decided on, you can use the slide
-%environment to produce slides (see section~\ref{sec:slides}) and the
-%note environment to produce notes that go with the slides (see
-%section~\ref{sec:notes}). You can use overlays to display material
-%in steps. This is described in section~\ref{sec:overlays}. The
-%|\section| command provides a way to structure your presentation.
-%This is discussed in section~\ref{sec:structure}.
-%Section~\ref{sec:styles} will show an overview of the styles that
-%come with this class and the characteristics of each style.
-%Section~\ref{sec:compiling} will tell you more about how to produce
-%output. This section contains important information on required
-%packages.
-%
-%Section~\ref{sec:writestyle} is mostly interesting for people that
-%want to develop their own style for this class or want to modify an
-%existing style. Section~\ref{sec:lyx} explains how \LyX\
-%\cite{LyXWeb} can be used to create \pf{powerdot} presentations.
-%This documentation concludes with a section devoted to questions
-%(section~\ref{sec:questions}), like `Where can I find examples?'. It
-%also tells you where to turn to in case your questions are still not
-%solved.
-%
-%\section{Setting up the presentation}\label{sec:setup}
-%This section will describe all options that are available to control
-%the output of the presentation and the looks of it.
-%
-%\subsection{Document class options}\label{sec:classopts} We will
-%start with the class options that are typed in the |\documentclass|
-%command as a comma-separated list. For each option, the preset
-%value\footnote{The value that will be used when you don't use the
-%option.} will be mentioned in the description. This is the value
-%that will be used if you decide to not give a value to the option or
-%not use the option at all.
-%
-%\DescribeOption{mode}
-%This options controls the kind of output that we want to produce.
-%The preset value is |present|.
-%\begin{description}
-%\item\option{mode=present}\\
-%This mode is used when you want to create the actual presentation. It
-%will enable overlays and transition effects. You can read more about
-%overlays in section~\ref{sec:overlays}.
-%\item\option{mode=print}\\
-%This mode can be used when printing the slides including their visual
-%markup, but without any overlay or transition effects.
-%\item\option{mode=handout}\\
-%This mode will produce a black and white overview of your slides that
-%can be used to make personal notes on, for distribution to students,
-%a personal guide during your talk, etcetera.
-%\begin{description}
-%\item\option{nopagebreaks}\\
-%By default, the handout mode produces a document with two slides per
-%page. If you want to fit more slides on a page, specify this option
-%in the |\documentclass| command and \pf{powerdot} will let \LaTeX\
-%decide on the places to insert a page break, namely when a page is
-%full.
-%\end{description}
-%\end{description}
-%
-%\DescribeOption{paper} This option has three possible values. The
-%preset value is |screen|.
-%\begin{description}
-%\item\option{paper=screen}\\
-%This is a special format with screen optimized ratio (4/3). The
-%actual page dimensions will be 8.25 inch by 11 inch. This paper format
-%is not available for print or handout mode. In these modes, \pf{powerdot}
-%will switch to a4 paper and put a warning that it did this in the
-%log file of your presentation.
-%\item\option{paper=a4paper}\\
-%A4 paper will be used for the presentation or handout.
-%\item\option{paper=letterpaper}\\
-%Letter size paper will be used.
-%\end{description}
-%Some important information with respect to paper size, compiling and
-%viewing presentations is available in section~\ref{sec:compiling}.
-%
-%\DescribeOption{orient} This controls the orientation of the
-%presentation. The preset value is |landscape|.
-%\begin{description}
-%\item\option{orient=landscape}\\
-%The presentation will be in landscape format. This value is not
-%available in handout mode. In that mode, \pf{powerdot} will switch
-%to portrait orientation and will warn you about this in the log
-%file.
-%\item\option{orient=portrait}\\ This produces slides in portrait
-%format. Notice that not all styles support portrait orientation. Please
-%refer to section~\ref{sec:styles} for information about which styles
-%do support the portrait orientation.
-%\end{description}
-%
-%\DescribeOption{display} This controls the production of slides and
-%notes. The preset value is |slides|.
-%\begin{description}
-%\item\option{display=slides}\\
-%This will only typeset the slides in your presentation.
-%\item\option{display=slidesnotes}\\
-%This will typeset both the slides and the notes in your
-%presentation. See also section~\ref{sec:notes} for more information
-%about notes.
-%\item\option{display=notes}\\
-%This will typeset the notes only.
-%\end{description}
-%
-%Here are some more options to control the output.
-%\begin{description}
-%\item\DescribeOption{size}\option{size}\\
-%This is the size of the normal text font in points. Possible values
-%are 8pt, 9pt, 10pt, 11pt, 12pt, 14pt, 17pt and 20pt and the preset
-%value is 11pt.\footnote{Note that sizes other than 10pt, 11pt and
-%12pt are non-standard and it is assumed that you have the
-%\pf{extsizes} bundle \cite{extsizes} installed, which provides these
-%sizes.}
-%\item\DescribeOption{style}\option{style}\\
-%This controls the style to be loaded for the presentation. By
-%default, the \pf{default} style will be loaded. For more styles, see
-%section~\ref{sec:styles}.
-%\item\DescribeOption{fleqn}\option{fleqn}\\
-%This option makes equations flushed left. It does the same as the
-%equally named option for the article class.
-%\item\DescribeOption{leqno}\option{leqno}\\
-%Put equation numbers at the left. Also the same as in the article
-%class.
-%\item\DescribeOption{nopsheader}\option{nopsheader}\\
-%By default, \pf{powerdot} will write a postscript command to the ps
-%file to make sure that post processors like ps2pdf know which paper
-%to use without the need to specify it on the command line. See also
-%section~\ref{sec:compiling}. If you experience problems with post
-%processing or printing or you want to specify the paper size in the
-%post processing steps yourself, use this option.
-%\item\DescribeOption{hlentries}\option{hlentries}\\
-%This highlights table of contents entries when the entry matches
-%with the current slide and its preset value is |true|. See also
-%section~\ref{sec:structure}. If you don't want highlighting of table
-%of contents entries (for instance in print mode), use
-%|hlentries=false|.
-%\item\DescribeOption{hlsections}\option{hlsections}\\
-%This highlights table of contents sections when the section matches
-%with the current section in the presentation and is preset to |false|.
-%See also section~\ref{sec:structure}. Specifying this
-%option turns highlighting of sections on. This could be useful when
-%you are using a style that implements a split table of contents.
-%\item\DescribeOption{blackslide}\option{blackslide}\\
-%This option inserts a black slide in the presentation on page 1 and
-%will automatically advance to page 2 when opening the presentation
-%in a PDF viewer like Acrobat (Reader). The option also inserts a
-%link behind every slide or section title that brings you to the
-%black slide when clicked. When you click anywhere in the black
-%slide, you will go back to the originating slide. This option can be
-%used to temporarily pause a presentation, for instance, to do a
-%proof on the black board.
-%\item\DescribeOptions{clock}\option{clock}\\
-%This displays a small digital clock on slides which you can use to
-%check the time left for your presentation.
-%\end{description}
-%
-%Here is an example of a |\documentclass| command.
-%\begin{example}
-% \documentclass[
-%   size=12pt,
-%   paper=screen,
-%   mode=present,
-%   display=slidesnotes,
-%   style=tycja,
-%   nopagebreaks,
-%   blackslide,
-%   fleqn
-% ]{powerdot}
-%\end{example}
-%This example sets up a presentation in \pf{tycja} style, with a black
-%slide, normal size 12 points and flushed left equations.
-%\begin{example}
-% \documentclass[
-%   size=12pt,
-%   paper=letterpaper,
-%   mode=handout,
-%   display=slidesnotes,
-%   style=tycja,
-%   nopagebreaks,
-%   blackslide,
-%   fleqn
-% ]{powerdot}
-%\end{example}
-%Changing the |paper| and |mode| options, now produces a handout with
-%possibly more than two slides per page due to the |nopagebreaks|
-%option.
-%
-%\subsection{Setup options}\label{sec:pdsetup}
-%\DescribeMacro{\pdsetup}
-%There are several extra options that can help customizing your
-%presentation. These options are not available via the
-%|\documentclass| command. This has a technical reason.\footnote{The
-%interested reader is referred to the section about the \pf{xkvltxp}
-%package in the \pf{xkeyval} package documentation \cite{xkeyval}.}
-%We distinguish two types of options. Options that can only be set
-%globally (acting for the entire presentation) using the |\pdsetup|
-%command and options that can be accessed both globally (via
-%|\pdsetup|) and locally (via slide environments, see section~\ref{sec:slides}).
-%
-%\subsubsection{Global options}\label{sec:gopts}
-%This section describes options that can only be used globally in the
-%preamble of your presentation via the |\pdsetup| command.
-%\begin{description}
-%\item\DescribeOption{palette}\option{palette}\\
-%This specifies the palette to be used. A palette is a set of colors
-%defined by a style. To find out which palettes are defined by each
-%style, see section~\ref{sec:styles}.
-%\item\DescribeOption{theslide}\option{theslide}\\
-%This option controls how the slide number appears on the slide. This
-%is preset to the value |\arabic{slide}~/~\pageref*{lastslide}|,
-%which could appear like |5/22|. Notice that the |\arabic{slide}|
-%typesets the number of the current slide and that
-%|\pageref*{lastslide}| typesets the number of the last
-%slide.\footnote{We use the starred version of \cs{pageref} which is
-%defined by \pf{hyperref} and does not create a link to the page that
-%it is referring to.}
-%\item\DescribeOption{thenote}\option{thenote}\\
-%This is similar to the |theslide| option, but typesets the slide
-%numbers of notes. The preset value is
-%|note~\arabic{note}~of~slide~\arabic{slide}| and |\arabic{note}|
-%here typesets the number of the current note that goes with the
-%current slide. This could appear like |note 2 of slide 7|.
-%\item\DescribeOption{counters}\option{counters}\\
-%The |counters| option lists counters that you might want to protect
-%on overlays. As material on overlays (see
-%section~\ref{sec:overlays}) is processed multiple times, also
-%\LaTeX\ counters, like the |equation| counter, might be increased
-%too often. To avoid that your equations get different numbers on
-%every overlay, use this option. The |equation|, |table|, |figure|,
-%|footnote| and |mpfootnote| counters are already protected for you.
-%If you use extra counters, for instance for theorems, list them in
-%this option. Example:
-%\begin{example}
-% counters={theorem,lemma}
-%\end{example}
-%\item\DescribeOption{list}\option{list}\\
-%This option takes a list of options that will be passed on to the
-%\pf{enumitem} package that controls the layout of lists created by
-%the |enumerate| and |itemize| environments. Example:
-%\begin{example}
-% list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
-%\end{example}
-%See for more information on controlling the layout of lists the
-%\pf{enumitem} package \cite{enumitem}.
-%\item\DescribeOptions{enumerate,itemize}\option{enumerate,itemize}\\
-%As the |list| option, but only control |enumerate| and |itemize|
-%environments respectively.
-%\end{description}
-%
-%\subsubsection{Global and local options}\label{sec:glopts}
-%This section describes options that can be used both globally via
-%|\pdsetup| and locally via slide environments (see section~\ref{sec:slides}).
-%\begin{description}
-%\item\DescribeOptions{lf,cf,rf}\option{lf,cf,rf}\\
-%This determines the content of the left, center and right footers.
-%These are preset to empty.
-%\item\DescribeOption{trans}\option{trans}\\
-%This option sets the default transition effect to be used in the
-%presentation. These transition effects only work after compiling the
-%presentation to PDF format. See also section~\ref{sec:compiling}.
-%The following transition effects are supported: |Split|, |Blinds|,
-%|Box|, |Wipe|, |Dissolve|, |Glitter| and |Replace|. When you are using
-%a viewer that understands PDF 1.5, you can also use |Fly|, |Push|,
-%|Cover|, |Uncover| or |Fade|. It is important to notice that most
-%viewers are case sensitive, so, for instance, |box| will not work.
-%
-%The preset effect is |Replace| which just replaces one slide with
-%another when browsing the slides. Note that some PDF viewers (like
-%Acrobat Reader 5 and higher) only produce the transition effect in
-%full screen mode. If you want to use a custom transition effect that
-%is not listed in the list above (for instance, a wipe effect with a
-%custom wipe direction), then that is possible. However,
-%\pf{powerdot} will put a warning in your log file that the effect
-%that you have chosen, might not work in the PDF viewer. Here is an
-%example that does work.
-%\begin{example}
-% trans=Wipe /Di 0
-%\end{example}
-%In Acrobat (Reader), this wipes from left to right instead of the
-%default top to bottom. For more information, see a PDF Reference
-%Manual.
-%\item\DescribeOption{method}\option{method}\\
-%This option can be used when a slide contains special material that
-%does not get treated in the `usual' way by \LaTeX. Verbatim material
-%is an example of this. Possible values are |normal| (the preset value),
-%|direct| and |file|. We will come back to this option in detail in
-%section~\ref{sec:verbatim}.
-%\item\DescribeOptions{logohook,logopos,logocmd}\option{logohook,logopos,logocmd}\\
-%If |logopos| is specified, a logo defined by the value of the
-%|logocmd| option will be put on slides. The position can be
-%specified relative to the width and height of the slide. |{0,0}| is
-%the lower left corner of the paper and |{\slidewidth,\slideheight}|
-%is the upper right corner. For positioning the logo, the |\rput|
-%command of \pf{pstricks} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks} is used. This
-%command also allows to specify the point of the logo that should be
-%positioned there. This point can be entered via the |logohook|
-%option and can take the values |tl|, |t|, |tr|, |r|, |Br|, |br|,
-%|b|, |bl|, |Bl|, |l|, |B| and |c|. For more information about
-%|\rput|, consult the \pf{pstricks} documentation. Here is an example
-%that integrates the flower of the \pf{default} style into the
-%\pf{husky} style.
-%\begin{example}
-% \documentclass[style=husky]{powerdot}
-% \pdsetup{
-%   logohook=t,
-%   logopos={.088\slidewidth,.99\slideheight},
-%   logocmd={\includegraphics[height=.08\slideheight]{powerdot-default.ps}}
-% }
-% \begin{document}
-% ...
-% \end{document}
-%\end{example}
-%The preset value for |logohook| is |tl|.
-%\end{description}
-%
-%A special feature of \pf{powerdot}, which can be used to make
-%presentations come alive, is the use of random dots. These dots will
-%be placed anywhere on your slides and use the colors defined by the
-%palette that you use. Overlays will carry the same dots. This
-%feature uses |random.tex| \cite{random}. Several options are
-%available to control the appearance of the random dots.
-%\begin{description}
-%\item\DescribeOption{randomdots}\option{randomdots}\\
-%By default, random dots are turned off. If this option is set to
-%|true|, random dots will be generated. |false| will turn off the
-%feature. When no value is submitted to the option, |true| will be
-%used.
-%\item\DescribeOptions{dmindots,dmaxdots}\option{dmindots,dmaxdots}\\
-%The number of dots per slide is also random. These options set the
-%minimum and maximum dots per slide. Preset values are |5| and |40|,
-%respectively.
-%\item\DescribeOptions{dminsize,dmaxsize}\option{dminsize,dmaxsize}\\
-%The minimum and maximum radius of the dots. Preset values are |5pt|
-%and |40pt|, respectively.
-%\item\DescribeOptions{dminwidth,dmaxwidth,dminheight,dmaxheight}
-%\option{dminwidth,dmaxwidth,dminheight,dmaxheight}\\
-%These options determine the area on the slide that can be used for
-%the random dots. These values are preset such that dots go anywhere
-%on the slide, but you might want to adjust these such that, for
-%instance, dots can only appear in the text area. The preset values
-%are |0pt|, |\slidewidth|, |0pt|, |\slideheight|.
-%
-%Here is an example that allows dots in a smaller rectangle on the
-%slide.
-%\begin{example}
-% \pdsetup{
-%   dminwidth=.1\slidewidth,dmaxwidth=.9\slidewidth,
-%   dminheight=.2\slideheight,dmaxheight=.8\slideheight
-% }
-%\end{example}
-%\item\DescribeOption{dbright}\option{dbright}\\
-%This option can be used to adjust the brightness of the dots. The
-%number should be an integer between -100 and 100. If the number is
-%negative, the color will be adjusted towards black, with -100 giving
-%black. If the number is positive, the color will be adjusted towards
-%white, with 100 giving white. With a light background, you may want
-%to choose |bright| to be positive. With a dark background, you may
-%want to set it negative. The preset value is |60|, meaning a mixture
-%of 40\% of the original color and 60\% white.
-%\item\DescribeOption{dprop}\option{dprop}\\
-%This option is used for passing extra parameters to the |\psdot|
-%command, which creates the random dots. You could, for instance,
-%change the style of the dots or the line width. See for more
-%information about |\psdot| the \pf{pstricks} documentation
-%\cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks}. \pf{powerdot} defines two extra dot
-%styles that can be used for the random dots. These styles are
-%|ocircle| (open circle) and |osquare| (open square).
-%\end{description}
-%
-%Here are two examples for the use of random dots.
-%\begin{example}
-% \pdsetup{
-%   randomdots,dminwidth=.2\slidewidth
-% }
-%\end{example}
-%This turns on random dots and doesn't use the left 20\% of the slide
-%for placing random dots.
-%\begin{example}
-% \pdsetup{
-%   randomdots,dprop={dotstyle=ocircle,linewidth=.5pt},
-%   dminsize=500pt,dmaxsize=600pt,dmindots=2,dmaxdots=5
-% }
-%\end{example}
-%This example puts at most 5 big circles on slides. These circles do
-%not fit on the slides and you will only see parts of them in the
-%shape of curves.
-%
-%\subsubsection{\cs{pdsetup} example}
-%Here is an example of a |\pdsetup| command that one could use to set up
-%the presentation.
-%\begin{example}
-% \pdsetup{
-%   lf=My first presentation,
-%   rf=For some conference,
-%   trans=Wipe,
-%   theslide=\arabic{slide},
-%   randomdots,dmaxdots=80
-% }
-%\end{example}
-%This sets the left and right footers and will initialize the
-%transition effect to |Wipe|. Further, slide numbers will not include
-%the number of the last slide, but only the number of the current
-%slide. Finally, slides will be covered with at most 80 random dots.
-%
-%A small note is necessary with respect to the appearance of footers.
-%The slide number (controlled by the |theslide| option) will be added
-%to a footer. Most styles add it too the right footer. If both the
-%footer and the slide number are non empty, |~--~| will be inserted
-%in between them to separate them. Styles might modify this default
-%behavior however.
-%
-%\section{Making slides}\label{sec:slides}
-%\subsection{The title slide}\label{sec:titleslide}
-%\DescribeMacro{\title}
-%\DescribeMacro{\author}
-%\DescribeMacro{\and}
-%\DescribeMacro{\date}
-%\DescribeMacro{\maketitle}
-%The title slide is created by the |\maketitle| command.
-%\begin{command}
-% `\cs{maketitle}\oarg{options}'
-%\end{command}
-%Its use is the same as in the standard \LaTeX\ document classes. The
-%optional argument \meta{options} can contain any option from
-%section~\ref{sec:glopts}. Specifying such an option in the
-%|\maketitle| command will only have an effect on the title slide and
-%not on other slides. See an example below.
-%\begin{example}
-% \documentclass{powerdot}
-%   \title{Title}
-%   \author{You \and me}
-%   \date{October 7, 2010}
-% \begin{document}
-%    \maketitle
-%    ...
-% \end{document}
-%\end{example}
-%The |author|, |title| and |date| declarations provide the text to be
-%used when making a title page. The design of the title page is
-%specific to the style in use. Notice the use of |\and| for
-%separating multiple authors. See a \LaTeX\ manual \cite{companion}
-%for more information on commands such as |\title| and |\author|.
-%
-%\subsection{Other slides}\label{sec:otherslides}
-%\DescribeEnv{slide} The centerpiece of every presentation is the
-%slide. In \pf{powerdot}, the content of each slide is placed in a
-%|slide| environment.
-%\begin{command}
-% `\cs{begin}\texttt{\{slide\}}\oarg{options}\marg{slide title}'
-% `\meta{body}'
-% `\cs{end}\texttt{\{slide\}}'
-%\end{command}
-%
-%In section~\ref{sec:overlays} we'll see how to give some life to the
-%slides, but for now, let's look at a simple example.
-%\begin{example}
-% \begin{slide}{First slide}
-%   Hello World.
-% \end{slide}
-%\end{example}
-%The slide environment has one required argument, namely the slide
-%title. When a slide is created, the slide title is used to create an
-%entry in the table of contents and in the list of bookmarks. The
-%table of contents is a listing of the slides and section titles in
-%the presentation that appears on each slide.
-%
-%The table of contents is clickable (when the presentation is
-%compiled into PDF) and serves as a nice way to jump from location to
-%location within the presentation. The bookmark list is only present
-%when compilation is taken all the way to the PDF file format. It
-%also serves as a table of contents, but this list does not appear on
-%\textit{any} of the slides, but in a separate window in a PDF
-%viewer. In the example above, the entries in both table contents and
-%the list of bookmarks would be titled |First slide|.
-%
-%The \meta{options} for the |slide| environment can contain any
-%option listed in section~\ref{sec:glopts}. Additionally, the
-%following options can be used.
-%\begin{description}
-%\item\DescribeOption{toc}\option{toc}\\
-%When specified, the value is used for the entry in the table of
-%contents; otherwise, the slide title is used. If |toc=| is
-%specified, then no entry is created.
-%\item\DescribeOption{bm}\option{bm}\\
-%When specified, the value is used for the bookmark entry; otherwise,
-%the slide title is used. If |bm=| is specified, then no entry is
-%created.
-%\end{description}
-%
-%These optional arguments are especially useful when the title of a
-%slide is extremely long or when the title contains \LaTeX\ commands
-%that do not render correctly in the bookmarks.\footnote{The
-%bookmarking procedure uses \cs{pdfstringdef} from the \pf{hyperref}
-%package, and it can process accented characters such as \cs{"i}.}
-%When specifying entries, be sure to hide special characters `|,|'
-%and `|=|' between curly brackets `|{|' and `|}|'. Let's look at an
-%example that uses these optional arguments.
-%\begin{example}
-% \begin{slide}[toc=,bm={LaTeX, i*i=-1}]{\color{red}\LaTeX, $i^2=-1$}
-%   My slide contents.
-% \end{slide}
-%\end{example}
-%
-%In this example, the slide title will appear as {\color{red}\LaTeX,
-%$i^2=-1$}. This text will not render correctly in a bookmark entry.
-%An attempt is made to correct this, but often, the correction does
-%not produce an equivalent text. This particular title would be
-%rendered in the bookmark list as |redLaTeX, i2=-1|. On the other
-%hand, the manually specified bookmark entry is rendered as:
-%|LaTeX, i*i=-1|. Notice, no entry is created in the table of contents,
-%because of the use of |toc=|.
-%
-%In addition to the |slide| environment, each individual style can
-%define its own environments. Many styles have a |wideslide|
-%environment. The idea is that one might have information that does
-%not fit nicely on a slide with a table of contents listed, as this
-%consumes some space. In such cases, it is preferable to use a slide
-%that does not list the table of contents. The |wideslide|
-%environment provides this functionality and has more space for the
-%actual slide content. See section~\ref{sec:styles} for information
-%on the various environments provided by the styles.
-%
-%\section{Overlays}\label{sec:overlays}
-%It is often the case that you don't want all the information on the
-%slide to appear at once. Rather, the information should appear one
-%item at a time. In \pf{powerdot}, this is achieved with overlays.
-%Each slide can be comprised of many overlays, and the overlays are
-%displayed one at a time.
-%
-%\subsection{The \cs{pause} command}\label{sec:pause}
-%\DescribeMacro{\pause} The easiest way to display information
-%sequentially is to use the |\pause| command.
-%\begin{command}
-% `\cs{pause}\oarg{number}'
-%\end{command}
-%Below is a simple example:
-%\begin{example}
-% \begin{slide}{Simple overlay}
-%   power\pause dot
-% \end{slide}
-%\end{example}
-%The slide's information is displayed and continues until the
-%|\pause| command is encountered. No further output within the same
-%slide is displayed until the click of the mouse or the touch of the
-%keyboard. Then, the content will continue to display until all the
-%information is displayed or until another |\pause| command is
-%encountered. In this example, |power| is displayed on the first
-%overlay, and |powerdot| is the displayed on the second overlay.  The
-%|\pause| command is often used within the |itemize| and |enumerate|
-%environments. For example,
-%\begin{example}
-% \begin{slide}{Multiple pauses}
-%   power\pause dot \pause
-%   \begin{itemize}
-%     \item Let me pause\ldots \pause
-%     \item \ldots while I talk \pause and chew bubble gum. \pause
-%     \item Perhaps you'll be persuaded.
-%     \item Perhaps not.
-%   \end{itemize}
-% \end{slide}
-%\end{example}
-%Since |\pause| was used before the |itemize| environment, no item
-%will appear until the third overlay. Then, each item will be
-%displayed one at a time, each on their own overlay. More information
-%on using lists will follow in the next section.
-%
-%The optional argument of the |\pause| command specifies the number
-%of overlays to pause. An example usage is:
-%\begin{example}
-% \begin{slide}{Pause longer}
-%   \begin{itemize}
-%     \item A \pause
-%     \item B \pause[2]
-%     \item C
-%   \end{itemize}
-% \end{slide}
-%\end{example}
-%In the example above, item |C| will appear on the fourth overlay.
-%The usefulness of this option will become more apparent in the next
-%section; so we will revisit a similar example at that time.
-%
-%\subsection{List environments}\label{sec:lists}
-%The list environments, |itemize| and |enumerate|, have special
-%treatments in \pf{powerdot}. They have an optional argument that
-%will be taken care off by the \pf{enumitem} package (see
-%\cite{enumitem}). \pf{powerdot} supplies an extra key for this
-%optional argument. In the examples that follow, features will be
-%described using the |itemize| environment but they also apply to the
-%|enumerate| environment.
-%
-%Here is the typical usage of the |itemize| environment:
-%\begin{example}
-% \begin{slide}{Basic itemize}
-%   \begin{itemize}
-%     \item A \pause
-%     \item B \pause
-%     \item C
-%   \end{itemize}
-% \end{slide}
-%\end{example}
-%The display is simple, each item appears one at a time with each
-%overlay.
-%
-%\DescribeOption{type}
-%Suppose we wanted every item to show, but we only wanted one item to
-%appear `active' at once. This can be accomplished via the |type|
-%option for the |itemize| environment. The preset value is |0|.
-%\begin{example}
-% \begin{slide}{Type 1 itemize}
-%   \begin{itemize}[type=1]
-%     \item A \pause
-%     \item B \pause
-%     \item C
-%   \end{itemize}
-% \end{slide}
-%\end{example}
-%Now, every item will be displayed in the \emph{inactive
-%color}\index{inactive color|usage} (which is defined by the style
-%that you use), and the item's font color will become the active one
-%on the overlay that it would normally appear on. The default
-%behavior is given by |type=0|.
-%
-%Lists can also be nested to create complicated structures. When a
-%list is nested, it inherits the setting of the |type| option from
-%the `parent' list, but that can be overruled by specifying the
-%|type| option in the optional argument of the nested list. We
-%present here one example, but many more can be created by nesting
-%lists of different types in different ways.
-%\begin{example}
-% \begin{slide}{Nested lists}
-%   \begin{itemize}
-%     \item A\pause
-%     \begin{itemize}[type=1]
-%       \item B\pause
-%     \end{itemize}
-%     \item C
-%   \end{itemize}
-% \end{slide}
-%\end{example}
-%This displays |A| and |B| on the first overlay, but |B| is inactive.
-%On overlay 2, |B| will become active and on overlay 3, |C| will
-%become visible.
-%
-%\subsection{The \cs{item} command}
-%\DescribeMacro{\item}
-%The |\item| command has an extra \emph{optional} argument in
-%\pf{powerdot} which allows for creating overlays in a more flexible
-%way then |\pause| provides.
-%\begin{command}
-% `\cs{item}\oarg{label}\larg{overlays}'
-%\end{command}
-%This optional argument should contain an overlay specification
-%stating on which overlays you want the item to appear. This
-%specification is a comma separated list where each item can used the
-%notation as in table \ref{tab:item}.
-%\begin{table}[htb]\centering
-%\begin{tabular}{d}
-%Syntax&Meaning\\\hline
-%\texttt{x}&Only overlay \texttt{x}\\
-%\texttt{-x}&All overlays up to and including \texttt{x}\\
-%\texttt{x-}&All overlays from \texttt{x}, including \texttt{x}\\
-%\texttt{x-y}&All overlays from \texttt{x} to \texttt{y},
-%including \texttt{x} and \texttt{y}\\
-%\end{tabular}
-%\caption{\cs{item} and \cs{onslide} notation}\label{tab:item}
-%\end{table}
-%The \meta{label} argument is the standard optional argument for
-%|\item| in \LaTeX. A \LaTeX\ manual \cite{companion} can tell you
-%more about this argument.
-%
-%Here is an example.
-%\begin{example}
-% \begin{slide}{Active itemize}
-%   \begin{itemize}[type=1]
-%    \item<1> A
-%    \item<2> B
-%    \item<3> C
-%   \end{itemize}
-% \end{slide}
-%\end{example}
-%Here we have said that |A| should only be active on overlay 1, |B|
-%should only be active on overlay 2, and |C| should only be active on
-%overlay 3. Again, when the item is not active, it appears in the
-%inactive color because of |type=1|.
-%
-%If |type=0| is specified and if each item is given an overlay
-%option, then each item will appear only when it is active. When the
-%item is not active, then it will not show on the slide at all. More
-%examples demonstrating the syntax for \meta{overlays} will be
-%discussed in the next section.
-%
-%\subsection{The \cs{onslide} command}\label{sec:onslide}
-%\DescribeMacro{\onslide} Overlays can also be achieved using the
-%|\onslide| command.
-%\begin{command}
-% `\cs{onslide}\marg{overlays}\marg{text}'
-%\end{command}
-%This command takes an \meta{overlays} specification as first
-%argument and the \meta{text} to apply it to as second argument. The
-%\meta{overlays} on which the text will appear are specified as a
-%comma separated list with syntax as in table \ref{tab:item}. We
-%start off with a simple example.
-%\begin{example}
-% \begin{slide}{Simple onslide}
-%   \onslide{1,2}{power}\onslide{2}{dot}
-% \end{slide}
-%\end{example}
-%We have instructed |power| to appear on overlays one and two, and
-%|dot| to appear only on overlay two. As you might guess, this
-%example has the same output as our first |\pause| example. Yet, it
-%is clearly the case that our syntax is more complicated. However,
-%this slight ``complication'' also allows for much more flexibility.
-%
-%\DescribeMacro{\onslide+}Consider the above example with the
-%following modifications:
-%\begin{example}
-% \begin{slide}{Simple onslide+}
-%  \texttt{onslide }: \onslide{1}{power}\onslide{2}{dot}\\
-%  \texttt{onslide+}: \onslide+{1}{power}\onslide+{2}{dot}
-% \end{slide}
-%\end{example}
-%The |\onslide+| command displays its content in a different manner
-%altogether. Now, |dot| appears on every overlay, but it is in
-%inactive color\index{inactive color|usage} and matches the normal
-%font color \textit{only} on overlay two. This is comparable to the
-%|type=1| behavior for lists (see section~\ref{sec:lists}).
-%
-%When executing this example, we will also notice that the |\onslide|
-%command does hide material, but still reserves the right amount of
-%space for it: on overlay 2, the |dot|s appear right above each
-%other. The next command does not reserve space.
-%
-%\DescribeMacro{\onslide*} Instead of hiding and reserving space
-%(|\onslide|) or putting \meta{text} in the inactive color
-%(|\onslide+|) when the overlay doesn't match \meta{overlays}, this
-%command just eats the material altogether. To understand the
-%differences, consider the following example:
-%\begin{example}
-% \begin{slide}{Simple onslide*}
-%  \texttt{onslide }: \onslide{1}{power}\onslide{2}{dot}\\
-%  \texttt{onslide+}: \onslide+{1}{power}\onslide+{2}{dot}\\
-%  \texttt{onslide*}: \onslide*{1}{power}\onslide*{2}{dot}
-% \end{slide}
-%\end{example}
-%The output of the first two lines, we are already familiar with. The
-%third line displays |power| on overlay 1 and |dot| on overlay 2, but
-%no space for |power| is reserved on overlay 2. Hence |dot| will
-%start on the cursor position that |power| started on overlay 1 and
-%it is not aligned below the other two |dots|.
-%
-%We finish with an example of the syntax that is possible with
-%|\item| and |\onslide|. Remember that these commands take a comma
-%separated list for the \meta{overlays} specification and that each
-%element can used the syntax as explained in table \ref{tab:item}.
-%The various variations are demonstrated in the example below.
-%\begin{example}
-% \begin{slide}{Lists}
-%   \onslide{10}{on overlay 10 only}\par
-%   \onslide{-5}{on every overlay before and including overlay 5}\par
-%   \onslide{5-}{on every overlay after  and including overlay 5}\par
-%   \onslide{2-5}{on overlays 2 through 5, inclusive}\par
-%   \onslide{-3,5-7,9-}{on every overlay except overlays 4 and 8}
-% \end{slide}
-%\end{example}
-%
-%\subsection{Relative overlays}
-%Sometimes it is a pain to keep track of when an item should appear
-%or become active. You might, for example, just care that some text
-%appears on the overlay \textit{after} some other item. This
-%functionality is provided through the use of relative overlays which
-%should not be used outside list environments that use |\item|. Let's
-%consider a simple, illuminating example.
-%\begin{example}
-% \begin{slide}{Relative overlays}
-%   \begin{itemize}
-%     \item A \pause
-%     \item B \onslide{+1}{(visible 1 overlay after B)}\pause
-%     \item C \onslide{+2-}{(appears 2 overlays after C, visible until the end)}
-%     \pause
-%     \item D \onslide{+1-6}{(appears 1 overlay after D, visible until overlay 6)}
-%     \pause
-%     \item E \pause
-%     \item F \pause
-%     \item G \onslide{+1-+3}{(appears 1 overlay after G for 3 overlays)}\pause
-%     \item H \pause
-%     \item I \pause
-%     \item J \pause
-%     \item K
-%   \End{itemize}
-% \end{slide}
-%\end{example}
-%As you can see, we still use |\onslide|. The only change is with the
-%syntax of the list of overlays. Now, we can specify a `|+|' symbol
-%in the list. In its simplest usage, |\onslide{+1}| will make text
-%display one overlay after the overlay it would \textit{normally}
-%appear on. You can still use the syntax in table \ref{tab:item}.
-%These are demonstrated in the above example. Notice,
-%|\onslide{+1-6}| means that the text will appear one overlay after
-%the overlay it would normally appear on and that the text should
-%remain shown until overlay seven. To make text appear for a range of
-%relative overlays, see the final demonstration in the above example.
-%
-%\section{Presentation structure}\label{sec:structure}
-%\subsection{Making sections}\label{sec:section}
-%\DescribeMacro{\section}
-%This section describes the |\section| command which provides a way
-%to structure a presentation.
-%\begin{command}
-% `\cs{section}\oarg{options}\marg{section title}'
-%\end{command}
-%This command will produce a slide with \meta{section title} on it
-%and will also use this text to create sections in the table of
-%contents and in the bookmarks list. There are several \meta{options}
-%to control its output.
-%
-%\DescribeOption{tocsection} This option controls the creation of a
-%section in the table of contents. The preset value is |true|.
-%\begin{description}
-%\item\option{tocsection=true}\\
-%This does create a section in the table of contents. This means that
-%all following slides, until the next section, will be nested under
-%this section.
-%\item\option{tocsection=false}\\
-%This does not create a section in the table of contents and hence
-%the section will be listed as an ordinary slide.
-%\item\option{tocsection=hidden}\\
-%This does create a section in the table of contents, but this is
-%only visible when you view a slide that is part of this section.
-%This could be used to append a section to the presentation which you
-%can discuss if there is some extra time.
-%\end{description}
-%
-%\DescribeOption{slide} This option controls whether the |\section|
-%command creates a slide. The preset value is |true|.
-%\begin{description}
-%\item\option{slide=true}\\
-%A slide is created.
-%\item\option{slide=false}\\
-%No slide will be created. If also |tocsection| is |false|, the
-%|\section| command doesn't do anything. If it does create a table of
-%contents section (|tocsection=| |true| or |hidden|), its link will
-%point to the first slide in the section as the section itself
-%doesn't have a slide.
-%\end{description}
-%
-%\DescribeOption{template} This option can be used to make the
-%section slide with another template. By default, a normal |slide|
-%environment is used to create the section slide, but if a style
-%offers other templates that could be used for this purpose (for
-%instance, the |wideslide| environment), then you can use this option
-%to select that template. See section~\ref{sec:styles} for an
-%overview of the available templates with every style.
-%
-%Finally, all options available to normal slides are available to
-%slides created by |\section| as well (see section~\ref{sec:slides}).
-%However, when the section does make a |tocsection|, |toc=| or |bm=|
-%won't remove the table of contents entry or the bookmark
-%respectively.
-%
-%\subsection{Making an overview}\label{sec:tableofcontents}
-%\DescribeMacro{\tableofcontents}
-%This command creates an overview of your presentation and can only
-%be used on a slide.
-%\begin{command}
-% `\cs{tableofcontents}\oarg{options}'
-%\end{command}
-%There are several \meta{options} to control the output of this
-%command.
-%
-%\DescribeOption{type}
-%This option controls whether certain material (depending on the
-%input in the |content| option below) will be hidden or displayed in
-%the inactive color\index{inactive color|usage}. The preset value is
-%|0|. Compare with the |type| option for list environments
-%(section~\ref{sec:lists}).
-%
-%\begin{description}
-%\item\option{type=0}\\
-%When material is not of the requested type as specified in the
-%|content| option, it will be hidden.
-%\item\option{type=1}\\
-%As |type=0|, but instead of hiding material, it will be typeset in
-%the inactive color.
-%\end{description}
-%
-%\DescribeOption{content}
-%The |content| option controls which elements will be included in the
-%overview. The preset value is |all|. The description below assumes
-%that |type=0| was chosen, but the alternative text for |type=1| can
-%easily be deduced.
-%
-%\begin{description}
-%\item\option{content=all}\\
-%This will display a full overview of your presentation including all
-%sections and slides, except the slides in hidden sections (see
-%section~\ref{sec:section}).
-%\item\option{content=sections}\\
-%This displays only the sections in the presentation.
-%\item\option{content=currentsection}\\
-%This displays the current section only.
-%\item\option{content=future}\\
-%This displays all content starting from the current slide.
-%\item\option{content=futuresections}\\
-%This displays all sections, starting from the current section.
-%\end{description}
-%
-%We finish this section with a small example that will demonstrate
-%how you can make a presentation that contains an overall overview of
-%sections in the presentation, giving a general idea of the content,
-%and per section a detailed overview of the slides in that section.
-%\begin{example}
-% \begin{slide}[toc=,bm=]{Overview}
-%   \tableofcontents[content=sections]
-% \end{slide}
-% \section{First section}
-% \begin{slide}[toc=,bm=]{Overview of the first section}
-%   \tableofcontents[content=currentsection,type=1]
-% \end{slide}
-% \begin{slide}{Some slide}
-% \end{slide}
-% \section{Second section}
-% ...
-%\end{example}
-%
-%\section{Miscellaneous}
-%\subsection{Notes}\label{sec:notes}
-%\DescribeEnv{note}
-%The |note| environment can be used to make personal notes that
-%accompany a slide. You can control displaying notes using the
-%|display| option (see section~\ref{sec:classopts}). Here is an
-%example.
-%\begin{example}
-% \begin{slide}{Chewing gum}
-% ...
-% \end{slide}
-% \begin{note}{Reminder for chewing gum}
-%   Don't forget to mention that chewing gum is sticky.
-% \end{note}
-%\end{example}
-%
-%\subsection{Empty slides}\label{sec:emptyslides}
-%\DescribeEnv{emptyslide}
-%The |emptyslide| environment creates a totally empty slide. The text
-%box on the slide can be used for special things like displaying
-%photos. This allows for creating a dia show. Example:
-%\begin{example}
-% \begin{emptyslide}{}
-%   \centering
-%   \vspace{\stretch{1}}
-%   \includegraphics[height=0.8\slideheight]{me_chewing_gum.eps}
-%   \vspace{\stretch{1}}
-% \end{emptyslide}
-%\end{example}
-%The |\includegraphics| command is defined by the \pf{graphicx}
-%package \cite{graphics}. The |\stretch| command is used to
-%vertically center the picture. Both commands are described in your
-%favorite \LaTeX\ manual, for instance \cite{companion}. Note that
-%you can use the lengths |\slideheight| and |\slidewidth| to scale
-%pictures to fit nicely on the slide.
-%
-%\subsection{Bibliography slide}\label{sec:bib}
-%\DescribeEnv{thebibliography}
-%\pf{powerdot} redefines the standard \pf{article}
-%|thebibliography| environment to suppress the creation of a section
-%heading and running headers. All other properties are maintained.
-%You can do either of the next two (depending whether you are
-%using BiB\TeX\ or not):\\
-%\begin{minipage}[t]{.49\linewidth}
-%\begin{example}
-% \begin{slide}{Slide}
-%   \cite{someone}
-%  \end{slide}
-% \begin{slide}{References}
-%   \begin{thebibliography}{1}
-%   \bibitem{someone} Article of someone.
-%   \end{thebibliography}
-% \end{slide}
-%\end{example}
-%\end{minipage}\hfill
-%\begin{minipage}[t]{.49\linewidth}
-%\begin{example}
-% \begin{slide}{Slide}
-%   \cite{someone}
-% \end{slide}
-% \begin{slide}{References}
-%   \bibliographystyle{plain}
-%   \bibliography{YourBib}
-% \end{slide}
-%\end{example}
-%\end{minipage}
-%
-%In case you have a big reference list that you want to spread over
-%multiple slides, have a look at the packages \pf{natbib} and
-%\pf{bibentry} \cite{natbib}. Using both packages allows you to do:
-%\begin{example}
-% \begin{slide}{References (1)}
-%   \bibliographystyle{plain}
-%   \nobibliography{YourBib}
-%   \bibentry{someone1}
-%   \bibentry{someone2}
-% \end{slide}
-% \begin{slide}{References (2)}
-%   \bibentry{someone3}
-% \end{slide}
-%\end{example}
-%Have a look at your favorite \LaTeX\ manual for more information
-%about citations and bibliographies.
-%
-%\subsection{Verbatim on slides}\label{sec:verbatim}\DescribeOption{verbatim}
-%\pf{powerdot} has three different methods of processing slides, from
-%which two have mainly been developed to make the inclusion of
-%verbatim content\footnote{And other content that needs catcode
-%changes when processing.} on slides easier. These methods can be
-%accessed by the |method| key which is available in slide
-%environments and the |\pdsetup| command (see
-%section~\ref{sec:glopts}).
-%\begin{description}
-%\item\option{method=normal}\\
-%This is the preset method for processing slides. It is fast and
-%allows for overlays, but it does not allow for
-%verbatim.\footnote{Except when it has been saved in a box outside
-%the slide.}
-%\item\option{method=direct}\\
-%This method is also fast, but does not allow for overlays. Overlays
-%will silently be disabled. However, it does allow for verbatim
-%content on slides.
-%\item\option{method=file}\\
-%This method uses a temporary file to export the slide body to and
-%read it back in. This method does allow for verbatim content and
-%overlays, but could be slow when many slides use this method because
-%the filesystem is used.
-%\end{description}
-%
-%Below is an example demonstrating the use of all three different
-%methods of slide processing.
-%\begin{example}
-% \documentclass{powerdot}
-% \usepackage{listings}
-% \lstnewenvironment{code}{%
-%   \lstset{frame=single,escapeinside=`',
-%   backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},
-%   basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily}
-% }{}
-% \begin{document}
-% \begin{slide}{Slide 1}
-% Normal \pause content.
-% \end{slide}
-% \begin{slide}[method=direct]{Slide 2}
-% Steps 1 and 2:
-% \begin{code}
-% compute a;`\pause'
-% compute b;
-% \end{code}
-% \end{slide}
-% \begin{slide}[method=file]{Slide 3}
-% Steps 1 and 2:
-% \begin{code}
-% compute a;`\pause'
-% compute b;
-% \end{code}
-% \end{slide}
-% \end{document}
-%\end{example}
-%The first slide shows the default behavior for normal content. It
-%produces two overlays. The second slide does not produce overlays,
-%despite the use of the |\pause| command. This command has been
-%disabled by choosing the |direct| method to process the verbatim
-%content. The third slide has the same body as the second slide, but
-%now does create two overlays, because the method using a temporary
-%file has been chosen. Notice that we used |\pause| inside the listing,
-%but that it can also be used outside the listing.
-%
-%\subsection{The \cs{twocolumn} command}\label{sec:twocolumn}
-%\DescribeMacro{\twocolumn}
-%The |\twocolumn| macro allows to split content into two columns.
-%\begin{command}
-% `\cs{twocolumn}\oarg{options}\marg{left}\marg{right}'
-%\end{command}
-%This typesets \meta{left} and \meta{right} in two columns. The
-%dimensions of those columns can be controlled by \meta{options}.
-%Below are the available options.
-%\begin{description}
-%\item\DescribeOption{lineheight}\option{lineheight}\\
-%If |lineheight| is specified, a line of the specified height will be
-%created using |\psline| in between the two columns. Example:
-%|lineheight=6cm|.
-%\item\DescribeOption{lineprop}\option{lineprop}\\
-%Any \pf{pstricks} declaration to specify the line properties. Example:
-%\begin{example}
-% lineprop={linestyle=dotted,linewidth=3pt}
-%\end{example}
-%\item\DescribeOptions{lfrheight,lfrprop}\option{lfrheight,lfrprop}\\
-%The first creates a frame of the specified height around the left
-%column. The second is as |lineprop|, but for the left frame.
-%\item\DescribeOptions{rfrheight,rfrprop}\option{rfrheight,rfrprop}\\
-%As |lfrheight| and |lfrprop|, but for the right frame.
-%\item\DescribeOptions{lcolwidth,rcolwidth}\option{lcolwidth,rcolwidth}\\
-%Width of the left and right columns. Both are preset to: |0.47\linewidth|.
-%\item\DescribeOption{frsep}\option{frsep}\\
-%Space between text and the frames. Preset: |1.5mm|.
-%\item\DescribeOption{colsep}\option{colsep}\\
-%Space between the two columns. Preset: |0.06\linewidth|.
-%\item\DescribeOption{topsep}\option{topsep}\\
-%The extra space (additional to |\baselineskip|) between text above
-%the columns and the text within the columns. Preset: |0cm|.
-%\item\DescribeOption{bottomsep}\option{bottomsep}\\
-%Idem for the bottom of the columns. Preset: |0cm|.
-%\item\DescribeOption{indent}\option{indent}\\
-%Horizontal indent left to the left column. Preset: |0cm|.
-%\end{description}
-%The dimensions described above are represented graphically in
-%figure \ref{fig:twocolumndim}.
-%\begin{figure}[htb]
-%\centering
-%\begin{pspicture}(0,.5)(13,10.5)
-%\psline(0,0.5)(0,10)
-%\rput[tl](.05,9.95){Top}
-%\psframe[dimen=middle](1,9)(7,2)
-%\psline{C-C}(8.5,9)(11,9)
-%\psline{C-C}(8.5,2)(8.5,9)
-%\psline{C-C}(8.5,2)(11,2)
-%\qdisk(1.7,8.3){.1cm}
-%\psset{linestyle=dashed}
-%\psline{C-C}(1.7,8.3)(6.3,8.3)
-%\psline{C-C}(1.7,8.3)(1.7,3)
-%\psline{C-C}(6.3,5)(6.3,8.3)
-%\psline{C-C}(11,9)(12,9)
-%\psline{C-C}(11,2)(12,2)
-%\psline{C-C}(11,7)(12,7)
-%\psline{C-C}(9.2,8.3)(12,8.3)
-%\psline{C-C}(9.2,8.3)(9.2,3)
-%\rput[tl](1.75,8.25){Left column text}
-%\rput[tl](9.25,8.25){Right column text}
-%\rput[tl](.05,1){Bottom}
-%\psset{linestyle=dotted,dotsep=2pt}
-%\psline(0,8.3)(1.7,8.3)
-%\psline(0,9.6)(1,9.6)
-%\psline(0,2)(1,2)
-%\psline(0,1.1)(1,1.1)
-%\psset{linestyle=solid}
-%\psline{<->}(.2,8.33)(.2,9.57)
-%\psline{<->}(4,8.33)(4,8.97)
-%\psline{<->}(1.73,7)(6.27,7)
-%\psline{<->}(1.03,6.5)(1.67,6.5)
-%\psline{<->}(0.03,5.5)(1.67,5.5)
-%\psline{<->}(6.33,7.4)(9.17,7.4)
-%\psline{<->}(8.53,6.5)(9.17,6.5)
-%\psline{<->}(6.33,6.5)(6.97,6.5)
-%\psline{<->}(10.7,8.33)(10.7,8.97)
-%\psline{<->}(7.3,8.97)(7.3,2.03)
-%\psline{<->}(.2,1.13)(.2,1.97)
-%\psline{->}(1.7,9.3)(1.7,8.45)
-%\psline{<-}(9.23,7)(11,7)
-%\cput(4,6.6){\small 1}
-%\cput(11.1,6.6){\small 2}
-%\cput(8,7){\small 3}
-%\cput(7.7,3){\small 4}
-%\cput(4.4,8.65){\small 5}
-%\cput(1.35,6.1){\small 5}
-%\cput(8.85,6.1){\small 5}
-%\cput(11.1,8.65){\small 5}
-%\cput(6.65,6.1){\small 5}
-%\cput(0.6,8.95){\small 6}
-%\cput(0.6,5.1){\small 7}
-%\cput(0.6,1.55){\small 8}
-%\cput(1.7,9.6){\small 9}
-%\end{pspicture}
-%\begin{tabular}{c p{4cm}cl}
-%\multicolumn{4}{c}{Meaning of the labels}\\\hline
-%1&|lcolwidth|&5&|frsep|\\
-%2&|rcolwidth|&6&|topsep|\\
-%3&|colsep|&7&|indent|\\
-%4&|lfrheight|, |rfrheight|,&8&|bottomsep|\\
-%&|lineheight|&9&Reference point
-%\end{tabular}
-%\caption{Two-column dimensions.}\label{fig:twocolumndim}
-%\end{figure}
-%Important to notice is that the |\twocolumn| macro uses the current
-%cursor position as the reference point to position the first line of
-%text of the left column (see also figure \ref{fig:twocolumndim}). This
-%means that optional frames can extend to the text on the previous
-%line. Use for instance |topsep=0.3cm| in that case to add extra
-%space between the two lines of text. The preset value of |topsep|
-%is based on the situation that there is no text on top of the two
-%columns. In that case, it is best to locate the first line of text
-%of the left column at the same spot as text that is not created by
-%|\twocolumn| on other slides. The setting |topsep=0cm| does exactly
-%this. However, with a combination of |topsep| and |indent| you can
-%change this behavior and position the first line of text of the left
-%column anywhere you want.
-%
-%The |\twocolumn| macro computes the height of the construction to
-%position text below the construction correctly. The computation is
-%done by taking the maximum height of |lfrheight|, |rfrheight|,
-%|lineheight| (if specified) and the left and right column content.
-%Hence when frames nor a line is requested, |bottomsep| is the
-%vertical space between the lowest line of text in the columns and
-%the text below the columns (additional to |\baselineskip|). Here is
-%an example.
-%\begin{example}
-% \begin{slide}{Two columns}
-%   Here are two columns.
-%   \twocolumn[
-%     lfrprop={linestyle=dotted,linewidth=3pt},
-%     lfrheight=4cm,rfrheight=5cm,lineheight=3cm,topsep=0.3cm
-%   ]{left}{right}
-%   Those were two columns.
-% \end{slide}
-%\end{example}
-%Note that the use of the \pf{xkeyval} commands |\savevalue| and
-%|\usevalue| \index{savevalue=\verb!*+\savevalue+|usage}
-%\index{usevalue=\verb!*+\usevalue+|usage} could be handy here, for
-%instance for copying the properties of the left frame to the right
-%frame. This avoids typing them twice and avoids making errors
-%resulting in different frames. See an example below.
-%\begin{example}
-% \twocolumn[
-%   \savevalue{lfrheight}=3cm,
-%   \savevalue{lfrprop}={
-%     linestyle=dotted,framearc=.2,linewidth=3pt},
-%   rfrheight=\usevalue{lfrheight},
-%   rfrprop=\usevalue{lfrprop}
-% ]{left}{right}
-%\end{example}
-%See the \pf{xkeyval} documentation \cite{xkeyval} for more
-%information about |\savevalue| and |\usevalue|.
-%
-%\section{Available styles}\label{sec:styles}
-%\pf{powerdot} comes with a number of styles which are listed in the
-%overview below. The characteristics of each style are described
-%shortly and a sample of a title slide and a normal slide is provided
-%for each style. Styles support the |wideslide| environment, have a
-%table of contents on the left part of the paper in landscape
-%orientation and on the bottom part in portrait orientation and
-%support portrait orientation unless states otherwise.
-%\begin{description}
-%\item\pf{default}\\
-%This style provides six different palettes. A flower in the top left
-%corner decorates the slides for all palettes. The default palette is
-%\texttt{blue} which has as main colors light blue and white. You can
-%see an example of that palette below. Other available palettes are
-%\texttt{red}, \texttt{green}, \texttt{yellow}, \texttt{brown} and
-%\texttt{purple}.\\
-%\styleexample{default}
-%\item\pf{simple}\\
-%This is a simple style in black and white. This style could be
-%useful if you want to print your slides.\\
-%\styleexample{simple}
-%\item\pf{tycja}\\
-%This style is set in shades of yellow and dark blue. The table of
-%contents on slides is on the right side of the paper in landscape
-%orientation and on the bottom part in portrait.\\
-%\styleexample{tycja}
-%\item\pf{ikeda}\\
-%This style uses dark shades of red and blue and a light text color.
-%It has nice patterns on the slide for decoration.\\
-%\styleexample{ikeda}
-%\item\pf{fyma}\\
-%This style was originally created by Laurent Jacques for
-%\pf{prosper}. Based on that style, he created a version for
-%\pf{HA-prosper} with extended features. With his kind permission,
-%this style has been converted by Shun'ichi J. Amano for
-%\pf{powerdot}. The style has an elegant design with a light blue and
-%white gradient background in the default \texttt{blue} palette.
-%Other available palettes are \texttt{green}, \texttt{gray},
-%\texttt{brown} and \texttt{orange}. It has special templates for
-%sections on slides and sections on wide slides. Below is a sample of
-%the blue palette.\\
-%\styleexample{fyma}
-%\item\pf{ciment}\\
-%This style was originally created by Mathieu Goutelle for
-%\pf{prosper} and \pf{HA-prosper}. With his kind permission, this style
-%has been converted for \pf{powerdot}. The style has a background
-%that is hatched with light gray horizontal lines. Titles and table
-%of contents highlighting are done with dark red.\\
-%\styleexample{ciment}
-%\item\pf{elcolors}\\
-%This is a style using light shades of the elementary colors red,
-%blue and yellow.\\
-%\styleexample{elcolors}
-%\item\pf{aggie}\\
-%This style was created by Jack Stalnaker for \pf{HA-prosper} and he
-%has converted this style for \pf{powerdot}. The style uses dark red
-%and light brown colors.\\
-%\styleexample{aggie}
-%\item\pf{husky}\\
-%This style is created by Jack Stalnaker and has a background of
-%light gray sun beams combined with dark red highlights.\\
-%\styleexample{husky}
-%\item\pf{sailor}\\
-%This style is contributed by Mael Hill\'ereau and supplies five
-%different palettes: \texttt{Sea} (the default), \texttt{River},
-%\texttt{Wine}, \texttt{Chocolate} and \texttt{Cocktail}. Below is a
-%sample of the palette \texttt{Sea}.\\
-%\styleexample{sailor}
-%\item\pf{upen}\\
-%This style has a nice dark blue background and text in yellow. It is
-%contributed by Piskala Upendran.\\
-%\styleexample{upen}
-%\item\pf{bframe}\\
-%The \pf{bframe} style has blue frames on the slide in which text is
-%positioned. The style is contributed by Piskala Upendran.\\
-%\styleexample{bframe}
-%\item\pf{horatio}\\
-%The \pf{horatio} style has been contributed by Michael Lundholm and
-%is a more conservative blue style.\\
-%\styleexample{horatio}
-%\item\pf{paintings}\\
-%This is a simple style without a table of contents on slides. It has
-%been contributed by Thomas Koepsell and provides 10 different
-%palettes. The colors used in the palettes are drawn from famous
-%paintings.\footnote{The style defines a color \texttt{pdcolor7}
-%which is not used in the style but comes from the same painting and
-%complements the other colors. It can be used, for example, to
-%highlight text against the main background color.} If you are
-%interested, open the style file to read which paintings have been
-%used. The available palettes are: \texttt{Syndics} (the default),
-%\texttt{Skater}, \texttt{GoldenGate}, \texttt{Lamentation},
-%\texttt{HolyWood}, \texttt{Europa}, \texttt{Moitessier},
-%\texttt{MayThird}, \texttt{PearlEarring} and \texttt{Charon} (all
-%case sensitive). Below is a sample of the \texttt{Syndics}
-%palette.\\
-%\styleexample{paintings}
-%\item\pf{klope}\\
-%The \pf{klope} style implements a horizontal table of contents that
-%only lists the sections. The style is available in the following
-%palettes: \texttt{Spring}, \texttt{PastelFlower}, \texttt{BlueWater}
-%and \texttt{BlackWhite}. The \texttt{Spring} palette is the default
-%and you can see a sample of that below.\\
-%\styleexample{klope}
-%\item\pf{jefka}\\
-%The \pf{jefka} style comes with four palettes: \texttt{brown} (the
-%default), \texttt{seagreen}, \texttt{blue} and \texttt{white}. Below
-%you see a sample of the \texttt{brown} palette.\\
-%\styleexample{jefka}
-%\item\pf{pazik}\\
-%This style is available in two palettes: \texttt{red} and
-%\texttt{brown}. Below is a sample of the default \texttt{red}
-%palette.\\
-%\styleexample{pazik}
-%\end{description}
-%
-%\section{Compiling your presentation}\label{sec:compiling}
-%\subsection{Dependencies}\label{sec:dependencies}
-%In table \ref{tab:dependencies} is a list of packages that
-%\pf{powerdot} uses to perform specific tasks. Dependencies of
-%packages in this table are not listed. In the table, `required'
-%means that you should have a version \emph{at least} as new as
-%listed and `tested' means that \pf{powerdot} was tested with this
-%version, but that it could equally well work with an older or newer
-%version than the one listed in the table. So, when trying to solve
-%an error, first concentrate on solving version issues for the
-%`required' packages. To find out which version of a package you are
-%currently using, put |\listfiles| on the first line of your
-%document, run it with \LaTeX, open the |.log| file and read the file
-%list (see a \LaTeX\ manual for more information). If you need to
-%update a package, you can get it from CTAN \cite{CTAN}.
-%\begin{table}[htb]
-%\centering
-%\begin{tabular}{e}
-%Package/file & Version & Date & Required/tested\\\hline
-%\pf{xkeyval} \cite{xkeyval} & 2.5c & 2005/07/10 & required\\
-%\texttt{pstricks.sty} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks} & 0.2l & 2004/05/12 & required\\
-%\pf{xcolor} \cite{xcolor} & 1.11 & 2004/05/09 & required\\
-%\pf{enumitem} \cite{enumitem} & 1.0 & 2004/07/19 & required\\
-%\pf{article} class & 1.4f & 2004/02/16 & tested\\
-%\pf{geometry} \cite{geometry} & 5.x & 2010/10/07 & tested\\
-%\pf{hyperref} \cite{hyperref} & 6.74m & 2003/11/30 & tested\\
-%\pf{graphicx} \cite{graphics} & 1.0f & 1999/02/16 & tested\\
-%\pf{verbatim} & 1.5q & 2003/08/22 & tested
-%\end{tabular}
-%\caption{Dependencies}\label{tab:dependencies}
-%\end{table}
-%
-%\subsection{Creating and viewing output}\label{sec:creation}
-%To compile your presentation, run it with \LaTeX. The DVI that is
-%produced this way can be viewed with MiK\TeX's DVI viewer
-%YAP.\footnote{Unless you are using \pf{pstricks-add} which distorts
-%the coordinate system in DVI.} Unfortunately, xdvi and kdvi (kile)
-%do not support all PostScript specials and hence these will display
-%the presentation incorrectly. If your DVI viewer does support
-%this, make sure that your DVI display settings match that of the
-%presentation. In case you are using the |screen| paper, you should
-%set the DVI display setting to using the letter paper format. If
-%your DVI viewer allows for custom paper formats, use 8.25 inch by 11
-%inch.
-%
-%Note that certain things that are produced with PostScript or PDF
-%techniques will not work in a DVI viewer. Examples are hiding of
-%material via postscript layers (as is done, for instance, by
-%|\pause|, see section~\ref{sec:overlays}) and hyperlinks, for
-%instance in the table of contents.
-%
-%If you want to produce a postscript document, run dvips over the DVI
-%\emph{without any particular command line options related to
-%orientation or paper size}. \pf{powerdot} will write information to
-%the DVI file that helps dvips and ps2pdf (ghostscript) to create a
-%proper document. If you have some reason that this does not work for
-%you and you want to specify the paper and orientation yourself, you
-%should use the |nopsheader| option that is described in
-%section~\ref{sec:setup}. The PostScript document could, for
-%instance, be used to put multiple slides on a page using the |psnup|
-%utility.
-%
-%To create a PDF document for your presentation, run ps2pdf over the
-%PS file created with dvips. Also here, you can \emph{leave out any
-%command line arguments related to paper size or orientation}. If
-%this is problematic for you somehow, use the |nopsheader| option as
-%before and specify the paper and orientation at each intermediate
-%step yourself.
-%
-%\section{Creating your own style}\label{sec:writestyle}
-%\subsection{General information}
-%Writing or customizing \pf{powerdot} styles is simple. If you want
-%to modify a style or build a new one, locate the style that you want
-%to use as basis in your \TeX\ tree (styles are named as
-%|powerdot-<style_name>.sty|), copy that and rename it as to avoid
-%license\footnote{The \LaTeX\ Public Project License requires
-%renaming files when modifying them, see
-%\url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl}.} or naming conflicts. You
-%might want to install the new style in your local \TeX\ tree to be
-%able to access it from any place on your hard drive. See your
-%\LaTeX\ distribution for more information.
-%
-%Once that has been taken care of, we can start creating the style.
-%We strongly recommend to study a style file (for example,
-%|powerdot-default.sty|) while reading the remainder of this section
-%as it provides good examples for the content of this section.
-%
-%A style has several components. We describe these components below.
-%\begin{description}
-%\item\textbf{Identification and packages}\\
-%This identifies the package in the log of a presentation and loads
-%all required packages. The \pf{default} style contains something like:
-%\begin{example}
-% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-% \ProvidesPackage{powerdot-default}[2005/10/09 v1.2 default style (HA)]
-% \RequirePackage{pifont}
-%\end{example}
-%See for more information about these commands a \LaTeX\ manual, for
-%instance \cite{companion}.
-%\item\textbf{Palette or color definitions}\\
-%This section contains the definitions of palettes or colors that you
-%want to use in the style. \pf{powerdot} uses \pf{xcolor} (via
-%\pf{pstricks}). Hence, for more information about colors, see the
-%\pf{xcolor} documentation. We will discuss palettes in more detail
-%in section~\ref{sec:defpals}.
-%\item\textbf{Template definitions}\\
-%We will come back to this in sections~\ref{sec:deftemps}
-%to~\ref{sec:defbg}.
-%\item\textbf{Custom declarations}\\
-%These can include anything that you want to be part of the style.
-%The \pf{default} style, for instance, includes definitions for the labels
-%in list environments like |itemize| and some initializations for
-%lists in general (done with |\pdsetup|, see
-%section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}). This part could also include some
-%customizations as described in section~\ref{sec:specialtemps}.
-%\item\textbf{Font initializations}\\
-%This initializes font definitions (which can be done by
-%loading a package like \pf{helvet}).
-%\end{description}
-%
-%\subsection{Defining palettes}\label{sec:defpals}
-%We will be defining templates formally in
-%section~\ref{sec:deftemps}. For now, it's enough to have the general
-%idea that a template controls the design of a slide. Palettes are
-%sets of colors that color a template or design. A palette does not
-%change the overall design of a template.
-%
-%\DescribeMacro{\pddefinepalettes}
-%The following command can be used to define palettes for your style.
-%\begin{command}
-% `\cs{pddefinepalettes}\marg{name1}\marg{cmds1}\dots'
-%\end{command}
-%This macro takes \emph{any} even number of mandatory arguments with
-%a minimum of two. For every \meta{name}, a set of \meta{commands}
-%can be given which define the palette with name \meta{name}. These
-%commands can define colors with names |pdcolor1|, |pdcolor2|,
-%etcetera. These colors can be used when designing the template (see
-%section~\ref{sec:deftemps}). |pdcolor1| will always be used as text
-%color.
-%
-%The user can access these palettes via the |palette| key for the
-%|\pdsetup| command (see section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}). If the user does
-%not specify a palette, the first palette defined when compiling the
-%presentation, will be used. Here is an example for defining 2
-%palettes.
-%\begin{example}
-% \pddefinepalettes{reds}{
-%   \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{1,0,0}
-%   \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.1,0}
-%   \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{1,.2,0}
-% }{greens}{
-%   \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{0,1,0}
-%   \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.1,1,0}
-%   \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.2,1,0}
-% }
-%\end{example}
-%In this example, the |reds| palette is the default one. For more
-%information about |\definecolor|, see the documentation of the
-%\pf{xcolor} package \cite{xcolor}.
-%
-%Notice that it is not necessary to use the names |pdcolor2|,
-%|pdcolor3| etcetera as color names. But if these colors are defined,
-%\pf{powerdot} will use them, for instance, in the random dots
-%feature (see section~\ref{sec:glopts}). The flexibility adds extra
-%possibilities in setting up templates and palettes. See for an
-%example of its use, the \pf{klope} style.
-%
-%\subsection{Defining templates}\label{sec:deftemps}
-%We start off with a definition of what a template is. A template is
-%a collection of settings for slide components together with custom
-%definitions, which controls the visual appearance of a slide. A
-%style can contain multiple templates.
-%
-%\begin{command}
-% `\cs{pddefinetemplate}\oarg{basis}\marg{name}\marg{options}\marg{commands}'
-%\end{command}
-%\DescribeMacro{\pddefinetemplate}
-%This defines the environment \meta{name} to produce a slide with
-%characteristics determined by \meta{basis}, \meta{options} and
-%\meta{commands}. We will discuss these elements in more detail
-%in the coming sections.
-%
-%If you want to create several templates that differ only slightly
-%from each other, define a \meta{basis} template, and then use it to
-%define other templates. All \meta{options} and \meta{commands} for
-%the new template \meta{name} will be appended to the existing list
-%of \meta{options} and \meta{commands} from the \meta{basis}
-%template.
-%
-%Make sure you choose a \emph{proper} name for the template, and
-%avoid redefining existing templates or environments. \pf{powerdot}
-%defines |blackslide|, |note| and |emptyslide| internally, so you
-%shouldn't use these names unless you know what you're doing.
-%Furthermore, each style needs to define at least the templates
-%|slide| and |titleslide|. The |titleslide| environment will be used
-%to create the title slide and |slide| will (by default) also be used
-%to create section slides. Titles and sections are a bit special in
-%the way they use the \meta{options} and will be discussed in more
-%detail in section~\ref{sec:specialtemps}.
-%
-%\subsection{Controlling setup}
-%\DescribeOption{ifsetup}
-%The \meta{options} (keys) are described in the following sections.
-%You can control how these options apply to the various setups by
-%using the |ifsetup| key. Any key appearing before the first
-%|ifsetup| declaration in \meta{options} will apply to every possible
-%setup. Once the |ifsetup| key is used, then all subsequent key
-%declarations will apply \textit{only} to the setups declared in the
-%|ifsetup| key. The |ifsetup| key can be used multiple times.
-%
-%By possible setups, we mean the allowed values of the |mode|,
-%|paper|, |orient|, and |display| keys that are described in
-%section~\ref{sec:classopts}. If a value (or values!) for any of
-%these four keys is not specified in a |ifsetup| declaration, then
-%all subsequent key declarations will apply to any layout of that
-%type. Consider the following as an example.
-%\begin{example}[numbers=left,numberstyle=\tiny\ttfamily,%
-%  escapeinside=`',numbersep=1em,xleftmargin=1em]
-% ...
-% textpos={.2\slidewidth,.3\slideheight},%
-% ifsetup={portrait,screen},%
-% textpos={.3\slidewidth,.2\slideheight}%
-% ...
-% ifsetup=landscape,%
-% ...
-% ifsetup,
-% ...
-%\end{example}
-%Assuming there was no |ifsetup| declaration before the first
-%|textpos| declaration, this first |textpos| will apply to every
-%possible setup. However, for the screen format in portrait
-%orientation, the next |textpos| declaration will be used. In fact,
-%all declarations that appear until we switch to the next |ifsetup|
-%(which specifies all paper sorts and only landscape orientation)
-%will be used in the portrait screen layout. All keys after the next
-%|ifsetup| declaration will be used in landscape orientation,
-%\emph{with any paper, mode and display}. If, after declaring some
-%specializations, you want to switch back to settings that apply to
-%all possible setups, set |ifsetup| to empty as is done in the
-%example. All subsequent declarations will then again be applied
-%under any setup.
-%
-%The following command is a stand-alone implementation of the
-%mechanism described above. It allows you to control the setup
-%outside the \meta{options} argument of the |\pddefinetemplate|
-%command.
-%\begin{command}
-% `\cs{pdifsetup}\marg{desired}\marg{true}\marg{false}'
-%\end{command}
-%\DescribeMacro{\pdifsetup}
-%This macro executes \meta{true} when the setup that the user chose
-%matches with the \meta{desired} setup, \meta{false} in all other cases.
-%For instance, if the user has chosen landscape, then
-%\begin{example}
-% \pdifsetup{landscape}{yes}{no}
-%\end{example}
-%will typeset |yes|. If the user would have chosen portrait instead,
-%then |no| would have been typeset.
-%
-%This macro can be used to check setup requests from the user and,
-%for instance, generate an error if a certain setup is not supported
-%by your style. \pf{powerdot} provides one predefined error message
-%which can be used in one of the first lines of your style.
-%\begin{command}
-% `\cs{pd@noportrait}'
-%\end{command}
-%\DescribeMacro{\pd@noportrait}
-%This macro generates an error when the user requests portrait
-%orientation. Notice that the handout mode only works in portrait
-%orientation. This macro takes that into account and doesn't generate
-%an error in the case that the user requested a handout.
-%
-%\subsection{Main components}\label{sec:maincomps}
-%The \meta{options} control several key components of a slide. Every
-%component has several properties. A key that can be used in the
-%\meta{options} argument is the name of the component postfixed by
-%its property that you want to control.
-%
-%The components |title|, |text|, |toc|, |stoc| and |ntoc| have
-%properties |hook|, |pos|, |width| and |font|. Additionally, the
-%|text| component has a |height| property. The components |lf|, |cf| and
-%|rf| have properties |hook|, |pos|, |temp| and |font|. Hence,
-%examples of valid keys are |titlefont|, |tocpos| and |lftemp|. All
-%components and properties will be discussed below.
-%
-%Here is an overview of the components that can be controlled from
-%the \meta{options} argument in |\pddefinetemplate|.
-%\begin{description}
-%\item\DescribeOption{title-}\option{title-}\\
-%The slide title.
-%\item\DescribeOption{text-}\option{text-}\\
-%The main text box on the slide.
-%\item\DescribeOption{toc-}\option{toc-}\\
-%The (full) table of contents on a slide containing sections and
-%slides.
-%\item\DescribeOption{stoc-}\option{stoc-}\\
-%This is a table of contents containing only the sections. See also
-%|ntoc| below.
-%\item\DescribeOption{ntoc-}\option{ntoc-}\\
-%This is a table of contents containing only the entries for the
-%active section. Together with |stoc|, this can be used to create a
-%split table of contents. In a particular template, one would usually
-%have a |toc|, a combination of |stoc| and |ntoc| or no table of
-%contents at all.
-%\item\DescribeOptions{lf-,cf-,rf-}\option{lf-,cf-,rf-}\\
-%The left, center and right footers.
-%\end{description}
-%
-%Notice that all positioning of components described above will be
-%done with |\rput| from \pf{pstricks} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks}
-%internally. See the \pf{pstricks} documentation for more information
-%about this command. It should also be noted that all components
-%(except |lf|, |cf| and |rf|) put their content in a |minipage|
-%environment.
-%
-%Now we list all properties of the components listed above and
-%describe what they mean. Remember that keys are formed by combining
-%a component name and a property.
-%
-%\begin{description}
-%\item\DescribeOption{-hook}\option{-hook}\\
-%This option defines the |\rput| hook that will be used when
-%positioning the item. This can be |tl|, |t|, |tr|, |r|, |Br|, |br|,
-%|b|, |bl|, |Bl|, |l|, |B| and |c|. See the \pf{pstricks}
-%documentation for more information.
-%\item\DescribeOption{-pos}\option{-pos}\\
-%This defines the position of the |hook| on the paper. The lower left
-%corner of the paper is given by the point |{0,0}| and the upper right
-%corner by the point |{\slidewidth,\slideheight}|. So if you want to
-%position the main text box at 20\% from the left edge and 30\% from
-%the top edge of the paper, you have to do the following.
-%\begin{example}
-% textpos={.2\slidewidth,.7\slideheight}
-%\end{example}
-%If the position of any component has not been specified, this
-%component will not be placed on the slide. This gives an opportunity
-%to design slides without footers or table of contents, for instance.
-%\item\DescribeOption{-width}\option{-width}\\
-%The width of the component. All component positioned by
-%\pf{powerdot} will be put in a surrounding |minipage| environment.
-%The |width| property determines the width of the |minipage|. Example:
-%\begin{example}
-% textwidth=.7\slidewidth
-%\end{example}
-%This property does not exist for the |lf|, |cf| and |rf| components.
-%\item\DescribeOption{-height}\option{-height}\\
-%This option is only available for the |text| component. In other
-%words, for this property, there is only one key, namely
-%|textheight|. This can be used to specify the height of the
-%|minipage| used for the main text. This does not imply that users
-%are restricted to this length or that \pf{powerdot} does automatic
-%slide breaking. This height is only used for vertical alignments of
-%material, for instance by footnotes. The preset value is
-%|\slideheight|.
-%\item\DescribeOption{-font}\option{-font}\\
-%This will be inserted just before the text that is about to be
-%typeset. This can be used to declare deviations from the main text
-%font and color. It can be a font declaration, like
-%|\large\bfseries|, but can also contain other things like
-%|\color{red}| or |\raggedright|.
-%\item\DescribeOption{-temp}\option{-temp}\\
-%This property is only available for the footers (|lf|, |cf| and |rf|) and
-%can be used to change the template of the footers. This means that
-%you can, for instance, add content to the footer, besides the
-%content specified by the user. The default declaration by
-%\pf{powerdot} is the following.
-%\begin{example}
-% rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf\@empty
-%   \else\ifx\theslide\@empty\else\ -- \fi\fi\theslide
-%\end{example}
-%Here |\pd@@rf| will contain the content of the right footer defined
-%by the user via the |\pdsetup| command. Similarly, |\pd@@lf|
-%contains the content of the left footer. The above declaration
-%checks whether the footer and |\theslide| are both non-empty and if
-%so, it inserts | -- | to separate both.
-%\item\DescribeOption{-orient}\option{-orient}\\
-%This property is only available for the |toc|, |stoc| and |ntoc|
-%components. This property can be |h| or |v| and determines the
-%orientation of the table of contents. The preset is |v|. See
-%also section~\ref{sec:slidetoc} for more information about the
-%construction of the table of contents.
-%\end{description}
-%
-%\subsection{Slide toc}\label{sec:slidetoc}
-%The small table of contents that is placed on slides can be
-%controlled by four macros and several options.
-%
-%\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocslide}
-%\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocsection}
-%These macros take one argument. When building the table of contents,
-%\pf{powerdot} first passes the content through |\pd@tocslide| or
-%|\pd@tocsection|, depending on the type of entry that it is building
-%at that moment. You could, for instance, do
-%\begin{example}
-% \def\pd@tocslide#1{$\bullet$\ #1}
-% \def\pd@tocsection#1{#1}
-%\end{example}
-%which will prefix all normal entries (not the sections) with a
-%bullet. By default, these two macros are defined to just pass on
-%their argument.
-%
-%\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocdisplay}
-%\DescribeMacro{\pd@tochighlight}
-%These two macros also take one argument. After processing an entry
-%with the command |\pd@tocslide| or |\pd@tocsection|, \pf{powerdot}
-%continues building the entry by passing it through |\pd@tocdisplay|,
-%when the entry needs to be displayed only, or |\pd@tochighlight|,
-%when the entry needs to be highlighted. These macros are a little
-%more involved and take care of putting the content in the proper
-%font and color in a |minipage|. Further, |\pd@tochighlight| also
-%puts a box around the item.
-%
-%Notice, that by default, both the separate table of contents entries
-%as well as the table of contents as a whole are typeset in
-%|minipage| environments by these macros, in case the table of
-%contents is vertical. The |-width| properties then determines the
-%width of the table of contents and, together with |tocsecindent| and
-%|tocslideindent| (see below) the width of the individual entries. If
-%it is horizontal, only the separate entries will be in |minipage|s
-%and the table of contents itself not and the |-width| properties
-%determine only the width of the individual entries (together with
-%|tocsecindent| and |tocslideindent|).
-%
-%Several aspects of the process of generating the table of contents
-%can be controlled via the keys that are available in the
-%|\pddefinetemplate| command that will be described below. If these
-%keys do not provide enough handles to do what you want, you might
-%need to have a look at the two macros in the source and decide to
-%rewrite them in your style as to fit your needs. An example can be
-%found in the \pf{fyma} style.
-%
-%\begin{description}
-%\item\DescribeOption{tocfrsep}\option{tocfrsep}\\
-%This length is the distance between the box around the content
-%created by the |minipage| and the highlight frame box created by
-%|\pd@tochighlight|. Preset: |0.5mm|.
-%\item\DescribeOption{tocsecsep}\option{tocsecsep}\\
-%The distance inserted before a section (unless it is the
-%first element in the table of contents). Preset: |2ex|.
-%Notice that if the orientation of the table of contents is set to
-%vertical, this length creates a vertical skip, otherwise, it creates
-%a horizontal skip.
-%\item\DescribeOption{tocslidesep}\option{tocslidesep}\\
-%The distance inserted before other entries (unless it is the
-%first element in the table of contents). Preset: |0ex|. Like
-%|tocsecsep|, the effect of this length depends on the orientation of
-%the table of contents.
-%\item\DescribeOption{tocsecindent}\option{tocsecindent}\\
-%The horizontal space left to a section entry. Preset: |0pt|.
-%\item\DescribeOption{tocslideindent}\option{tocslideindent}\\
-%The horizontal space left to a slide entry. The horizontal skip will
-%not be inserted left to slide entries that appear before the first
-%section. Preset: |0pt|.
-%\item\DescribeOption{tocsecm}\option{tocsecm}\\
-%This is inserted just before typesetting a section. This can be used
-%to mark a section, for instance with a line as in the \pf{default}
-%style. Preset: empty.
-%\item\DescribeOption{toctcolor}\option{toctcolor}\\
-%This is the text color used for non-highlighted elements in the
-%table of contents. Preset: |black|.
-%\item\DescribeOption{tochltcolor}\option{tochltcolor}\\
-%This is the text color used for highlighted elements in the table of
-%contents. Preset: |white|.
-%\item\DescribeOption{tochlcolor}\option{tochlcolor}\\
-%This is the color used for the frame behind highlighted elements.
-%Preset: |black|.
-%\end{description}
-%
-%\subsection{Miscellaneous options}\label{sec:miscoptions}
-%There are some options that fall outside of the scope of the previous
-%sections. These will be discussed here.
-%
-%\begin{description}
-%\item\DescribeOption{iacolor}\option{iacolor}\\
-%The |iacolor| option can be used to specify the color that is used
-%for inactive things, produced for instance by |\onslide|, |\pause|
-%(see section~\ref{sec:overlays}) and |\tableofcontents| (see
-%section~\ref{sec:tableofcontents}). As \pf{xcolor} is used by
-%\pf{powerdot}, one can use special notation here, like
-%\begin{example}
-% iacolor=black!20
-%\end{example}
-%The preset value for this key is |lightgray|.
-%\end{description}
-%
-%The following options control the digital clock (see
-%section~\ref{sec:classopts}). The clock is a form text field with
-%dynamic content, driven by a javascript via \pf{hyperref} text
-%fields. Some options for the clock work similarly as for, for
-%instance, the title component, but there are also special options.
-%\begin{description}
-%\item\DescribeOptions{clockhook,clockpos}\option{clockhook,clockpos}\\
-%These work in the same way as the |-hook| and |-pos| properties
-%discussed in section~\ref{sec:maincomps}. The preset value of
-%|clockhook| is |tr|.
-%\item\DescribeOptions{clockwidth,clockheight}\option{clockwidth,clockheight}\\
-%These control the width and height of the text field containing the
-%clock. Preset values come from \pf{hyperref} and are |3cm| and
-%|\baselineskip|, respectively.
-%\item\DescribeOption{clockcharsize}\option{clockcharsize}\\
-%The size of characters of the clock. Preset: |14pt|.
-%\item\DescribeOption{clockalign}\option{clockalign}\\
-%The alignment of the clock in the text field. |0| is left-aligned,
-%|1| is centered and |2| is right aligned. Preset is |2|.
-%\item\DescribeOption{clockcolor}\option{clockcolor}\\
-%This determines the text color of the clock. The value should be a
-%named color. The preset value is |black|.
-%\end{description}
-%
-%\subsection{Template presets}
-%Below, we have copied the preset setting for the keys described
-%above. These will be used if you didn't supply other input for these
-%keys in a particular template. If the preset value meets your
-%needs, you don't have to specify it again in your style.
-%\begin{example}
-% titlehook=Bl,titlepos=,titlewidth=\slidewidth,
-% titlefont=\raggedright,texthook=tl,textpos=,
-% textwidth=\slidewidth,textfont=\raggedright,
-% textheight=\slideheight,
-% tochook=tl,tocpos=,tocwidth=.2\slidewidth,
-% tocfont=\tiny\raggedright,
-% stochook=tl,stocpos=,stocwidth=.2\slidewidth,
-% stocfont=\tiny\raggedright,
-% ntochook=tl,ntocpos=,ntocwidth=.2\slidewidth,
-% ntocfont=\tiny\raggedright,
-% tocorient=v,stocorient=v,ntocorient=v,
-% tocfrsep=.5mm,tocsecsep=2ex,tocslidesep=0ex,
-% tocsecm=,toctcolor=black,tochlcolor=black,tochltcolor=white,
-% tocsecindent=0pt,tocslideindent=0pt,
-% lfhook=Bl,lfpos=,lffont=\scriptsize,lftemp=\pd@@lf,
-% cfhook=B,cfpos=,cffont=\scriptsize,cftemp=\pd@@cf,
-% rfhook=Br,rfpos=,rffont=\scriptsize,rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf
-%   \@empty\else\ifx\theslide\@empty\else\ -- \fi\fi\theslide,
-% iacolor=lightgray,
-% clockhook=tr,clockpos=,clockwidth=3cm,clockheight=\baselineskip,
-% clockcharsize=14pt,clockalign=2,clockcolor=black
-%\end{example}
-%
-%\subsection{The background}\label{sec:defbg}
-%This leaves only one argument of the |\pddefinetemplate| macro
-%undiscussed. This is the \meta{commands} argument. This argument can
-%contain any code that you want to execute \textit{after} setting the
-%options and \textit{before} building the slide components like the
-%slide title, main text, and footers. This argument is designed to
-%contain declarations that will build the background of a template
-%using, for instance, \pf{pstricks}, but it can also hold other
-%commands you might need for building your template.
-%
-%Important to notice is that these commands may not create \TeX\
-%material as that might destroy the construction of the slide. So, if
-%you want to place the word `Hello' in the bottom left corner of the
-%slide, don't type `Hello', but make its width, height and depth
-%equal to zero, for instance by using \pf{pstricks}' |\rput|.
-%\begin{example}
-% \rput[bl](0,0){Hello}
-%\end{example}
-%
-%\subsection{Title slide, titles and sections}\label{sec:specialtemps}
-%As mentioned before, the style that you write needs to define at
-%least the templates |slide| and |titleslide|. The latter treats some
-%of the keys in a special way. Besides, a section slide is also done
-%in a special way.
-%
-%The title slide (made with |\maketitle|) puts the title with
-%author(s) and date in the main text box. This means that you have to
-%supply a position for the main text box (|textpos|). It will use the
-%main text font for the text (together with declarations in the
-%|textfont| key) for the author(s) and the date. But it will use the
-%declarations in |titlefont| for the title of the presentation. This
-%is done so that title and author(s) form a coherent block and to
-%make sure that long titles can push down the author(s) instead of
-%overwriting it.
-%
-%\DescribeMacro{\pd@slidetitle}
-%The |\pd@slidetitle| macro is used to typeset the slide title on
-%slides. This macro is comparable to for instance |\pd@tocslide|. The
-%macro takes one argument which is the slide title in the right font
-%and formatting. By default, this macro just passes on the content
-%for typesetting, but you could redefine this macro so do something
-%with its input prior to typesetting it. An example is in the
-%\pf{fyma} style which underlines the title after putting it in a
-%|minipage| to support multi line titles.
-%
-%\DescribeMacros{\pd@title,\pd@sectiontitle}
-%These macros are similar to |\pd@slidetitle| and typeset the title
-%on the title slide and the title on section slides respectively. By
-%default, these also pass there argument (which is the presentation
-%title or section title), but these can be redefined to do something
-%with the input prior to typesetting it, just as |\pd@slidetitle|.
-%
-%\DescribeOptions{sectemp,widesectemp}
-%The |\section| command uses (by default) the |slide| environment and
-%puts the section title in the title box with font |titlefont|. If
-%you want to change the default use of the |slide| environment for
-%sections to, for instance, the |sectionslide| environment or any
-%other especially designed section template, change the section
-%template preset in your style, using
-%\begin{example}
-% \setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide}
-%\end{example}
-%This means that if the user asks for |template=slide| in the
-%|\section| command, the |sectionslide| environment will be used
-%silently. To avoid surprises, |sectionslide| should preferably be
-%based on the |slide| environment.
-%
-%A similar option is available in case the user asks for
-%|template=wideslide|. One could for instance do the following.
-%\begin{example}
-% \setkeys[pd]{section}{widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
-%\end{example}
-%Whenever the user requests a |wideslide| to be used for a
-%|\section|, instead, the |sectionwideslide| environment will be
-%used. Other input to the |template| key by the user does not get a
-%special treatment.
-%
-%Notice that these keys are available in the |section| family of keys
-%and that you cannot use them in the |\pddefinetemplate| command.
-%
-%\subsection{Testing the style}\label{sec:styletest}
-%\pf{powerdot} has a test file that should test most of the style.
-%This test file can be produced by running \LaTeX\ over
-%|powerdot.dtx|. This generates |powerdot-styletest.tex| which will
-%help you with the testing job. Feel free to contact us when you
-%would like to contribute your style to \pf{powerdot}. See also
-%section~\ref{sec:questions}.
-%
-%\section{Using \LyX\ for presentations}\label{sec:lyx}
-%\LyX\ \cite{LyXWeb} is a WYSIWYM (What You See Is What You Mean)
-%document processor based on \LaTeX. It supports standard \LaTeX\
-%classes but needs special files, called layout files, in order to
-%support non-standard classes such as \pf{powerdot}.
-%
-%To start using \LyX\ for \pf{powerdot} presentations, copy the
-%layout file |powerdot.layout| to the \LyX\ layout directory. You can
-%find this file in the doc tree of your \LaTeX\ installation:
-%\url{texmf/doc/latex/powerdot}. If you can't find it there, download
-%it from \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot}. Once that is
-%done, reconfigure \LyX\ (\texttt{Edit\LyXarrow Reconfigure} and
-%restart \LyX\ afterwards). Now you can use the \pf{powerdot}
-%document class as any other supported class. Go to
-%\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} and select \texttt{powerdot
-%presentation} as document class. For more information, see the \LyX\
-%documentation, which is accessible from the |Help| menu.
-%
-%\subsection{How to use the layout}
-%The \pf{powerdot} \LyX\ layout provides some environments\footnote{Don't
-%confuse these with \LaTeX\ environments.} which can be used in \LyX.
-%Some of these environments (for instance |Title| or |Itemize|) are
-%natural to use since they exist also in the standard document
-%classes such as \pf{article}. For more information on these standard
-%environments, see the \LyX\ documentation.
-%
-%This section will explain how to use the \pf{powerdot} specific
-%environments |Slide|, |WideSlide|, |EmptySlide| and |Note|. These
-%environments correspond to the \pf{powerdot} environments |slide|,
-%|emptyslide|, |wideslide| and |note|.
-%
-%We start with a simple example. The following \LaTeX\ code
-%\begin{example}
-% \begin{slide}{Slide title}
-%   Slide content.
-% \end{slide}
-%\end{example}
-%can be obtained using the following \LyX\ environments. The right
-%column represents the text typed into the \LyX\ window and the left
-%column represents the environment applied to this text).
-%\begin{example}
-% Slide         Slide title
-% Standard      Slide content.
-% EndSlide
-%\end{example}
-%Some remarks concerning this example.
-%\begin{itemize}[leftmargin=0pt,itemsep=0pt,parsep=0pt]
-%\item You can use the environment menu (under the menu bar, top-left
-%corner) to change the environment applied to text.
-%\item The slide title should be typed on the line of the |Slide|
-%environment.
-%\item |EndSlide| finishes the slide and its line is left blank.
-%\end{itemize}
-%
-%In the \LyX\ window, the |Slide| environment (that is, the slide
-%title) is displayed in magenta, the |WideSlide| style in green, the
-%|EmptySlide| style in cyan and the |Note| style in red and hence
-%these are easily identifiable.
-%
-%Here is another example.
-%\begin{example}
-% \begin{slide}{First slide title}
-%   The first slide.
-% \end{slide}
-% \begin{note}{First note title}
-%   The first note, concerning slide 1.
-% \end{note}
-% \begin{slide}{Second slide title}
-%   The second slide.
-% \end{slide}
-%\end{example}
-%This can be done in \LyX\ in the following way.
-%\begin{example}
-% Slide         First slide title
-% Standard      The first slide.
-% Note          First note title
-% Standard      The first note, concerning slide 1.
-% Slide         Second slide title
-% Standard      The second slide.
-% EndSlide
-%\end{example}
-%This example demonstrates that it is often sufficient to insert the
-%|EndSlide| style after the last slide or note only. Only when you
-%want certain material not to be part of a slide, you need to finish
-%the preceding slide manually using the |EndSlide| style. Example:
-%\begin{example}
-% Slide         First slide title
-% Standard      The first slide.
-% EndSlide
-% [ERT box with some material]
-% Slide         Second slide title
-% ...
-%\end{example}
-%
-%Options can be passed to slide environments by using
-%\texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Short title} in front of the slide title.
-%The following example uses the |direct| method (see
-%section~\ref{sec:verbatim}) in the short title argument (delimited by
-%square brackets) to allow for a |lstlisting| environment (defined by
-%the \pf{listings} package) within the slide content.
-%\begin{example}
-% Slide         [method=direct]Example of LaTeX source code
-% Standard      Here's the \HelloWorld command:
-% [ERT box:
-%   \lstset{language=[LaTeX]TeX}
-%   \begin{lstlisting}
-%   \newcommand{\HelloWorld}{Hello World!}
-%   \end{lstlisting}
-% ]
-% EndSlide
-%\end{example}
-%Note that you are not obliged to use a |verbatim| environment to
-%type the |\HelloWord| text into the \LyX\ window because \LyX\
-%directly supports standard verbatim.\footnote{\LyX\ translates
-%special characters into their corresponding \LaTeX\ command. For
-%instance, the backslash character is translated into
-%\cs{textbackslash{}}. Resulting, the font is not the same as in true
-%verbatim and you might want to change that via the
-%\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Character} dialog.} Consequently, the use of
-%the slide processing methods |direct| and |file| is not necessary
-%when you need standard verbatim, but it is necessary when doing more
-%advanced things, like in the example above.
-%
-%\subsection{Support of syntax}
-%This section lists options, commands and environments that are
-%supported through the \LyX\ interface directly, without using an ERT
-%box (\TeX-mode).
-%
-%All class options (see section~\ref{sec:classopts}) are supported
-%via the \texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} dialog (|Layout| pane).
-%Options for the |\pdsetup| command (see section~\ref{sec:setup})
-%should be specified in the |Preamble| pane of the
-%\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} dialog.
-%
-%Table \ref{tab:lyxcommands} lists the \pf{powerdot} commands that
-%are supported in \LyX.
-%\begin{table}[htb]
-%\centering
-%\begin{tabular}{f}
-%Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline
-%\cs{title} & Use \texttt{Title} environment.\\
-%\cs{author} & Use \texttt{Author} environment.\\
-%\cs{date} & Use \texttt{Date} environment.\\
-%\cs{maketitle} & Managed directly by \LyX.\\
-%\cs{section} & Use the \texttt{Section} environment. Options to this
-%command (see section~\ref{sec:section}) can be specified using
-%\texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Short title} in front of the section title.\\
-%\cs{tableofcontents} & Use \texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Lists \&
-%TOC\LyXarrow Table of contents}. You will need an ERT box if you
-%want to use the optional argument, see below.
-%\end{tabular}
-%\caption{Supported \pf{powerdot} commands in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxcommands}
-%\end{table}
-%Table \ref{tab:lyxenvs} lists the \pf{powerdot} environments that,
-%besides the earlier discussed |slide|, |wideslide|, |note| and
-%|emptyslide| environments, are supported in \LyX.
-%\begin{table}[htb]
-%\centering
-%\begin{tabular}{f}
-%Environment & Method in \LyX\\\hline
-%\texttt{itemize} & Use \texttt{Itemize} and \texttt{ItemizeType1}
-%environments. The latter will create a list with |type=1| (see
-%section~\ref{sec:lists}).\\
-%\texttt{enumerate} & Use \texttt{Enumerate} and
-%\texttt{EnumerateType1} environments.\\
-%\texttt{thebibliography} & Use \texttt{Bibliography} environment.
-%\end{tabular}
-%\caption{Supported \pf{powerdot} environments in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxenvs}
-%\end{table}
-%Table \ref{tab:lyxERT} lists commands that can only be done by using
-%an ERT box (via \texttt{Insert\LyXarrow TeX}).
-%\begin{table}[ht]
-%\centering
-%\begin{tabular}{f}
-%Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline
-%\cs{and} & Within \texttt{Author} environment.\\
-%\cs{pause} & \\
-%\cs{item} & An ERT box is only required for the optional argument,
-%not mandatory for overlays specifications.\\
-%\cs{onslide} & And the versions \cs{onslide+} and \cs{onslide*}.\\
-%\cs{twocolumn} & \\
-%\cs{tableofcontents} & Only when using the optional argument.
-%\end{tabular}
-%\caption{\pf{powerdot} commands needing an ERT box in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxERT}
-%\end{table}
-%Note that you may use the clipboard in order to repeat often used
-%commands like |\pause|. Finally, table \ref{tab:lyxadd} lists
-%additional commands and environments that are supported by the layout.
-%\begin{table}[htb]
-%\centering
-%\begin{tabular}{f}
-%Env./Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline
-%\texttt{quote} & Use \texttt{Quote} environment.\\
-%\texttt{quotation} & Use \texttt{Quotation} environment.\\
-%\texttt{verse} & Use \texttt{Verse} environment.\\
-%\cs{caption} & Use \texttt{Caption} environment within standard
-%float environments.
-%\end{tabular}
-%\caption{Additional environments for \LyX}\label{tab:lyxadd}
-%\end{table}
-%
-%\subsection{Compiling with \LyX}
-%First of all, make sure that you have also read
-%section~\ref{sec:compiling}. Then, in order to get a proper
-%PostScript or PDF file, you have to set your \LyX\ document
-%properties depending on which paper and orientation you want. When
-%your \LyX\ document is open, go to the \texttt{Layout\LyXarrow
-%Document} dialog. In the \texttt{Layout} pane, put the |nopsheader|,
-%|orient| and |paper| keys as class options (see
-%section~\ref{sec:classopts} for a description). Then, go to the
-%|Paper| pane and select corresponding paper size and orientation
-%(you may choose |letter| paper in the case you set |paper=screen| in
-%the class options). Finally, go to the |View| (or
-%\texttt{File\LyXarrow Export}) menu and select your output
-%(PostScript or PDF).
-%
-%\subsection{Extending the layout}
-%If you have created a custom style (see section~\ref{sec:writestyle})
-%which defines custom templates, you may want to extend the layout
-%file\footnote{The LPPL dictates to rename a file if you modify it as
-%to avoid confusion.} so that these templates are also supported in
-%\LyX. The explanation below assumes that you have defined a template
-%called |sunnyslide|.
-%
-%To support this new template in \LyX, you have to use the following
-%command.
-%\begin{command}
-% `\cs{pddefinelyxtemplate}\meta{cs}\marg{template}'
-%\end{command}
-%\DescribeMacro{\pddefinelyxtemplate}
-%This will define the control sequence \meta{cs} such that it will
-%create a slide with template \meta{template} (which has been defined
-%using |\pddefinetemplate|. This new control sequence can be used in
-%the layout file as follows.
-%\begin{example}
-% # SunnySlide environment definition
-% Style SunnySlide
-%   CopyStyle     Slide
-%   LatexName     lyxend\lyxsunnyslide
-%   Font
-%     Color       Yellow
-%   EndFont
-%   Preamble
-%     \pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxsunnyslide{sunnyslide}
-%   EndPreamble
-% End
-%\end{example}
-%Note that you must begin the |LatexName| field with |lyxend|. The
-%definition of the \LyX\ template has been inserted in between
-%|Preamble| and |EndPreamble| which assures that the new \LyX\
-%environment will work in every presentation. After modifying the
-%layout file, don't forget to restart \LyX. See for more information
-%about creating \LyX\ environments, the documentation of \LyX\ in the
-%|Help| menu.
-%
-%\section{Questions}\label{sec:questions}
-%\subsection{Frequently Asked Questions}\label{sec:FAQ}
-%This section is devoted to Frequently Asked Questions. Please read
-%it carefully; your problem might be solved by this section.
-%\begin{itemize}[leftmargin=0pt]
-%\question
-%Does \pf{powerdot} have example files? Where can I find them?
-%\answer
-%\pf{powerdot} comes with several examples that should be in the doc
-%tree of your \LaTeX\ installation. More precisely:
-%\url{texmf/doc/latex/powerdot}. If you can't find them there,
-%download them from \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot}
-%\cite{CTAN}.
-%\question I'm getting errors or unexpected output when compiling
-%the simplest example!
-%\answer Did you read section~\ref{sec:compiling}?
-%\question I made a typo in the slide code, ran the file, got an
-%error, corrected the typo and reran, but now get an error that
-%doesn't go away.
-%\answer Remove the |.bm| and |.toc| files and try again.
-%\question |\pause| does not work in the |align|\footnote{There are
-%several environments doing similar things as \texttt{align}. Another
-%example is the \texttt{split} environment, but more (often from the
-%\pf{amsmath} package) can cause similar trouble for \cs{pause}.}
-%environment.
-%\answer |align| does several tricky things, which make it impossible
-%to use |\pause|. Use |\onslide| instead. See
-%section~\ref{sec:onslide}.
-%\question My \pf{pstricks} nodes appear on all overlays. Also: color
-%doesn't seem to work with |\onslide|.
-%\answer Some PostScript tricks like nodes and color do not work with
-%|\onslide|. Use |\onslide*| instead. See an example below.
-%\begin{example}
-% \documentclass{powerdot}
-% \usepackage{pst-node}
-% \begin{document}
-% \begin{slide}{Color}
-% \onslide*{2}{\cnode(0,-5pt){2pt}{A}}
-% This is {\onslide*{2-}{\color{red}} red} text.
-% \onslide*{2}{\cnode(0,-5pt){2pt}{B}}
-% \onslide{2}{\ncline{A}{B}}
-% \end{slide}
-% \end{document}
-%\end{example}
-%\question Do I need to edit style files to change a style a bit?
-%\answer No, you do not need to edit any style file. You can change
-%any part of a certain style using the |\pddefinetemplate| and
-%|\pddefinepalettes| commands. Here is an example that removes the
-%left and right footers from the \pf{default} style, places the slide
-%number in the center footer and adds another palette.
-%\begin{example}
-% \documentclass{powerdot}
-% \pddefinetemplate[slide]{slide}{
-%   lfpos=,rfpos=,cftemp=\theslide
-% }{}
-% \pddefinepalettes{mypalette}{
-%   \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.27,.31,.44}
-%   \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.85,.85,.92}
-%   \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.8,.75,.98}
-% }
-% \pdsetup{palette=mypalette}
-% \begin{document}
-% \begin{slide}{Title}
-% \end{slide}
-% \end{document}
-%\end{example}
-%See section~\ref{sec:writestyle} for more information about these
-%two commands.
-%\question Can I contribute to this project?
-%\answer
-%Certainly. If you find bugs\footnote{Make sure that you confirm that
-%the bug is really caused by \pf{powerdot} and not by another package
-%that you use.} or typos, please send a message to the mailinglist
-%(see section~\ref{sec:mailinglist}). If you have developed your own
-%style that is distinct from existing styles and would like to see it
-%included in \pf{powerdot}, please inform us by private e-mail and we
-%will consider your contribution. Notice that included contributions
-%will fall under the overall \pf{powerdot} license and copyright
-%notice, but that your name will be included in the documentation
-%when you make a contribution. This is done to guarantee that we can
-%adapt files if maintenance is needed.
-%\end{itemize}
-%
-%If your question has not been answered at this point, advance to the
-%next section to read where to find more answers.
-%
-%\subsection{Mailinglist}\label{sec:mailinglist}
-%\pf{powerdot} has a mailinglist from \url{freelists.org} and has its
-%website here:
-%\begin{center}
-%\url{http://www.freelists.org/list/powerdot}
-%\end{center}
-%There is a link to `List Archive'. Please search this archive before
-%posting a question. Your problem might already have been solved in
-%the past.
-%
-%If that is not the case, use the box on the page to type your e-mail
-%address, choose the action `Subscribe' and click `Go!'. Then follow
-%the instructions that arrive to you by e-mail. At a certain moment,
-%you can login for the first time using an authorization code sent to
-%you by e-mail. After logging in, you can create a password for
-%future sessions using the `Main Menu' button. The other buttons
-%provide you some info and options for your account.
-%
-%When you are all set, you can write to the list by sending an e-mail
-%to
-%\begin{center}
-%\url{powerdot [at] freelists [dot] org}
-%\end{center}
-%
-%When writing to the list, please keep in mind the following very
-%important issues.
-%\begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=0pt,itemsep=0pt,parsep=0pt]
-%\item We are volunteers!
-%\item Keep your questions related to \pf{powerdot}.
-%\item Always supply a \emph{minimal} example demonstrating your
-%problem.
-%\item Don't send big files over the list.
-%\end{enumerate}
-%
-%We hope you will enjoy this service.
-%
-%\section{Source code documentation}\label{sec:source}
-%In case you want regenerate the package files from the source or
-%want to have a look at the source code description, locate
-%|powerdot.dtx|, search in the file for |\OnlyDescription| and remove
-%that and do
-%\begin{example}
-% latex powerdot.dtx
-% latex powerdot.dtx
-% bibtex powerdot
-% makeindex -s gglo.ist -o powerdot.gls powerdot.glo
-% makeindex -s gind.ist -o powerdot.ind powerdot.idx
-% latex powerdot.dtx
-% latex powerdot.dtx
-%\end{example}
-%
-%\StopEventually{}
-%
-%\section{Implementation}\label{sec:imple}
-%\subsection{General construction}
-%This section explains the general idea of the class, how paper
-%dimensions are chosen and how slides are created. We start with the
-%paper.
-%
-%This class uses the same idea as \pf{prosper} and \pf{HA-prosper},
-%namely that we create a background with \pf{pstricks} and position
-%text on it using |\rput| and some |minipage| environments. This is
-%easier than writing a dedicated output routine that can handle all
-%the material, but doesn't break pages when we don't want that. So,
-%when starting to write the class, we first investigated how to deal
-%with landscape slides and paper dimensions.
-%
-%The job of making landscape slides can be done using \pf{geometry}.
-%The paper dimension was more of a problem. As \LaTeX\ doesn't have
-%the huge fonts that we need for presentations, we need to scale the
-%usual fonts somehow. This could be done by using unusual paper
-%dimensions (as \pf{beamer} does) and hence relying on ps2pdf to cut
-%off all the redundant material. But this doesn't produce a usable
-%DVI or PS file. Instead, it was chosen to use DVI magnification. The
-%entire slide is magnified by a factor of 2 and only the top left
-%quarter of the paper is used (but you will never notice that due to
-%the magnification). As we already decided to place all material in
-%|minipage|s using |\rput|, we didn't need the page anymore and it
-%was easiest to use \pf{geometry} to just remove the page margins
-%altogether so that the bottom left corner would be |(0,0)| and the
-%top right corner |(\slidewidth,\slideheight)|.
-%
-%One extra remark on the paper type is necessary. We found that most
-%common configurations of dvips use the |A4size| code when A4
-%dimensions are found. This code doesn't write an explicit PostScript
-%paper command in the PS document and hence programs using this PS
-%(like ps2pdf) don't know what paper to use and revert to the
-%default, which is letter paper in most cases. This, of course, is
-%something that we don't want and hence, \pf{powerdot} will write
-%these commands to the PS itself as to guarantee proper post
-%processing of the PS.
-%
-%Now that we made the decisions on how to create proper DVI, PS and
-%PDF output, the next task was to create an easy interface to
-%overlays. To avoid counting the overlays as is necessary with
-%\pf{prosper}, we implemented a system that first collects the entire
-%body of an environment in a macro which can be reused multiple
-%times. During execution of the body, the overlay commands like
-%|\onslide| will keep a record of the biggest number that they find
-%and that is the number of overlays to produce. Getting the body of
-%the environment is done by collecting all material up to the next
-%|\end| occurrence. If that control sequence has the proper argument
-%(namely the slide that we started with), then we stop scanning and
-%start processing the slide. With normal use, you will not notice
-%this, but when doing special tricks like hiding |\end{slide}| in a
-%macro, the process will fail as it relies on finding |\end{slide}|
-%in the input stream without doing expansions. Often a work around
-%can be found though. Have a look for instance at how |\section|
-%creates a slide.
-%
-%The next task was to provide a simple way to create templates. As
-%the class is based on the idea of having a background with some
-%material spread out over it, the template system follows this idea.
-%One argument can be used to create the background, the other
-%argument controls, via keys and options, several properties of the
-%material that should be placed. By adding an |ifsetup| key, full
-%control could be gained over the design of the template in every
-%possible setup chosen by the user.
-%
-%The final task for the class was to fill in all the `details'. All
-%the mechanisms were present, but sometimes they should not be
-%active. For instance, overlays should not be created in handout
-%mode. Other things to add to the class were counter protection on
-%overlays, handles to the layout of the slide number, footnotes, a
-%bibliography environment, empty slides, etcetera.
-%
-%We hope that this section has made clear a little bit what you will
-%be seeing when reading the next section with coding and why we chose
-%to do it this way.
-%
-% \subsection{The code}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*powerdot>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Identification.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-\ProvidesClass{powerdot}
-  [2010/10/07 v1.4a powerdot presentation class (HA,CE)]
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Initializations.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\ifpd@overlay
-\newif\ifpd@section
-\newif\ifpd@ifsetup
-\newif\ifpd@display
-\newcounter{note}
-\newcounter{slide}
-\newcounter{pd@pause}
-\newcounter{pd@section}
-\newcounter{pd@overlay}
-\newcounter{pd@trivlist}
-\newcounter{pd@onslidedepth}
-\newbox\pd@tba
-\newbox\pd@tbb
-\newtoks\pd@body
-\newwrite\pd@bmout
-\newwrite\pd@tocout
-\newlength\pd@frsep
-\newlength\pd@colsep
-\newlength\slidewidth
-\newlength\slideheight
-\let\pd@cursetup\@empty
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Setup options section.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{xkeyval}[2005/07/10]
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Orientation.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@choicekey*[pd]{class}{orient}[\pd@tempa\pd@orient]{%
-  landscape,portrait}{\XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup\pd@tempa}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Paper type.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@choicekey*[pd]{class}{paper}[\pd@tempa\pd@paper]{%
-  screen,a4paper,letterpaper}{\XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup\pd@tempa}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Display type.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@choicekey*[pd]{class}{display}[\pd@tempa\pd@display]{%
-  slides,notes,slidesnotes}{\XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup\pd@tempa}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Mode.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@choicekey*[pd]{class}{mode}[\pd@tempa\pd@mode]{%
-  present,print,handout}{\XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup\pd@tempa}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Some boolean keys.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@boolkeys[pd]{class}[pd@@]{%
-  nopsheader,hlentries,hlsections,blackslide,nopagebreaks%
-}[true]
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Clock definitions.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@boolkey[pd]{class}[pd@@]{clock}[true]{%
-  \ifpd@@clock
-    \AtBeginDocument{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Start a \pf{hyperref} form.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \@Form[]%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Trick to insert rotation into text field if in landscape orientation.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \ifnum\pd@orient=\z@
-        \def\pd@clockrot{] /R 90\@gobble}%
-      \else
-        \let\pd@clockrot\@empty
-      \fi
-    }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Clock javascript.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \def\pd@startclock{%
-      function pdshowtime(){
-        var pdtime=new Date();
-        this.getField("pdclock.time").value=
-          util.printd("H:MM:ss",pdtime);
-      }
-      var tempa=app.setInterval("pdshowtime()",1000);
-      this.getField("pdstartclock").readonly=true;
-      this.getField("pdclock").readonly=true;
-    }%
-  \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The size and style to be used.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@cmdkey[pd]{class}[pd@@]{size}{%
-  \def\pd@tempa##1pt{##1}%
-  \edef\pd@@size{\expandafter\pd@tempa\pd@@size}%
-}
-\define@cmdkey[pd]{class}[pd@@]{style}{}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Some usual article options.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@key[pd]{class}{fleqn}[]{\input{fleqn.clo}}
-\define@key[pd]{class}{leqno}[]{\input{leqno.clo}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Some presets, used in case the user doesn't supply enough input.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\presetkeys[pd]{class}{%
-  size=11pt,style=default,orient=landscape,paper=screen,%
-  display=slides,hlentries=true,mode=present}{}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Process all options.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ProcessOptionsX[pd]<class>\relax
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@warn}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@error}
-% \marg{msg}\\
-% Warnings and errors.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@warn{\ClassWarning{powerdot}}
-\def\pd@error#1{\ClassError{powerdot}{#1}\@ehd}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@noportrait}
-% The standard error for styles that do not support portrait orientation.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@noportrait{%
-  \ifnum\pd@orient=\@ne\ifnum\pd@mode=2\else\pd@error{%
-    `\pd@@style' style does not support portrait orientation
-  }\fi\fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Check paper for print and handout mode. No |screen| allowed.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifnum\pd@mode>0
-  \ifnum\pd@paper=\z@
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Remove erroneous input.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \@expandtwoargs\@removeelement{screen}\pd@cursetup\pd@cursetup
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Switch to a4paper.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup{a4paper}
-    \def\pd@paper{1}
-    \pd@warn{you can't use `screen' format for this mode;
-      \MessageBreak I've switched to a4paper
-    }
-  \fi
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Check orientation for handout mode. No |landscape| allowed.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifnum\pd@mode=2
-  \newbox\pd@textbox
-  \ifnum\pd@orient=\z@
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Remove erroneous input.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \@expandtwoargs\@removeelement{landscape}\pd@cursetup\pd@cursetup
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Switch to portrait.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup{portrait}
-    \def\pd@orient{1}
-    \pd@warn{you can't use `landscape' for handout mode;
-      \MessageBreak I've switched to portrait
-    }
-  \fi
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Pass paper size and orientation to \pf{geometry} package.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifcase\pd@paper
-  \def\pd@tempa{papersize={8.25in,11in}}
-\or
-  \def\pd@tempa{papersize={210mm,297mm}}
-\or
-  \def\pd@tempa{papersize={8.5in,11in}}
-\fi
-\ifnum\pd@orient=\z@
-  \edef\pd@tempa{\pd@tempa,landscape}
-\else
-  \edef\pd@tempa{\pd@tempa,portrait}
-\fi
-\PassOptionsToPackage\pd@tempa{geometry}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Load class and packages.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\LoadClass{article}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Load font size definitions. Take into account that article has
-% loaded some already. This trick actually also allows bigger sizes like
-% 14pt or 20pt.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\pd@tempa\newcommand
-\let\newcommand\def
-\input{size\pd@@size.clo}
-\let\newcommand\pd@tempa
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Remaining packages.
-% Mute \pf{geometry}.
-% The info slows down compilation. Further, it is not at all
-% informative for the user as we made the design decisions already.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% \changes{v1.4a}{2010/10/07}{fixed bug with geometry 5.x (hv)}
-\let\Gm@showparams\@empty
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifnum\pd@mode=2
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Handout mode.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \RequirePackage[margin=2cm,includefoot]{geometry}
-\else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Magnify DVI by factor 2, no margins at all.
-% The offset is to neutralize the |\vskip| inserted by TeX to
-% go from the top of the letters to the baseline and position chars
-% there. Here we don't want any offset and start at the bottom left
-% corner of the paper.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \RequirePackage[mag=2000,margin=0pt,voffset=-\pd@@size pt]{geometry}
-  \geometry{top=.5\paperheight}
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \pf{hyperref} should not set ps paper size as it doesn't do landscape format
-% we don't want it to redefine internals either.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage[setpagesize=false,dvips,pdfstartview=Fit,%
-  pageanchor=false,bookmarks=false]{hyperref}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% For some strange reason, it doesn't work to put the below in the above.
-% So we do it here as we don't want colored borders.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{\def\@pdfborder{0 0 0}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Necessary for inserting and creating graphics. Notice: \pf{pstricks}
-% needs to be loaded after \pf{graphicx} for proper |\scalebox| definition.
-% We make sure that \pf{xcolor} is loaded.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{graphicx}
-\RequirePackage{pstricks}[2004/05/12]
-\RequirePackage{xcolor}[2004/05/09]
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% For lists and verbatim reading of slide content.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{enumitem}[2004/07/19]
-\RequirePackage{verbatim}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Here are some basic properties of the slides.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifnum\pd@mode<2
-  \pagestyle{empty}
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Avoid making black slide in print mode}
-% No black slide in handout or print mode.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifnum\pd@mode>0
-  \pd@@blackslidefalse
-\fi
-\setlength\parindent{0pt}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Slide dimensions.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\setlength\slidewidth{.5\paperwidth}
-\setlength\slideheight{.5\paperheight}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Write landscape correction to the ps to avoid ps to be rotated by
-% 180 degrees.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifnum\pd@orient=\z@
-  \AtBeginDvi{\special{!/landplus90 true store}}
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Write paper dimensions.
-% The specials solve a config problem with ghostscript not picking up info from
-% ps, due to the fact that some paper formats defined in config.ps do
-% not write explicit ps commands. For instance, when dvips finds a4 paper dimensions,
-% it writes |%%Papersize: A4|, but no ps command. So ghostscript doesn't
-% find a paper size and takes it's default which could be |letter|
-% in fact.
-% Notice further that screen size is based on letter, but will be cropped in pdf.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifpd@@nopsheader\else
-  \AtBeginDvi{\special{papersize=\the\paperwidth,\the\paperheight}}
-  \ifcase\pd@paper
-    \AtBeginDvi{\special{!%
-      \@percentchar\@percentchar BeginPaperSize: letter
-      ^^Jletter^^J\@percentchar\@percentchar EndPaperSize
-    }}
-  \or
-    \AtBeginDvi{\special{!%
-      \@percentchar\@percentchar BeginPaperSize: a4
-      ^^Ja4^^J\@percentchar\@percentchar EndPaperSize
-    }}
-  \or
-    \AtBeginDvi{\special{!%
-      \@percentchar\@percentchar BeginPaperSize: letter
-      ^^Jletter^^J\@percentchar\@percentchar EndPaperSize
-    }}
-  \fi
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Crop pdf for optimal screen ratio. This does not work in DVI or PS.
-% Note, the ps rotation takes care of orientation irrespective of
-% crop dimensions.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifcase\pd@paper\def\@pdfpagescrop{0 0 594 842}\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \pf{hyperref} writes this to the pdf.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@pdfcreator{LaTeX with powerdot class}
-\ifpd@@blackslide\def\@pdfstartpage{2}\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% We insert a black slide if requested.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
-  \ifpd@@blackslide
-    \begin{blackslide}[toc=,bm=,trans=Replace]{}%
-    \end{blackslide}%
-  \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Save the number of the last slide at the end of the document.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\AtEndDocument{%
-  \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\newlabel{lastslide}%
-    {{}{\the\c@slide}{\relax}{}{}}}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Set up options. |global| is for global only keys (so to be used only
-% in the preamble. |slide| is only for slides. |glslide| keys can be
-% used in both locations.
-% Create an interface to change the typesetting of the page numbers.
-% This follows the usual \LaTeX\ idea to change typesetting of numbers
-% via |\thepage| etcetera.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@key[pd]{global}{theslide}{\def\theslide{#1}}
-\define@key[pd]{global}{thenote}{\def\thenote{#1}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Options to be used by \pf{enumitem}. These store input incrementally
-% in macros used by \pf{enumitem} to store options. By allowing options
-% to be added, both the style and the user can insert options.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@key[pd]{global}{enumerate}{%
-  \ifx\enit@enum\@undefined
-    \def\enit@enum{#1}%
-  \else
-    \XKV@addtolist@n\enit@enum{#1}%
-  \fi
-}
-\define@key[pd]{global}{itemize}{%
-  \ifx\enit@item\@undefined
-    \def\enit@item{#1}%
-  \else
-    \XKV@addtolist@n\enit@item{#1}%
-  \fi
-}
-\define@key[pd]{global}{list}{%
-  \ifx\enit@list\@undefined
-    \def\enit@list{#1}%
-  \else
-    \XKV@addtolist@n\enit@list{#1}%
-  \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Counters that need overlay protection.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@key[pd]{global}{counters}{%
-  \XKV@addtolist@n\pd@@counters{#1}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Initialize the counters list.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@@counters{table,figure,equation,footnote,mpfootnote}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Footers and transition effect.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@cmdkeys[pd]{glslide}[pd@@]{lf,cf,rf,trans}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Palettes.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@cmdkey[pd]{glslide}[pd@@]{palette}{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Check whether the chosen palette exists. If yes, execute it, set
-% |\default@color| (for equation numbers etcetera) and copy the
-% current color for |\twocolumn|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \ifnum\pd@mode<2
-    \XKV@ifundefined{pd@pe@\pd@@palette @colors}{%
-      \pd@error{palette `\pd@@palette' not defined}%
-    }{%
-      \@nameuse{pd@pe@\pd@@palette @colors}%
-      \color{pdcolor1}%
-      \let\default@color\current@color
-      \let\pd@color\XC@current@color
-    }%
-    \pd@countcolors
-  \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Slide processing method.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@choicekey*[pd]{glslide}{method}[\pd@tempa\pd@method]{%
-  normal,file,direct}{%
-  \ifnum\pd@method=2
-    \ifx\pd@textbox\@undefined\newbox\pd@textbox\fi
-  \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Random dots. Load |random.tex| if necessary.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@boolkey[pd]{glslide}[pd@@]{randomdots}[true]{%
-  \ifx\randomi\@undefined
-    \InputIfFileExists{random}{\newcount\pd@tempcnta}{%
-      \global\pd@@randomdotsfalse
-      \pd@warn{random.tex not found, random dots canceled}%
-    }%
-  \fi
-  \ifnum\pd@mode=\tw@\global\pd@@randomdotsfalse\fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Keys for random dots and the logo.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@cmdkeys[pd]{glslide}[pd@@]{%
-  dminsize,dmaxsize,dbright,dmindots,dmaxdots,dminwidth,dmaxwidth,%
-  dminheight,dmaxheight,dprop,logohook,logopos%
-}
-\define@key[pd]{glslide}{logocmd}{%
-  \ifx\pd@logobox\@undefined\newbox\pd@logobox\fi
-  \sbox\pd@logobox{#1}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Initialize some of the keys that we just defined.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\setkeys[pd]{glslide,global}{%
-  lf=,cf=,rf=,theslide=\arabic{slide} / \pageref*{lastslide},%
-  thenote=note \arabic{note} of slide \arabic{slide},%
-  trans=Replace,dminsize=5pt,dmaxsize=40pt,dminwidth=0pt,%
-  dmaxwidth=\slidewidth,dminheight=0pt,dbright=60,%
-  dmaxheight=\slideheight,dmindots=5,dmaxdots=40,dprop=,%
-  logohook=tl,logopos=,logocmd=,method=normal%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\pdsetup}
-% The interface for users. Disable global keys |\AtBeginDocument|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pdsetup{\setkeys[pd]{global,glslide}}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
-  \disable@keys[pd]{global}{%
-    theslide,thenote,enumerate,itemize,list,counters%
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Local keys: |toc| and |bm|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@cmdkeys[pd]{slide}[pd@@]{toc,bm}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\pdifsetup}
-% \marg{desired}\marg{yes}\marg{no}\\
-% Execute \meta{yes} if the \meta{desired} setup matches with the
-% current (user) setup. Execute \meta{no} else. We first check whether
-% information in \meta{desired} is complete. If not, we amend it.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pdifsetup#1{%
-  \edef\pd@tempb{#1}%
-  \pd@pdifsetup\pd@tempb{landscape,portrait}%
-  \pd@pdifsetup\pd@tempb{screen,a4paper,letterpaper}%
-  \pd@pdifsetup\pd@tempb{slides,notes,slidesnotes}%
-  \pd@pdifsetup\pd@tempb{present,print,handout}%
-  \pd@pdifs@tup\pd@tempb
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdifsetup}
-% \meta{desired}\marg{check}\\
-% This macro checks whether at least one element of \meta{check}
-% occurs in the list in \meta{desired}. If not, the entire list in
-% \meta{check} is added to \meta{desired}, meaning that later on, any
-% setup for this type will satisfy the check.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@pdifsetup#1#2{%
-  \in@true
-  \@tempcnta\z@
-  \XKV@for@n{#2}\pd@tempa{%
-    \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\pd@tempa,}{,#1,}%
-    \ifin@\advance\@tempcnta\@ne\fi
-  }%
-  \ifnum\@tempcnta=\z@\XKV@addtolist@x#1{#2}\fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdifs@tup}
-% \marg{desired}\marg{yes}\marg{no}\\
-% Checks whether the \meta{desired} setup matches the current setup.
-% This macro is used internally when setting template keys. The idea
-% is to first correct the input in the |ifsetup| key by amending
-% specifications if they where not there. Then, when setting a
-% template key, we just check whether all elements of the current
-% setup appear in the \meta{desired} setup.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@pdifs@tup#1{%
-  \in@true
-  \XKV@whilist\pd@cursetup\pd@tempa\ifin@\fi{%
-    \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\pd@tempa,}{,#1,}%
-  }%
-  \ifin@\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Set up the template system.
-% First define all the options and presets available to create
-% templates. All options save their argument to be used later.
-% The |ifsetup| option controls for which the following options should
-% be used. This:
-% |textfont=\raggedright,| |ifsetup={a4paper,portrait},textfont=\small|
-% makes the text font |\small|, but only for a4 portrait slides.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@tempa#1{%
-  \define@key[pd]{template}{#1}[]{%
-    \ifpd@ifsetup\@namedef{pd@@#1}{##1}\fi
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Define all keys.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\XKV@for@n{%
-  titlehook,titlepos,titlewidth,titlefont,%
-  texthook,textpos,textwidth,textfont,textheight,%
-  tochook,tocpos,tocwidth,tocfont,%
-  stochook,stocpos,stocwidth,stocfont,%
-  ntochook,ntocpos,ntocwidth,ntocfont,%
-  tocfrsep,tocsecsep,tocslidesep,%
-  tocsecm,toctcolor,tochlcolor,tochltcolor,%
-  tocsecindent,tocslideindent,%
-  lfhook,lfpos,lffont,lftemp,%
-  cfhook,cfpos,cffont,cftemp,%
-  rfhook,rfpos,rffont,rftemp,%
-  iacolor,%
-  clockhook,clockpos,clockwidth,clockheight,%
-  clockcharsize,clockalign,clockcolor%
-}\pd@tempb{\expandafter\pd@tempa\expandafter{\pd@tempb}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The |ifsetup| key first amends missing input using |\pd@pdifsetup|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@cmdkey[pd]{template}[pd@@]{ifsetup}[]{%
-  \pd@pdifsetup\pd@@ifsetup{landscape,portrait}%
-  \pd@pdifsetup\pd@@ifsetup{screen,a4paper,letterpaper}%
-  \pd@pdifsetup\pd@@ifsetup{slides,notes,slidesnotes}%
-  \pd@pdifsetup\pd@@ifsetup{present,print,handout}%
-  \pd@pdifs@tup\pd@@ifsetup\pd@ifsetuptrue\pd@ifsetupfalse
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Choice keys for orientation of toc.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@choicekey*[pd]{template}{tocorient}[\pd@tempa\pd@tocorient]{%
-  v,h}{}
-\define@choicekey*[pd]{template}{stocorient}[\pd@tempa\pd@stocorient]{%
-  v,h}{}
-\define@choicekey*[pd]{template}{ntocorient}[\pd@tempa\pd@ntocorient]{%
-  v,h}{}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Replaced \texttt{\~} by \cs{space} to avoid
-%   problems with Spanish babel}
-% Presets so that templates do not need to specify every key.
-% This also initializes some keys as to avoid errors in constructing
-% the slide.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\setkeys[pd]{template}{%
-  ifsetup,%
-  titlehook=Bl,titlepos=,titlewidth=\slidewidth,%
-  titlefont=\raggedright,texthook=tl,textpos=,%
-  textwidth=\slidewidth,textfont=\raggedright,%
-  textheight=\slideheight,%
-  tochook=tl,tocpos=,tocwidth=.2\slidewidth,%
-  tocfont=\tiny\raggedright,%
-  stochook=tl,stocpos=,stocwidth=.2\slidewidth,%
-  stocfont=\tiny\raggedright,%
-  ntochook=tl,ntocpos=,ntocwidth=.2\slidewidth,%
-  ntocfont=\tiny\raggedright,%
-  tocorient=v,stocorient=v,ntocorient=v,%
-  tocfrsep=.5mm,tocsecsep=2ex,tocslidesep=0ex,%
-  tocsecm=,toctcolor=black,tochlcolor=black,tochltcolor=white,%
-  tocsecindent=0pt,tocslideindent=0pt,%
-  lfhook=Bl,lfpos=,lffont=\scriptsize,lftemp=\pd@@lf,%
-  cfhook=B,cfpos=,cffont=\scriptsize,cftemp=\pd@@cf,%
-  rfhook=Br,rfpos=,rffont=\scriptsize,rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf
-    \@empty\else\ifx\theslide\@empty\else\ -- \fi\fi\theslide,%
-  iacolor=lightgray,%
-  clockhook=tr,clockpos=,clockwidth=3cm,clockheight=\baselineskip,%
-  clockcharsize=14pt,clockalign=2,clockcolor=black%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\pddefinepalettes}
-% \marg{name}\marg{commands}\\
-% Save the text color number and start scanning for palettes. |\pd@nopalettes|
-% contains the number of palettes that we have seen in total in the
-% style or preamble.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pddefinepalettes#1#2{%
-  \ifx\pd@nopalettes\@undefined\@tempcnta\z@\else
-    \@tempcnta\pd@nopalettes
-  \fi
-  \pd@pddefinepalettes{#1}{#2}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@pddefinepalettes}
-% \marg{name}\marg{commands}\\
-% Save the current \meta{name} and \meta{commands} to numbered macros
-% to be used later again. If we find another brace |{| after these
-% arguments, repeat the process.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@pddefinepalettes#1#2{%
-  \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
-  \@namedef{pd@pe@\the\@tempcnta @name}{#1}%
-  \@namedef{pd@pe@#1@colors}{#2}%
-  \@ifnextchar\bgroup\pd@pddefinepalettes{%
-    \edef\pd@nopalettes{\the\@tempcnta}%
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@countcolors}
-% Count the number of colors in the palette. We do this only once.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@countcolors{%
-  \@tempcnta\@ne
-  \@whilesw\ifx\pd@nocolors\@undefined\fi{%
-    \XKV@ifundefined{\string\color@pdcolor\the\@tempcnta}{%
-      \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne
-      \edef\pd@nocolors{\the\@tempcnta}%
-    }{\advance\@tempcnta\@ne}%
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% If the style or preamble does not define palettes, do nothing. If
-% there are palettes, but the user didn't specify one, use the first.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
-  \ifx\pd@nopalettes\@undefined\else\ifx\pd@@palette\@undefined
-    \@nameuse{pd@pe@\@nameuse{pd@pe@1@name}@colors}%
-    \color{pdcolor1}%
-    \let\default@color\current@color
-    \let\pd@color\XC@current@color
-  \fi\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Text color is black in handout mode.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \ifnum\pd@mode=2
-    \color{black}%
-    \def\pd@@iacolor{black}%
-    \let\default@color\current@color
-    \let\pd@color\XC@current@color
-  \else\pd@countcolors\fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\pddefinetemplate}
-% Define a template. This stores options and the background to macros.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pddefinetemplate{\@testopt\pd@pddefinetemplate{}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@pddefinetemplate}
-% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Changed to \cs{pd@namelet} for changed \pf{xcolor}}
-% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Made it possible to redefine basis templates and
-%   convey the changes to templates based on this basis}
-% \oarg{basis}{name}{options}{background}\\
-% Store options and background and define the environment \meta{name}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@pddefinetemplate[#1]#2#3#4{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The beginning of the environment just gets and sets its arguments
-% and gets the body of the environment.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \@namedef{#2}{\pd@getargsandbody{#2}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The end of the environment. We process the body at least once, maybe
-% more times, but that we will find out along the way. In case the
-% body is not eaten in advance, this macro starts an |lrbox|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \@namedef{end#2}{\ifpd@display\pd@slide\fi}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% If there is no basis, we just store the options and the background.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \ifx\@empty#1\@empty
-    \@namedef{pd@template@#2@options}{\setkeys[pd]{template}{#3}}%
-    \@namedef{pd@template@#2@bg}{#4}%
-  \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Otherwise, add options and background to existing macros.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \XKV@ifundefined{pd@template@#1@options}{%
-      \pd@error{template `#1' undefined}}{%
-      \def\pd@tempa{#1}\def\pd@tempb{#2}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% If \meta{basis} and \meta{name} are the same, expand options and
-% background to avoid infinite loops.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \ifx\pd@tempa\pd@tempb
-        \pd@namelet{pd@template@#2@options}{pd@template@#1@options}%
-        \expandafter
-          \XKV@addtomacro@n\csname pd@template@#2@options\endcsname
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Make sure to reset the |ifsetup| key so that options are for all
-% possible setups again.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-          {\setkeys[pd]{template}{ifsetup,#3}}%
-        \pd@namelet{pd@template@#2@bg}{pd@template@#1@bg}\expandafter
-        \XKV@addtomacro@n\csname pd@template@#2@bg\endcsname{#4}%
-      \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Else, use existing macros options and background macros and add the
-% current settings.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-        \@namedef{pd@template@#2@bg}{\@nameuse{pd@template@#1@bg}#4}%
-        \@namedef{pd@template@#2@options}{%
-          \@nameuse{pd@template@#1@options}%
-          \setkeys[pd]{template}{ifsetup,#3}%
-        }%
-      \fi
-    }%
-  \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@getargsandbody}
-% \marg{name}\\
-% First eat the optional argument and the slide title. Then
-% collect the body of the slide: we
-% read every time up to |\end|, we check whether we find the |\end| that
-% has the name of the current slide environment. If not, we add all
-% content and continue the search. If |method| is 1, we use \pf{verbatim}
-% to read the body and write it to a temporary file. If |method| is 2, we do not
-% eat the body at all, but redefine the end of the current environment
-% to finish the |lrbox| that we will start later on.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@getargsandbody#1{\@testopt{\pd@get@rgsandbody{#1}}{}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@get@rgsandbody}
-% \marg{name}\oarg{options}\marg{title}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@get@rgsandbody#1[#2]#3{%
-  \pd@get@rgs@ndbody{#2}{#3}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Here are three possible methods to process slides. The first will
-% eat the entire body while scanning for |\end{slide}|. This fixes
-% catcodes. The second writes the body to file. This allows for
-% verbatim and overlays, but may be slow. The third uses an |lrbox| to
-% typeset material directly. That allows for verbatim, but no
-% overlays. Notice that we always use the first method when the slide
-% should not be displayed.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \ifcase\ifnum\pd@method>\z@\ifpd@display\@ne\fi\fi\z@
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Start eating the body.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \pd@body{}%
-    \def\pd@tempa{\pd@get@rgs@ndb@dy{#1}}%
-  \else
-    \ifnum\pd@method=\@ne
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Start verbatim reading and writing to file.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \def\pd@tempa{%
-        \immediate\openout\@inputcheck\jobname.vrb\relax
-        \def\verbatim@processline{%
-          \immediate\write\@inputcheck{\the\verbatim@line}%
-        }%
-        \begingroup\let\do\@makeother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M\active
-        \verbatim@start
-      }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Redefine the end macro to stop verbatim reading and closing the file.
-% Afterwards, execute the slide producing macro.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \@namedef{end#1}{%
-        \endgroup\immediate\closeout\@inputcheck
-        \let\verbatim@processline\pd@orig@verbatim@processline
-        \pd@slide
-      }%
-    \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% No overlays allowed with this method.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \pd@deloverlays
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Create the slide.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \let\pd@tempa\pd@sl@de
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Typeset content directly and store it in a box using |lrbox|. We
-% redefine the end to finish this box and position it on the page.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \@namedef{end#1}{%
-        \end{pd@minipage}\end{lrbox}%
-        \ifx\pd@@textpos\@empty\else
-          \rput[\pd@@texthook](\pd@@textpos){\usebox\pd@textbox}%
-        \fi
-      }%
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \pd@tempa
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@get@rgs@ndbody}
-% \marg{options}\marg{title}\\
-% A common component in processing slides in \LaTeX\ or \LyX.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@get@rgs@ndbody#1#2{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Set user keys.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \setkeys[pd]{glslide,slide}{#1}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Save title.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \def\pd@t@tle{#2}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Perform some initial checks to see whether we actually need to process
-% this slide or not.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \pd@displaytrue
-  \def\pd@tempa{note}%
-  \ifcase\pd@display
-    \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempa\relax\pd@displayfalse\fi
-  \or
-    \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempa\else
-      \def\pd@tempa{titleslide}%
-      \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempa\else
-        \pd@displayfalse
-        \stepcounter{slide}%
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@get@rgs@ndb@dy}
-% \marg{name}\meta{text}|\end|\marg{envir}\\
-% If \meta{envir} is equal to \meta{name}, we found the end of the
-% environment and stop parsing. Otherwise, we add material to the token
-% and continue.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def\pd@get@rgs@ndb@dy#1#2\end#3{%
-  \def\pd@tempa{#1}%
-  \def\pd@tempb{#3}%
-  \ifx\pd@tempa\pd@tempb
-    \pd@body\expandafter{\the\pd@body#2}%
-    \def\pd@tempa{\end{#1}}%
-  \else
-    \pd@body\expandafter{\the\pd@body#2\end{#3}}%
-    \def\pd@tempa{\pd@get@rgs@ndb@dy{#1}}%
-  \fi
-  \pd@tempa
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@slide}
-% This macro processes the slide, possibly many times, depending on
-% what we encounter on the first run.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@slide{%
-  \pd@overlayfalse
-  \def\pd@nooverlays{1}%
-  \setcounter{pd@overlay}\@ne
-  \let\pd@labels\@empty
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Save counter values so that these can be restored on overlays.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \XKV@for@o\pd@@counters\pd@tempa{%
-    \expandafter\xdef\csname pd@counter@\pd@tempa\endcsname{%
-      \expandafter\the\csname c@\pd@tempa\endcsname
-    }%
-  }%
-  \pd@sl@de
-  \@whilenum\c@pd@overlay<\pd@nooverlays\do{%
-    \pd@overlaytrue
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Restore counters.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \XKV@for@o\pd@@counters\pd@tempa{%
-      \setcounter{\pd@tempa}{\csname pd@counter@\pd@tempa\endcsname}%
-    }%
-    \stepcounter{pd@overlay}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Re-initialize the info for random dots.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \ifpd@@randomdots
-      \let\pd@trandim\pd@randim
-      \let\pd@tranpos\pd@ranpos
-      \let\pd@trancol\pd@rancol
-    \fi
-    \pd@sl@de
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@sl@de}
-% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added missing \cs{pd@currenttype} initialization}
-% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Added \cs{@currentlabel} definition}
-% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Template specific \texttt{textfont} properly sets \cs{default@color}}
-% This is the main slide producing macro.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@sl@de{%
-  \stepcounter{slide}\newpage
-  \edef\@currentlabel{\the\c@slide}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Initialize the overlays and switch to overlay 0. The material on this
-% overlay will be visible.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \pst@Verb{InitOL /TheOL (0) def}%
-  \pst@Verb{(0) BOL}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Load all template settings.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \@nameuse{pd@template@\@currenvir @options}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Insert background. Execute in a group to avoid local settings getting out.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \@nameuse{pd@template@\@currenvir @bg}%
-  \ifpd@@randomdots
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Code to create random dots. We draw random numbers first and store
-% them so that overlays will look the same.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \ifpd@overlay\else\ifnum\pd@nocolors>\z@
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Used to store info about the dots.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \let\pd@randim\@empty
-      \let\pd@ranpos\@empty
-      \let\pd@rancol\@empty
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Random number of dots.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \setrannum\pd@tempcnta\pd@@dmindots\pd@@dmaxdots
-      \edef\pd@nodots{\the\pd@tempcnta}%
-      \pd@tempcnta\z@
-      \@whilesw\ifnum\pd@tempcnta<\pd@nodots\fi{%
-        \advance\pd@tempcnta\@ne
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Random sizes, locations and colors.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-        \setrandim\@tempdima\pd@@dminsize\pd@@dmaxsize
-        \XKV@addtolist@x\pd@randim{\the\@tempdima}%
-        \setrandim\@tempdima\pd@@dminwidth\pd@@dmaxwidth
-        \setrandim\@tempdimb\pd@@dminheight\pd@@dmaxheight
-        \XKV@addtolist@x\pd@ranpos{\the\@tempdima,\the\@tempdimb}%
-        \setrannum\@tempcntb1\pd@nocolors
-        \XKV@addtolist@x\pd@rancol{\the\@tempcntb}%
-      }%
-      \let\pd@trandim\pd@randim
-      \let\pd@tranpos\pd@ranpos
-      \let\pd@trancol\pd@rancol
-    \else\let\pd@nodots\z@\fi\fi
-    \@tempcnta\z@
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Use the stored information to draw the random dots.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \@whilesw\ifnum\@tempcnta<\pd@nodots\fi{%
-      \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
-      \pd@pop\pd@trandim\pd@tempa\pd@pop\pd@tranpos\pd@tempb
-      \pd@pop\pd@tranpos\pd@tempc\pd@pop\pd@trancol\pd@tempd
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Brightness corrections by mixing with black or white.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \ifnum\pd@@dbright<\z@
-        \@tempcntb\pd@@dbright
-        \advance\@tempcntb100
-        \edef\pd@tempd{\pd@tempd!\the\@tempcntb!black}%
-      \else
-        \@tempcntb-\pd@@dbright
-        \advance\@tempcntb100
-        \edef\pd@tempd{\pd@tempd!\the\@tempcntb}%
-      \fi
-      {\ifx\pd@@dprop\@empty\else
-        \expandafter\psset\expandafter{\pd@@dprop}%
-      \fi
-      \psdot[dotsize=\pd@tempa,linecolor=pdcolor\pd@tempd]%
-        (\pd@tempb,\pd@tempc)}%
-    }%
-  \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Insert the logo.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \ifx\pd@@logopos\@empty\else
-    \ifx\pd@logobox\@undefined\else
-      \rput[\pd@@logohook](\pd@@logopos){\usebox\pd@logobox}%
-    \fi
-  \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Clock coding.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \ifpd@@clock
-    \ifnum\c@slide=\@ne
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Insert invisible function to start the clock.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \rput(0,-1){%
-        \TextField[format=\pd@startclock,name=pdstartclock,%
-          bordercolor={},backgroundcolor={},height=0bp,width=0bp]{}%
-      }%
-    \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Extract the color specification, convert it to |rgb| and store it
-% to be used for the clock. This uses some \pf{xcolor} macros.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \def\pd@tempa##1,##2,##3\@nil{##1 ##2 ##3}%
-    \extractcolorspec\pd@@clockcolor\pd@tempb
-    \expandafter\convertcolorspec\pd@tempb{rgb}\pd@tempb
-    \edef\pd@tempa{\expandafter\pd@tempa\pd@tempb\@nil}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Insert the clock.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \ifx\pd@@clockpos\@empty\else
-      \rput[\pd@@clockhook](\pd@@clockpos){%
-        \TextField[name=pdclock.time,bordercolor=\pd@clockrot,%
-          backgroundcolor={},align=\pd@@clockalign,color=\pd@tempa,%
-          charsize=\pd@@clockcharsize,width=\pd@@clockwidth,%
-          height=\pd@@clockheight]{}%
-      }%
-    \fi
-  \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Write transition effect to PDF.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \pd@pdftrans
-  \ifpd@overlay
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% If this is an overlay, reset the page counter.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \addtocounter{slide}\m@ne
-  \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% When not an overlay or note, make a bookmark and toc entry.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \def\pd@tempa{note}%
-    \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempa\else
-      \pd@maketocbm0%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Make a target on this page so that we can make links to this page.
-% We don't use pdf page links as that won't give good link in handout
-% mode with 2 slides per page.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \hyper@anchorstart{slide.\the\c@slide}\hyper@anchorend
-    \fi
-  \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Initialize numbers and macros for relative stepping and pausing.
-% |\pd@currentstate| remembers the state when doing overlays.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \def\pd@reloverlay{1}%
-  \let\pd@closeitem\relax
-  \def\pd@currentstate{0}%
-  \let\pd@currenttype\relax
-  \setcounter{pd@pause}\@ne
-  \let\pd@revert\@firstofone
-  \setcounter{pd@onslidedepth}\z@
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Position the title.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \ifx\pd@@titlepos\@empty\else
-    \def\pd@tempa{%
-      \begin{minipage}\pd@@titlewidth
-      \pd@@titlefont\strut
-      \ifpd@section
-        \expandafter\pd@sectiontitle\expandafter{\pd@t@tle}%
-      \else
-        \expandafter\pd@slidetitle\expandafter{\pd@t@tle}%
-      \fi
-      \end{minipage}%
-    }%
-    \rput[\pd@@titlehook](\pd@@titlepos){%
-      \ifpd@@blackslide
-        \hyperlink{blackslide}{\pd@tempa}%
-      \else
-        \pd@tempa
-      \fi
-    }%
-  \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Position the table of contents, possibly split. No |minipage| when
-% making a horizontal toc.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \ifx\pd@@tocpos\@empty\else
-    \rput[\pd@@tochook](\pd@@tocpos){%
-      \ifnum\pd@tocorient=\z@\begin{minipage}\pd@@tocwidth\fi
-      \let\pd@usedtocfont\pd@@tocfont
-      \let\pd@usedtocorient\pd@tocorient
-      \pd@puttoc0%
-      \ifnum\pd@usedtocorient=\z@\end{minipage}\fi
-    }%
-  \fi
-  \ifx\pd@@stocpos\@empty\else
-    \rput[\pd@@stochook](\pd@@stocpos){%
-      \ifnum\pd@stocorient=\z@\begin{minipage}\pd@@tocwidth\fi
-      \let\pd@usedtocfont\pd@@stocfont
-      \let\pd@usedtocorient\pd@stocorient
-      \pd@puttoc1%
-      \ifnum\pd@usedtocorient=\z@\end{minipage}\fi
-    }%
-  \fi
-  \ifx\pd@@ntocpos\@empty\else
-    \rput[\pd@@ntochook](\pd@@ntocpos){%
-      \ifnum\pd@ntocorient=\z@\begin{minipage}\pd@@tocwidth\fi
-      \let\pd@usedtocfont\pd@@ntocfont
-      \let\pd@usedtocorient\pd@ntocorient
-      \pd@puttoc2%
-      \ifnum\pd@usedtocorient=\z@\end{minipage}\fi
-    }%
-  \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Position footers.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \ifx\pd@@lfpos\@empty\else
-    \rput[\pd@@lfhook](\pd@@lfpos){\pd@@lffont\pd@@lftemp}%
-  \fi
-  \ifx\pd@@cfpos\@empty\else
-    \rput[\pd@@cfhook](\pd@@cfpos){\pd@@cffont\pd@@cftemp}%
-  \fi
-  \ifx\pd@@rfpos\@empty\else
-    \rput[\pd@@rfhook](\pd@@rfpos){\pd@@rffont\pd@@rftemp}%
-  \fi
-  \ifnum\pd@method<2
-    \ifx\pd@@textpos\@empty\else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Position the main text box and put the material in, maybe coming
-% from eating the body into |\pd@body| or reading it from a file.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \rput[\pd@@texthook](\pd@@textpos){%
-        \pd@sl@d@
-        \ifnum\pd@method=\z@\the\pd@body\else
-          \input\jobname.vrb
-        \fi
-        \end{pd@minipage}%
-      }%
-    \fi
-    \let\pd@tempa\relax
-  \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% For direct processing, start the |lrbox| to typeset and capture
-% content.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \def\pd@tempa{\begin{lrbox}\pd@textbox\pd@sl@d@}%
-  \fi
-  \pd@tempa
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@sl@d@}
-% A common component in |\pd@sl@de|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@sl@d@{%
-  \begin{pd@minipage}%
-  \let\pd@tempa\color
-  \def\color##1{\pd@tempa{##1}\let\default@color\current@color}%
-  \pd@@textfont
-  \let\color\pd@tempa
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Redefine \cs{pd@slidetitle} in note template}
-% The implementation of notes.
-% The first macro is a temporary counter to find whether the new note
-% still belongs to the current slide or that it belongs to a new slide.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@notet{0}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Define the template using our mechanism.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\pddefinetemplate{note}{%
-  titlepos={.04\slidewidth,.92\slideheight},%
-  titlefont=\let\pd@slidetitle\@firstofone\color{black}\Large,%
-  textpos={.07\slidewidth,.82\slideheight},%
-  textfont=\color{black},textwidth=.86\slidewidth,%
-  lfpos={.04\slidewidth,.035\slideheight},%
-  lffont=\color{black}\scriptsize,%
-  cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.035\slideheight},%
-  cffont=\color{black}\scriptsize,%
-  rfpos={.96\slidewidth,.035\slideheight},%
-  rffont=\color{black}\scriptsize,%
-  rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf\@empty\else
-    \ifx\thenote\@empty\else\space--\space\fi\fi\thenote,%
-}{%
-  \addtocounter{slide}\m@ne
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% If this is another note with the same slide, count it.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \ifnum\c@slide=\pd@notet
-    \stepcounter{note}%
-  \else
-    \setcounter{note}{1}%
-  \fi
-  \xdef\pd@notet{\the\c@slide}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The background.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \psline[linewidth=.5pt](0,.87\slideheight)%
-    (\slidewidth,.87\slideheight)%
-  \psline[linewidth=.5pt](0,.08\slideheight)%
-    (\slidewidth,.08\slideheight)%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Implement blackslide.
-% This is an empty slide with just a very big button on it to go back
-% to the original page where we came from.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\pddefinetemplate{blackslide}{}{%
-  \addtocounter{slide}\m@ne
-  \hyper@anchorstart{blackslide}\hyper@anchorend
-  \psframe*[linecolor=black](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-  {\color{black}%
-  \rput[cm](.5\slidewidth,.5\slideheight){%
-  \Acrobatmenu{GoBack}{\setlength\fboxsep{10cm}\fbox{GoBack}}}}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Empty slides. For special uses like displaying big tables or photos.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\pddefinetemplate{emptyslide}{textpos={0,\slideheight}}{}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\maketitle}
-% This implementation
-% is more or less similar as what is in \pf{article}. First we make a
-% backup of the original |\maketitle| to be used maybe in handout mode,
-% see below.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\pd@orig@maketitle\maketitle
-\def\maketitle{\@testopt\pd@maketitle{}}
-\def\pd@maketitle[#1]{%
-  \begin{titleslide}[#1,toc=,bm=,trans=Replace]{}%
-    \let\footnote\thanks
-    \def\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}%
-    {\pd@title{\pd@@titlefont\@title}\par}{%
-      \vskip2em\pd@@textfont
-      \begin{tabular}[t]{c}%
-        \@author
-      \end{tabular}\par
-      \vskip1.5em\small\@date
-    }\par
-    \small\@thanks
-    \vfil\null
-  \end{titleslide}%
-  \c@footnote\z@
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@maketocbm}
-% \marg{type}\\
-% \meta{type} indicates the kind of entry that we need to write to toc and
-% or bookmark file. 0 is a normal slide, 1 is a section, 2 is a hidden
-% section. The title of the entry is assumed to be in |\pd@slidetitle|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@maketocbm#1{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Make the bookmark entry so that it allows for easy counting of entries
-% in sections.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \def\pd@tempa{\immediate\write\pd@bmout{%
-    \string\pdbookmark{sec.\the\c@pd@section\ifnum#1=\z@.slide\fi}{%
-    \ifnum#1=\z@ sec.\the\c@pd@section\fi}{\the\c@slide}%
-    {\the\@temptokena}%
-  }}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Notice that |\pd@@bm| can be undefined at every slide, even after
-% use on one slide, as the definition is done locally in the slide
-% environment. So no resetting is necessary on the start of a slide.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \ifx\pd@@bm\@undefined
-    \@temptokena\expandafter{\pd@t@tle}%
-  \else
-    \ifx\pd@@bm\@empty
-      \let\pd@tempa\relax
-    \else
-      \@temptokena\expandafter{\pd@@bm}%
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \pd@tempa
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Write the toc entry.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \def\pd@tempa{\immediate\write\pd@tocout{%
-    \string\pdcontentsline{#1}{\the\c@slide}{\the\@temptokena}%
-  }}%
-  \ifx\pd@@toc\@undefined
-    \@temptokena\expandafter{\pd@t@tle}%
-  \else
-    \ifx\pd@@toc\@empty
-      \let\pd@tempa\relax
-    \else
-      \@temptokena\expandafter{\pd@@toc}%
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \pd@tempa
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pdbookmark}
-% \marg{sec1}\marg{sec2}\marg{target}\marg{title}\\
-% First we defined |\pdbookmark| to count the number of bookmarks
-% that needs to be nested below every section bookmark. We need to
-% know that for the pdf bookmark specification.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pdbookmark#1#2#3#4{%
-  \@tempcnta\pd@pdb@@kmark{#2}%
-  \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
-  \@nameedef{pd@be@#2}{\the\@tempcnta}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdb@@kmark}
-% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Solved bug with unexpandable \cs{XKV@ifundefined}
-%   when not running the $\varepsilon$-\TeX\ engine (e.g. te\TeX\ 2)}
-% \marg{section}\\
-% Returns the number of slides that we already counter for the
-% current section. Don't use |\XKV@ifundefined| here as that is not
-% expandable when not running $\varepsilon$-\TeX\ engine.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@pdb@@kmark#1{%
-  \@ifundefined{pd@be@#1}0{\csname pd@be@#1\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdbookmark}
-% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Solved bug with Acrobat Distiller}
-% \marg{sec1}\marg{sec2}\marg{target}\marg{title}\\
-% Redefine the macro to make the actual bookmark.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@pdbookmark#1#2#3#4{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Use |\pdfstringdef| to clean the title. Not everything can enter as
-% a bookmark in pdf.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \pdfstringdef\pd@tempa{#4}%
-  \pdfmark{pdfmark=/OUT,%
-    Count={\pd@pdb@@kmark{#1}},Dest={slide.#3},%
-    View={/XYZ null null null},Title={\pd@tempa}%
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pdcontentsline}
-% \marg{type}\marg{target}\marg{title}\\
-% Saves all input arguments to macros with names like |\pd@te@i|.
-% Further, it computes with a lag the starting and stopping targets
-% for every entry, |\pd@te@i@start| and |\pd@te@i@stop|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pdcontentsline#1#2#3{%
-  \ifnum\@tempcnta>\z@
-    \@nameedef{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @start}{\pd@tempa}%
-    \@namedef{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @stop}{#2}%
-  \fi
-  \def\pd@tempa{#2}%
-  \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
-  \@namedef{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta}{%
-    \pdcontentsline{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Reading \texttt{.bm} and \texttt{.toc}
-% file \cs{AtBeginDocument} to allow for using \pf{inputenc} for toc
-% and bm entries}
-% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Solved bug in computing stopping slide for last toc entry}
-% Read the bm and toc files into memory to speed up compilation.
-% Along the way, we compute the starting and stopping target numbers
-% for highlighting toc entries and the number of slides to be nested
-% under a section bookmark entry. At begin document for allowing
-% loading of \pf{inputenc} also for bm and toc entries.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
-  \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.bm}{}{}%
-  \let\pdbookmark\pd@pdbookmark
-  \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.bm}{}{}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Rewrite the bookmarks file.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \immediate\openout\pd@bmout\jobname.bm\relax
-  \@tempcnta\z@
-  \def\pd@tempa{0}%
-  \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.toc}{}{}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Save the number of toc entries.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \edef\pd@notocentries{\the\@tempcnta}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Compute the starting and stopping number for the last entry.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \ifx\r@lastslide\@undefined\@tempcntb\pd@tempa\else
-    \edef\pd@tempb{\expandafter\@secondoffive\r@lastslide}%
-    \@tempcntb\pd@tempb
-  \fi
-  \advance\@tempcntb\@ne
-  \@nameedef{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @start}{\pd@tempa}%
-  \@nameedef{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @stop}{\the\@tempcntb}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Rewrite the toc file.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \immediate\openout\pd@tocout\jobname.toc\relax
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Initialize the |\pdcontentsline| macro for making toc entries.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \let\pdcontentsline\pd@pdcontentsline
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@puttoc}
-% \marg{type}\\
-% Typeset the table of contents of type \meta{type} from memory.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@puttoc#1{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Initialize some numbers that we will use.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \@tempcnta\z@
-  \@tempcntb\z@
-  \@tempswatrue
-  \def\pd@toctype{#1}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Parse all available toc entries.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \@whilenum\@tempcnta<\pd@notocentries\do{%
-    \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
-    \@nameuse{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta}%
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdcontentsline}
-% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Solved bug using different toc widths}
-% \marg{type}\marg{target}\marg{title}\\
-% Typesets a toc entry.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@pdcontentsline#1#2#3{%
-  \let\pd@tempa\relax
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Full table of contents (sections and slides).
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \ifcase\pd@toctype
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% A normal slide.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \ifcase#1\relax
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Slides before section 1.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \ifnum\@tempcntb=\z@
-        \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay
-      \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% A slide in the current section.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-        \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section
-          \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay
-        \fi
-      \fi
-    \or
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% A normal section.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne
-      \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay
-    \or
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% A hidden section.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne
-      \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section
-        \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \or
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Typeset only sections.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \ifcase#1\relax\or
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% A normal section.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne
-      \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay
-    \or
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% A hidden section.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne
-      \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section
-        \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \or
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Only slides in current section or before the first section.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \ifnum#1=\z@
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% An entry in the current section.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section
-        \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay
-      \fi
-    \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Count sections.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \ifpd@@hlentries\ifx\pd@tempa\relax\else
-    \ifnum#1=\z@
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% A normal highlighted slide.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \ifnum\c@slide<\@nameuse{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @start}%
-      \else
-        \ifnum\c@slide<\@nameuse{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @stop}%
-          \let\pd@tempa\pd@tochighlight
-        \fi
-      \fi
-    \else
-      \ifpd@@hlsections
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% A highlighted section.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-        \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section
-          \let\pd@tempa\pd@tochighlight
-        \fi
-      \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% A section with a page.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-        \ifnum#2=\c@slide\ifnum\@nameuse{pd@te@\the
-          \@tempcnta @stop}=\c@slide\else
-          \let\pd@tempa\pd@tochighlight
-        \fi\fi
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \fi\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Build the entry, but only if the entry should be visible.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \ifx\pd@tempa\relax\else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Some skip. Execute the font settings so that skips like |.6ex| work
-% properly.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \if@tempswa\@tempswafalse\else
-      \pd@usedtocfont
-      \ifnum\pd@usedtocorient=\z@
-        \ifnum#1=\z@\vskip\pd@@tocslidesep\else\vskip\pd@@tocsecsep\fi
-      \else
-        \ifnum#1=\z@\hskip\pd@@tocslidesep\else\hskip\pd@@tocsecsep\fi
-      \fi
-    \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Add a section marker.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \ifnum#1=\z@\else\pd@@tocsecm\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Output the entry. This works as follows.
-% The text |#3| is passed through one macro of |\pd@tocslide| or
-% |\pd@tocsection| which adds a `per entry layout' (eg a bullet).
-% Then |\pd@tempa| (which is |\pd@tocdisplay| or |\pd@tochighlight|)
-% displays the item as requested and |\hyperlink| adds a link to the entry.
-% The lengths |\@tempdima| and |\@tempdimb| contain the horizontal
-% indent and the remaining space for the entry respectively. The first
-% entry does not get an indent if it is a slide.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \ifcase\pd@toctype
-      \@tempdimb\pd@@tocwidth
-    \or
-      \@tempdimb\pd@@stocwidth
-    \or
-      \@tempdimb\pd@@ntocwidth
-    \fi
-    \ifnum#1=\z@
-      \ifnum\@tempcntb=\z@\@tempdima\z@\else
-        \@tempdima\pd@@tocslideindent
-        \advance\@tempdimb-\pd@@tocslideindent
-      \fi
-      \hyperlink{slide.#2}{\pd@tempa{\pd@tocslide{#3}}}%
-    \else
-      \@tempdima\pd@@tocsecindent
-      \advance\@tempdimb-\pd@@tocsecindent
-      \hyperlink{slide.#2}{\pd@tempa{\pd@tocsection{#3}}}%
-    \fi
-    \ifnum\pd@usedtocorient=\z@\par\fi
-  \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% The keys for the |\tableofcontents| macro.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@choicekey[pd]{toc}{content}[\pd@tempa\pd@content]{%
-  all,sections,currentsection,future,futuresections}{}
-\define@choicekey[pd]{toc}{type}[\pd@tempa\pd@type]{0,1}{}
-\presetkeys[pd]{toc}{content=all,type=0}{}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents}
-% Typesets overviews.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\tableofcontents{\@testopt\pd@tableofcontents{}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@tableofcontents}
-% \oarg{options}\\
-% Workhorse.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@tableofcontents[#1]{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% To keep definitions like |\pd@@type| (reused in |itemize|) local.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \begingroup
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Set keys with use input.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \setkeys[pd]{toc}{#1}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% This keeps track of whether we are in a hidden section.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \let\pd@tempc\z@
-  \def\pdcontentsline##1##2##3{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Count sections in the toc.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \ifnum##1>\z@\advance\@tempcntb\@ne\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Used for additional markup like |\bfseries|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \let\pd@tempb\@empty
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The line that is to be typeset.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \def\pd@tempa{\hyperlink{slide.##2}{\pd@tempb##3}\par}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% If a line should not be displayed, then here is the action to be
-% taken depending on the type. 0 leaves out material, 1 typesets it
-% in inactive color.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \ifnum\pd@type=\z@
-      \def\pd@tempd{\let\pd@tempa\relax}%
-    \else
-      \def\pd@tempd{\def\pd@tempb{\color\pd@@iacolor}}%
-    \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Update whether we are in a hidden section.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \ifcase##1\or\let\pd@tempc\z@\or
-      \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section
-        \let\pd@tempc\z@
-      \else
-        \let\pd@tempc\@ne
-      \fi
-    \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% If in hidden section, hide it.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \ifnum\pd@tempc=\@ne\pd@tempd\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Here are the rules for displaying material, given the input of the user.
-% Case 0 is `all'.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \ifcase\pd@content\or
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Case `sections'.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \ifnum##1=\z@\let\pd@tempa\relax\fi
-    \or
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Case `currentsection'.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section\else\pd@tempd\fi
-    \or
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Case `future'.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \ifnum\@tempcnta<\c@slide\pd@tempd\fi
-    \or
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Case `futuresections'.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \ifnum\@tempcntb<\c@pd@section\pd@tempd\fi
-      \ifnum##1=\z@\pd@tempd\fi
-    \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% If a section, use bold font.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \ifnum##1>\z@\XKV@addtomacro@n\pd@tempb\bfseries\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Finally, typeset the entry and add some spacing.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \ifx\pd@tempa\relax\else
-      \if@tempswa\@tempswafalse\else
-        \ifnum##1=\z@\else\vskip5pt\fi
-      \fi
-      \ifnum##1=\z@\ifnum\@tempcntb=\z@\else\hskip15pt\fi\fi
-      \pd@tempa
-    \fi
-  }%
-  \@tempcnta\z@
-  \@tempcntb\z@
-  \@tempswatrue
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Loop over all available toc entries.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \@whilenum\@tempcnta<\pd@notocentries\do{%
-    \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
-    \@nameuse{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta}%
-  }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Restore everything.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \endgroup
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Options for parts and sections. The template key allows for modification
-% of user input for normal slide and wide slide. A style can define
-% the environment that should take the place of, eg, |wideslide| when
-% the user requests that template.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@choicekey*[pd]{section}{tocsection}[\pd@tempa\pd@tempb]{%
-  false,true,hidden}{}
-\define@boolkey[pd]{section}[pd@@]{slide}[true]{}
-\define@cmdkey[pd]{section}[pd@@]{template}{%
-  \def\pd@tempa{slide}%
-  \ifx\pd@@template\pd@tempa
-    \let\pd@@template\pd@@sectemp
-  \else
-    \def\pd@tempa{wideslide}%
-    \ifx\pd@@template\pd@tempa
-      \let\pd@@template\pd@@widesectemp
-    \fi
-  \fi
-}
-\presetkeys[pd]{section}{tocsection=true,slide=true,template=slide}{}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Keys for style developers to overwrite user requests silently.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@cmdkeys[pd]{section}[pd@@]{sectemp,widesectemp}
-\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=slide,widesectemp=slide}
-\AtBeginDocument{\disable@keys[pd]{section}{sectemp,widesectemp}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@orig@section}
-% Make a backup of the original |\section|, to be used later.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\pd@orig@section\section
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\section}
-% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Corrected bug not allowing commas in section titles}
-% Used to create parts in the presentation and sections in the toc.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\section{\@testopt\pd@section{}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@section}
-% \oarg{options}\marg{title}\\
-% Creates the part.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@section[#1]#2{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Necessary to keep toc and bm definitions local.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \begingroup
-  \pd@sectiontrue
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Extract the keys specific for |\part| first as to know what we are
-% going to produce.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \setkeys*[pd]{section}{#1}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% |\pd@tempb| comes from the |tocsection| key.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \ifnum\pd@tempb=\z@
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% |\XKV@rm|
-% contains all remaining keys that could not be set in the previous
-% |\setkeys| (namely, keys not in the |part| family).
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \ifpd@@slide
-      \toks@{#2}%
-      \@temptokena\expandafter{\XKV@rm}%
-      \edef\pd@tempa{%
-        \noexpand\begin{\pd@@template}%
-        [bm={\the\toks@},toc={\the\toks@},%
-        \the\@temptokena]{\the\toks@}%
-        \noexpand\end{\pd@@template}%
-      }%
-      \pd@tempa
-    \fi
-  \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Set all slide specific keys as |bm| and |toc|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \setrmkeys*[pd]{slide}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Make the toc and bm entries.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \stepcounter{pd@section}%
-    \stepcounter{slide}%
-    \def\pd@t@tle{#2}%
-    \pd@maketocbm\pd@tempb
-    \addtocounter{slide}\m@ne
-    \ifpd@@slide
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Produce a slide if necessary.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \toks@{#2}%
-      \@temptokena\expandafter{\XKV@rm}%
-      \edef\pd@tempa{%
-        \noexpand\begin{\pd@@template}%
-        [\the\@temptokena,bm=,toc=]{\the\toks@}%
-        \noexpand\end{\pd@@template}%
-      }%
-      \pd@tempa
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \endgroup
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\onslide}
-% The normal version puts material on overlay 1, hence invisible in
-% ps or pdf. The starred version eats its argument, hence does not
-% move the cursor. The plus version put material in the inactive
-% color.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\onslide{%
-  \@ifnextchar-\pd@@nslide{\XKV@ifstar{\pd@onslide1}{%
-  \XKV@ifplus{\pd@onslide2}{\pd@onslide0}}}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@onslide}
-% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Replaced \cs{ignorespaces} by \cs{@bsphack}
-%   \cs{@esphack} in starred version}
-% \marg{type}\marg{overlays}\\
-% The workhorse. First determine whether the material should be
-% visible from the \meta{overlays} information. If not, process it in
-% the chosen way in \meta{type}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@onslide#1#2{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Display or not?
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \pd@testdisp0{#2}%
-  \if@tempswa
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Display.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \let\pd@tempa\@firstofone
-  \else
-    \ifcase#1\relax
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Switch to overlay 1 (invisible), output |#1|, switch back to overlay 0.
-% We record the depth. This allows us to check whether we are in
-% hidden material already. If that is the case, don't step back to
-% overlay 0 as that will make following material visible again.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \long\def\pd@tempa##1{%
-        \pst@Verb{(1) BOL}%
-        \stepcounter{pd@onslidedepth}%
-        ##1%
-        \addtocounter{pd@onslidedepth}\m@ne
-        \ifnum\c@pd@onslidedepth=\z@\ifnum\pd@currentstate=\z@
-          \pst@Verb{(0) BOL}%
-        \fi\fi
-      }%
-    \or
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Eat material.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \long\def\pd@tempa##1{\@bsphack\@esphack}%
-    \or
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Put material in inactive color.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \long\def\pd@tempa##1{{\color\pd@@iacolor##1}}%
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \pd@tempa
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@testdisp}
-% \marg{type}\marg{overlays}\\
-% This macro is used by both |\onslide| and |\item|. The former can
-% use relative notation for which \meta{type} should be 0. For the
-% latter, \meta{type} is 1. \meta{overlays} is a specification of
-% overlays where material should be visible.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@testdisp#1#2{%
-  \@tempswafalse
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Parse the comma separated specification.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \XKV@for@n{#2}\pd@tempa{\expandafter\pd@t@stdisp\pd@tempa--\@nil#1}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@t@stdisp}
-% \meta{s1}|-|\meta{s2}|-|\meta{s3}|\@nil|\marg{type}\\
-% Separate the input and check in which case we ended up. This macro
-% also computes the number of overlays that is necessary for this
-% slide. Notice several |\relax| at possibly unexpected places. This
-% seemed necessary for \TeX\ to properly set |\@tempswa|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@t@stdisp#1-#2-#3\@nil#4{%
-  \ifx\@empty#1\@empty\relax
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% |-x| case.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \ifnum#4=\z@
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Parse input further to find if relative syntax was used.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \pd@checkrel#2\@nil\@tempcnta
-    \else
-      \@tempcnta#2%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The item has no particular starting point, so it starts from overlay
-% 1. Save this for relative |\onslide| syntax in the current item.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \def\pd@reloverlay{1}%
-    \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% |\@tempcnta| now contains the number of overlays necessary for this
-% part of the specification. Take the maximum.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \pd@compnooverlays\@tempcnta
-    \ifnum\c@pd@overlay>\@tempcnta\else\@tempswatrue\fi
-  \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% |x|, |x-| and |x-y| cases. Check relative syntax and store the
-% corrected number in |\@tempcnta|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \ifnum#4=\z@
-      \pd@checkrel#1\@nil\@tempcnta
-    \else
-      \@tempcnta#1%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Here, the item has a special starting point. Save that to be able
-% to compute relative syntax in subsequent |\onslide|s.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \def\pd@reloverlay{#1}%
-    \fi
-    \ifx\@empty#2\@empty\relax
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% |x| and |x-| cases.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \pd@compnooverlays\@tempcnta
-      \ifx\@empty#3\@empty\relax
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% |x| case.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-        \ifnum\c@pd@overlay=\@tempcnta\@tempswatrue\fi
-      \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% |x-| case.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-        \ifnum\c@pd@overlay<\@tempcnta\else\@tempswatrue\fi
-      \fi
-    \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% |x-y| case. Store the final number |y| in |\@tempcntb|, maybe
-% corrected for relative syntax.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \ifnum#4=\z@
-        \pd@checkrel#2\@nil\@tempcntb
-      \else
-        \@tempcntb#2%
-      \fi
-      \pd@compnooverlays\@tempcntb
-      \ifnum\c@pd@overlay<\@tempcnta\else
-        \ifnum\c@pd@overlay>\@tempcntb\else\@tempswatrue\fi
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@checkrel}
-% \meta{number}|\@nil|\marg{counter}\\
-% Checks whether \meta{number} starts with a |+| and if yes, adds the
-% current item number in |\pd@reloverlay| to \meta{counter} to make
-% relative syntax possible.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% Check whether relative syntax has been used.
-\def\pd@checkrel#1#2\@nil#3{%
-  \def\pd@tempa{#1}%
-  \def\pd@tempb{+}%
-  \ifx\pd@tempa\pd@tempb
-    #3#2\advance#3\pd@reloverlay
-  \else#3#1#2\fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@compnooverlays}
-% Keep track of the biggest number that we see as to compute the
-% number of overlays that we need to produce. Notice the |\relax| again.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@compnooverlays#1{%
-  \ifnum#1>\pd@nooverlays\xdef\pd@nooverlays{\the#1}\fi\relax
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@orig@item}
-% Copy of \LaTeX's |\@item|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\pd@orig@item\@item
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\@item}
-% \oarg{label}\\
-% Creates the item label etcetera. We add an optional argument for
-% overlay specifications.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@item[#1]{\@ifnextchar<{\pd@item[#1]}{\pd@item[#1]<>}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@item}
-% \oarg{label}\larg{overlays}\\
-% This item allows for hiding the bullet and following content.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@item[#1]<#2>{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Possibly switch state.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \pd@closeitem
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Enter some corrections when switching list type.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \ifx\pd@@type\pd@currenttype\else
-    \ifnum\pd@@type=\z@
-      \pst@Verb{(1) BOL}%
-    \else
-      \pst@Verb{(0) BOL}%
-      \normalcolor
-    \fi
-    \global\let\pd@currenttype\pd@@type
-  \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Make sure that we are on overlay 0 when the current state is such.
-% Then check if we need hiding.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \ifnum\pd@currentstate=\z@
-    \normalcolor\pst@Verb{(0) BOL}%
-    \pd@hide{#2}%
-  \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Enter this color, just in case no other declarations will follow.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \color\pd@@iacolor
-  \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% We need to switch state at the next item. Take care of local definition.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \ifx\@empty#2\@empty\else
-    \def\pd@closeitem{\gdef\pd@currentstate{0}}%
-  \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Insert |\leavevmode| to avoid ps code to `leak into' |\item|, like
-% which used to be the case when |\item\onslide{2-}{test}\pause|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \pd@orig@item[#1]\leavevmode\ignorespaces
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@orig@@trivlist}
-% \begin{macro}{\@trivlist}
-% Save the current state for later (after getting back from nested
-% lists). And we initialize some helper functions.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\pd@orig@@trivlist\@trivlist
-\def\@trivlist{%
-  \global\expandafter\let\csname pd@currentstate\the\c@pd@trivlist
-    \endcsname\pd@currentstate
-  \ifnum\pd@@type=\z@\let\pd@closeitem\relax\fi
-  \stepcounter{pd@trivlist}%
-  \pd@orig@@trivlist
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@orig@endtrivlist}
-% \begin{macro}{\endtrivlist}
-% At the end of each list, make sure that we re-initialize the state
-% of that level, if necessary.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\pd@orig@endtrivlist\endtrivlist
-\def\endtrivlist{%
-  \addtocounter{pd@trivlist}\m@ne
-  \pd@revert{%
-    \global\expandafter\let\expandafter\pd@currentstate\csname
-      pd@currentstate\the\c@pd@trivlist\endcsname
-  }%
-  \pd@orig@endtrivlist
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@hide}
-% \meta{overlays}\\
-% Hides following material until the end of the current group, usually
-% the end of an environment like |itemize|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@hide#1{%
-  \ifx\@empty#1\@empty\else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% If still active, we might need to become inactive.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \ifnum\pd@currentstate=\z@
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Check the state of this item.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \pd@testdisp1{#1}%
-      \if@tempswa\else
-        \ifnum\pd@@type=\z@
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Hide material onto overlay 1.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-          \pst@Verb{(1) BOL}%
-        \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Switch to inactive color.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-          \color\pd@@iacolor
-        \fi
-        \gdef\pd@currentstate{1}%
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pause}
-% Hide following material on the current overlay.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pause{\@testopt\pd@p@use1}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@p@use}
-% \oarg{steps}\\
-% This inserts a |\pd@hide| that hides material for the following
-% overlays, possibly some extra, when the optional argument is used.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@p@use[#1]{%
-  \addtocounter{pd@pause}{#1}%
-  \expandafter\pd@hide\expandafter{\the\c@pd@pause-}%
-  \global\let\pd@revert\@gobble
-  \ignorespaces
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@deloverlays}
-% This macro disables overlays by redefining some internals.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@deloverlays{%
-  \def\pd@hide##1{}%
-  \def\pd@onslide##1##2{\@firstofone}%
-  \let\@trivlist\pd@orig@@trivlist
-  \let\endtrivlist\pd@orig@endtrivlist
-  \def\pd@item[##1]<##2>{\pd@orig@item[##1]\leavevmode\ignorespaces}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% We insert an extra key in the |enumitem| family to allow for changing
-% the type of the list. 0 uses ps hiding, 1 uses inactive color when
-% items are inactive.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@cmdkey{enumitem}[pd@@]{type}{}
-\setkeys{enumitem}{type=0}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdftrans}
-% Inserts a pdf transition effect. It allows custom transition effects
-% like wipes in different directions. But if you do that, it will warn
-% that it might not work.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@pdftrans{%
-  \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\pd@@trans,}{%
-    ,Split,Blinds,Box,Wipe,Dissolve,Glitter,%
-    Replace,Fly,Push,Cover,Uncover,Fade,}%
-  \ifin@\else
-    \pd@warn{Transition `\pd@@trans' might not be understood by
-      your ps to pdf converter}%
-  \fi
-  \pdfmark{%
-    pdfmark=/PUT,%
-    Raw={\string{ThisPage\string}%
-      <</Trans << /S /\pd@@trans\space >> >>%
-    }%
-  }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Two column keys.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@cmdkeys[pd]{twocolumn}[pd@@]{%
-  lineheight,lfrheight,rfrheight,lcolwidth,rcolwidth,%
-  topsep,bottomsep,indent,lineprop,lfrprop,rfrprop%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% We use two lengths as we need to do some computations with these
-% key settings.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\define@key[pd]{twocolumn}{colsep}{\setlength\pd@colsep{#1}}
-\define@key[pd]{twocolumn}{frsep}{\setlength\pd@frsep{#1}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Presets.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\presetkeys[pd]{twocolumn}{frsep=1.5mm,colsep=.06\linewidth,%
-  lcolwidth=.47\linewidth,rcolwidth=.47\linewidth,topsep=0cm,%
-  bottomsep=0cm,indent=0cm,lineprop=,lfrprop=,rfrprop=,%
-  lineheight=,lfrheight=,rfrheight=%
-}{}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\twocolumn}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@twocolumn}
-% Construct two columns and put material in it.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\twocolumn{\@testopt\pd@twocolumn{}}
-\long\def\pd@twocolumn[#1]#2#3{%
-  \setkeys[pd]{twocolumn}{#1}%
-  \sbox\pd@tba{\begin{minipage}\pd@@lcolwidth#2\end{minipage}}%
-  \setlength\@tempdima{\the\ht\pd@tba}%
-  \addtolength\@tempdima{\the\dp\pd@tba}%
-  \sbox\pd@tbb{\begin{minipage}\pd@@rcolwidth#3\end{minipage}}%
-  \setlength\@tempdimb{\the\ht\pd@tbb}%
-  \addtolength\@tempdimb{\the\dp\pd@tbb}%
-  \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\@tempdima\@tempdimb}%
-  \ifx\pd@@lfrheight\@empty\else
-    \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\pd@@lfrheight\@tempdimc}%
-  \fi
-  \ifx\pd@@lineheight\@empty\else
-    \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\pd@@lineheight\@tempdimc}%
-  \fi
-  \ifx\pd@@rfrheight\@empty\else
-    \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\pd@@rfrheight\@tempdimc}%
-  \fi
-  \begin{pspicture}(-\pd@@indent,\pd@@topsep)(\linewidth,-\@tempdimc)%
-  \psset{linewidth=.25pt,linecolor=\pd@color}%
-  \setlength\@tempdima\pd@@lcolwidth
-  \addtolength\@tempdima\pd@frsep
-  \ifx\pd@@lfrheight\@empty\else
-    \expandafter\psframe\expandafter[\pd@@lfrprop]%
-      (-\pd@frsep,\pd@frsep)(\@tempdima,-\pd@@lfrheight)%
-  \fi
-  \rput[tl](0,0){\usebox\pd@tba}%
-  \setlength\@tempdima\pd@@lcolwidth
-  \addtolength\@tempdima{.5\pd@colsep}%
-  \ifx\pd@@lineheight\@empty\else
-    \expandafter\psline\expandafter[\pd@@lineprop]%
-      (\@tempdima,\pd@frsep)(\@tempdima,-\pd@@lineheight)%
-  \fi
-  \addtolength\@tempdima{.5\pd@colsep}%
-  \setlength\@tempdimc\@tempdima
-  \addtolength\@tempdima{-\pd@frsep}%
-  \setlength\@tempdimb\@tempdima
-  \addtolength\@tempdimb\pd@@rcolwidth
-  \addtolength\@tempdimb{2\pd@frsep}%
-  \ifx\pd@@rfrheight\@empty\else
-    \expandafter\psframe\expandafter[\pd@@rfrprop]%
-      (\@tempdima,\pd@frsep)(\@tempdimb,-\pd@@rfrheight)%
-  \fi
-  \rput[tl](\@tempdimc,0){\usebox\pd@tbb}%
-  \end{pspicture}\par
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{environment}{figure}
-% \begin{environment}{table}
-% Avoid floating |figure| and |table| environments.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\renewenvironment{figure}[1][]{%
-  \def\@captype{figure}%
-  \par\begin{center}%
-}{\par\end{center}}
-\renewenvironment{table}[1][]{%
-  \def\@captype{table}%
-  \par\begin{center}%
-}{\par\end{center}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-% \end{environment}
-% \begin{environment}{thebibliography}
-% Redefine the |thebibliography| environment. This is based on
-% \pf{article}, but does not create marks or a section.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1]{%
-  \list{\@biblabel{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}{%
-    \settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}%
-    \leftmargin\labelwidth
-    \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
-    \@openbib@code
-    \usecounter{enumiv}%
-    \let\p@enumiv\@empty
-    \renewcommand\theenumiv{\@arabic\c@enumiv}%
-  }%
-  \sloppy
-  \clubpenalty4000
-  \@clubpenalty \clubpenalty
-  \widowpenalty4000%
-  \sfcode`\.\@m
-}{%
-  \def\@noitemerr
-   {\@latex@warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}}%
-  \endlist
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-% \begin{macro}{\pddefinelyxtemplate}
-% \meta{cs}\marg{template}
-% Support for \LyX, where slides are delimited by an explicit |\lyxend|.
-% This defines the \meta{cs} to look optional keys, the slide title
-% and finally for |\lyxend| to collect the body of the slide.
-% After that, it creates a slide with \meta{template}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pddefinelyxtemplate#1#2{\def#1{\pd@lyxgetargsandbody{#2}}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxgetargsandbody}
-% \marg{template}\\
-% Check for optional keys.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@lyxgetargsandbody#1{\@testopt{\pd@lyxget@rgsandbody{#1}}{}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxget@rgsandbody}
-% \marg{template}\oarg{options}\marg{title}\\
-% This pretends to be an environment with name \meta{template}. The
-% slide title and body are saved, keys are set and the slide is executed.
-% This all happens in a local group to keep definitions (eg |toc| key)
-% local. We again have three different methods to process the slide.
-% Now, the verbatim version is more complicated as we have to look
-% for |\lyxend| instead of |\end{slide}|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@lyxget@rgsandbody#1[#2]#3{%
-  \begingroup
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Initial settings and checks.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \def\@currenvir{#1}%
-  \pd@get@rgs@ndbody{#2}{#3}%
-  \ifcase\ifnum\pd@method>\z@\ifpd@display\@ne\fi\fi\z@
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Eat the body until |\lyxend|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \let\pd@tempa\pd@lyxget@rgs@ndbody
-  \else
-    \ifnum\pd@method=\@ne
-      \def\pd@tempa{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Start writing to a temporary file and redefine |\verbatim@processline|
-% to scan lines for |\lyxend|. We only stop if |\lyxend| occurs on the
-% first character of the input line.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-        \immediate\openout\@inputcheck\jobname.vrb\relax
-        \def\verbatim@processline{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Check for |\lyxend|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-          \pd@lyxget@rgs@ndb@dy
-          \ifin@
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% If we found it, stop. |\pd@tempa| eats the next four tokens which
-% would otherwise make \pf{verbatim} continue with reading.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-            \let\pd@tempa\@gobblefour
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% |\next| occurs in the \pf{verbatim} macros. We define it to close
-% the output file, execute the slide, write the remaining part of
-% the line with |\lyxend| to file and read it back in. We need to
-% do this as this content (probably |\lyxslide|) has been sanitized
-% while reading in verbatim mode. We could also use |\scantokens|
-% if we keep in mind that that, just as |\input|, introduces line
-% feeds and end-of-file characters in the input stream which the
-% \pf{verbatim} macros can't handle. Morten H\o gholm proposed the
-% following instead.
-%\begin{example}
-% \documentclass{article}
-% \begin{document}
-% \long\def\ReinsertTokens#1{%
-%   \begingroup\endlinechar=-1\everyeof{}%
-%   \scantokens{\def\next{\endgroup#1}}\next
-% }
-% \ReinsertTokens{\begin{verbatim}}
-% test
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \end{document}
-%\end{example}
-% We don't use that here as we don't want to force the use of
-% $\varepsilon$-\TeX\ at this moment. Instead, we read back exactly
-% one line via an input stream and execute that.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-            \def\next{%
-              \endgroup\immediate\closeout\@inputcheck
-              \let\verbatim@processline\pd@orig@verbatim@processline
-              \pd@slide\endgroup
-              \immediate\openout\@inputcheck\jobname.vrb\relax
-              \immediate\write\@inputcheck{\pd@lyxrem}%
-              \immediate\closeout\@inputcheck
-              \immediate\openin\@inputcheck\jobname.vrb\relax
-              \immediate\read\@inputcheck to\pd@tempa
-              \immediate\closein\@inputcheck\pd@tempa
-            }%
-          \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Write a line of the body to file.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-            \immediate\write\@inputcheck{\the\verbatim@line}%
-            \let\pd@tempa\relax
-          \fi
-          \pd@tempa
-        }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Start the verbatim reading.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-        \begingroup\let\do\@makeother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M\active
-        \verbatim@start
-      }%
-    \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% This is the |direct| method, similar as before.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \pd@deloverlays
-      \let\pd@tempa\pd@sl@de
-      \def\lyxend{%
-        \end{pd@minipage}\end{lrbox}%
-        \ifx\pd@@textpos\@empty\else
-          \rput[\pd@@texthook](\pd@@textpos){\usebox\pd@textbox}%
-        \fi
-        \endgroup
-      }%
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \pd@tempa
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxget@args@ndbody}
-% \meta{body}|\lyxend|\\
-% Collect material until |\lyxend|, save that in the token register
-% and start processing the slide, if necessary.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def\pd@lyxget@rgs@ndbody#1\lyxend{%
-  \pd@body{#1}%
-  \ifpd@display\pd@slide\fi
-  \endgroup
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\begingroup\lccode`\!`\\\lowercase{\endgroup
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxget@args@ndb@dy}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxget@args@ndb@dy}
-% These macros check if |\lyxend| occurs in the input line (in
-% sanitize version) and if so, if it occurs on the first character.
-% That allows for including |\lyxend| somewhere in the line, for
-% instance, in a verbatim text.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@lyxget@rgs@ndb@dy{%
-  \@expandtwoargs\in@{!lyxend}{\the\verbatim@line}%
-  \ifin@\expandafter\pd@lyxget@rgs@ndb@d@\the\verbatim@line\@nil\fi
-}
-\def\pd@lyxget@rgs@ndb@d@#1!lyxend#2\@nil{%
-  \ifx\@empty#1\@empty\gdef\pd@lyxrem{#2}\else\in@false\fi
-}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\lyxend}
-% This macro acts mainly as delimiter and doesn't need to be defined
-% but we do it anyway as to make it harmless when there is a superfluous
-% one in the file.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\lyxend{}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\lyxnote}
-% \begin{macro}{\lyxslide}
-% \begin{macro}{\lyxwideslide}
-% \begin{macro}{\lyxemptyslide}
-% These create the standard available templates. Any template can be
-% supported for \LyX\ in this way.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxnote{note}
-\pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxslide{slide}
-\pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxwideslide{wideslide}
-\pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxemptyslide{emptyslide}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Solved \texttt{itemize} and \pf{frenchb} problem}
-% Some compatibility things. We don't want \pf{frenchb} from
-% \pf{babel} to redefine the |itemize| environment.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
-  \@expandtwoargs\in@{,frenchb.ldf,}{,\@filelist,}%
-  \ifin@
-    \let\bbl@frenchindent\relax
-    \let\bbl@frenchitemize\relax
-    \let\bbl@frenchlistspacing\relax
-  \fi
-}
-\ifnum\pd@mode=\z@
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\label}
-% \begin{macro}{\label@in@display}
-% \marg{name}\\
-% We redefine these two macros (|\AtBeginDocument| for \pf{nameref}).
-% For the current slide, we put all label names in a list. If the name
-% reappears, we don't issue the original command anymore. This is necessary
-% to avoid writing the same label multiple times because of overlays.
-% This disables the check for multiply defined labels inside slides,
-% but leaves this system in place over multiple slides. The latter
-% macro is used in \pf{amsmath}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \AtBeginDocument{%
-    \let\pd@orig@label\label
-    \def\label{\pd@label\pd@orig@label}%
-    \let\pd@orig@label@in@display\label@in@display
-    \def\label@in@display{\pd@label\pd@orig@label@in@display}%
-  }
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@label}
-% \meta{label-macro}\marg{name}\\
-% Helper macro that checks reappearance of labels on slides.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \def\pd@label#1#2{%
-    \@expandtwoargs\in@{,#2,}{,\pd@labels,}%
-    \ifin@\else
-      \global\XKV@addtolist@x\pd@labels{#2}%
-      #1{#2}%
-    \fi
-  }
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% No overlays in print of handout mode.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\else\pd@deloverlays\let\pd@pdftrans\relax\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% For handout mode, we make some redefinitions.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifnum\pd@mode=2
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@newpage}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@n@wpage}
-% Alternate between making a |\newpage| and not. This results in
-% two slides per page.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@n@wpage{%
-  \gdef\pd@newpage{%
-    \global\let\pd@newpage\pd@n@wpage
-    \newpage
-  }%
-}
-\let\pd@newpage\pd@n@wpage
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@get@rgsandbody}
-% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Added \cs{@currentlabel} definition}
-% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Made body text \cs{raggedright}}
-% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Fixed \LyX\ handout mode}
-% The new slide environment.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@get@rgsandbody#1[#2]#3{%
-  \setkeys[pd]{glslide,slide}{#2}%
-  \def\pd@t@tle{#3}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Determine to include this slide or not.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \def\pd@tempa{note}%
-  \let\pd@resa\@currenvir
-  \pd@displaytrue
-  \ifcase\pd@display
-    \ifx\pd@resa\pd@tempa\relax\pd@displayfalse\fi
-  \or
-    \ifx\pd@resa\pd@tempa\else\pd@displayfalse\fi
-  \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% No bookmarks or targets for notes.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \ifx\pd@resa\pd@tempa\else
-    \stepcounter{slide}%
-    \edef\@currentlabel{\the\c@slide}%
-    \let\pd@tempb\@empty
-    \pd@maketocbm0%
-    \hyper@anchorstart{slide.\the\c@slide}\hyper@anchorend
-  \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% For \LyX\ handout mode. Reset it immediately to avoid any problems
-% with superfluous occurrences of |\lyxend|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \gdef\lyxend{\gdef\lyxend{}\pd@slide}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The |lrbox| will typeset and capture content. This allows for
-% verbatim on slides.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \begin{lrbox}\pd@textbox
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% $16=2\times7+2\times1$.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \@tempdima\linewidth
-    \advance\@tempdima-16pt
-    \begin{minipage}\@tempdima
-    \subsection*\pd@t@tle
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% This |\pd@displaytrue| only acts locally to make sure that |\endslide|
-% is executed.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \pd@displaytrue\raggedright
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxget@rgsandbody}
-% In \LyX\ handout mode, we start making slides in the same way as in
-% \LaTeX\ handout mode, but in |\pd@get@rgsandbody|, we need to make
-% |\lyxend| to finish the slide boxes which is normally done by
-% |\end{slide}| (or friends).
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\pd@lyxget@rgsandbody\pd@get@rgsandbody
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@slide}
-% This creates the slide, if necessary.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@slide{%
-  \end{minipage}\end{lrbox}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% If this slide should be visible, include it in a frame.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-  \ifpd@display
-    \psframebox[framesep=7pt,linewidth=1pt]{\usebox\pd@textbox}%
-    \par\smallskip
-    \pd@@lf\hfill\ifx\pd@@rf\@empty\else\pd@@rf\ -- \fi
-    \def\pd@tempa{note}%
-    \ifx\pd@resa\pd@tempa
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Determine if this is another note with the same slide.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \ifnum\c@slide=\pd@notet
-        \stepcounter{note}%
-      \else
-        \setcounter{note}{1}%
-      \fi
-      \xdef\pd@notet{\the\c@slide}%
-      \thenote
-    \else\theslide\fi
-    \par\bigskip
-    \ifpd@@nopagebreaks\else\vfill\pd@newpage\fi
-  \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@maketitle}
-% Uses the original \pf{article} |\maketitle| and puts the table of
-% contents below it.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@maketitle[#1]{%
-  \pd@orig@maketitle
-  \vskip50pt
-  \pd@puttoc0%
-  \newpage
-  \stepcounter{slide}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdcontentsline}
-% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Solved toc bug in handout mode}
-% \marg{type}\marg{target}\marg{title}\\
-% Make table of contents entries.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@pdcontentsline#1#2#3{%
-  \ifnum#1=\z@
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Slide.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \ifnum\@tempcntb>\z@\hskip15pt\fi
-    \hyperlink{slide.#2}{#3}%
-    \leaders\hbox{\hss.\ \hss}\hfill#2\par
-  \else
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Section.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \if@tempswa\else\vskip10pt\fi
-    \hyperlink{slide.#2}{\bfseries#3}%
-    {\hfill\bfseries#2}\par
-    \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne
-  \fi
-  \@tempswafalse
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@section}
-% \oarg{options}\marg{title}\\
-% Like before, but simplified.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@section[#1]#2{%
-  \begingroup
-    \setkeys*[pd]{section}{#1}%
-    \setrmkeys*[pd]{slide}%
-    \def\pd@tempa{%
-      \stepcounter{slide}%
-      \def\pd@t@tle{#2}%
-      \pd@maketocbm\pd@tempb
-      \hyper@anchorstart{slide.\the\c@slide}\hyper@anchorend
-      \pd@orig@section*{#2\normalfont\hfill\theslide}%
-    }%
-    \ifnum\pd@display=\@ne\ifpd@@slide\stepcounter{slide}\fi\else
-      \ifnum\pd@tempb=\z@
-        \ifpd@@slide\pd@tempa\fi
-      \else
-        \stepcounter{pd@section}%
-        \pd@tempa
-        \ifpd@@slide\else\addtocounter{slide}\m@ne\fi
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \endgroup
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% End of handout mode specific definitions.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Here follow some miscellaneous utility macros.
-% \begin{macro}{\@nameedef}
-% \marg{csname}\\
-% Similar as |\@namedef|, but uses |\edef| to define the command with
-% name \meta{csname}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@nameedef#1{\expandafter\edef\csname#1\endcsname}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@namelet}
-% \marg{cs1}\marg{cs2}\\
-% Copy the replacement text of macro with name \meta{cs2} to the macro
-% with name \meta{cs1}. We use a private version as |\@namelet| has
-% many conflicting definitions is different packages.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@namelet#1#2{%
-  \expandafter\let\csname#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname#2\endcsname
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@pop}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@p@p}
-% \meta{list}\meta{cmd}
-% Remove the first element of a comma separated \meta{list} and store
-% that in \meta{cmd}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@pop#1#2{%
-  \@expandtwoargs\in@{,}{#1}%
-  \ifin@\expandafter\pd@p@p#1\@nil#2#1\else\let#2#1\let#1\@empty\fi
-}
-\def\pd@p@p#1,#2\@nil#3#4{\def#3{#1}\def#4{#2}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@maxdim}
-% \marg{dim1}\marg{dim2}\\
-% Compute the maximum of two dimensions.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@maxdim#1#2{\ifdim#1>#2#1\else#2\fi}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@minipage}
-% \begin{macro}{\endpd@minipage}
-% Adapted version of the |minipage| environment to do normal footnote
-% typesetting.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\pd@minipage{%
-  \leavevmode
-  \@pboxswfalse
-  \setlength\@tempdima\pd@@textwidth
-  \def\@mpargs{{t}{\pd@@textheight}[t]{\pd@@textwidth}}%
-  \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup
-    \color@begingroup
-      \hsize\@tempdima
-      \textwidth\hsize
-      \columnwidth\hsize
-      \@parboxrestore
-      \let\@footnotetext\@mpfootnotetext
-      \let\@listdepth\@mplistdepth
-      \@mplistdepth\z@
-      \@minipagerestore
-      \@setminipage
-}
-\def\endpd@minipage{%
-    \par
-    \unskip
-    \ifvoid\@mpfootins\else
-      \vfill
-      \normalcolor
-      \footnoterule
-      \unvbox\@mpfootins
-    \fi
-    \@minipagefalse
-  \color@endgroup
-  \egroup
-  \expandafter\@iiiparbox\@mpargs{\unvbox\@tempboxa}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\pd@orig@verbatim@processline}
-% Backup of |\verbatim@processline| for restoring after verbatim
-% reading of the body of a slide.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\pd@orig@verbatim@processline\verbatim@processline
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\psds@ocircle}
-% \begin{macro}{\psds@osquare}
-% Two macros for open circle and open square dots by Herbert Vo\ss.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\psds@ocircle{\pst@gdot{ 0 0 DS 0 360 arc stroke }}
-\def\psds@osquare{%
-  \pst@gdot{
-    DS .886 mul /r ED
-    r r moveto r r neg L r neg r neg L r neg r L
-    closepath stroke }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% Load style.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\IfFileExists{powerdot-\pd@@style.sty}{
-  \RequirePackage{powerdot-\pd@@style}
-}{
-  \pd@error{unknown style `\pd@@style'}
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Check integrity of the style file.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifx\titleslide\@undefined
-  \pd@error{`titleslide' environment
-    not defined by style `\pd@@style'}
-\fi
-\ifx\slide\@undefined
-  \pd@error{`slide' environment not
-    defined by style `\pd@@style'}
-\fi
-\ifx\pd@title\@undefined\let\pd@title\@firstofone\fi
-\ifx\pd@slidetitle\@undefined\let\pd@slidetitle\@firstofone\fi
-\ifx\pd@sectiontitle\@undefined\let\pd@sectiontitle\@firstofone\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Define the standard ways to make toc entries and highlighted entries.
-% We do this here so that designers could use |\newcommand| or |\def|
-% in the style file.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifx\pd@tocdisplay\@undefined
-  \def\pd@tocdisplay#1{%
-    \hskip\@tempdima
-    \begin{minipage}[b]\@tempdimb
-      \pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@toctcolor#1%
-    \end{minipage}%
-  }
-\fi
-\ifx\pd@tochighlight\@undefined
-  \def\pd@tochighlight#1{%
-    \psframebox*[framesep=\pd@@tocfrsep,%
-      fillcolor=\pd@@tochlcolor,boxsep=false]{%
-      \hskip\@tempdima
-      \begin{minipage}[b]\@tempdimb
-        \pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@tochltcolor#1%
-      \end{minipage}%
-    }%
-  }
-\fi
-\ifx\pd@tocslide\@undefined\let\pd@tocslide\@firstofone\fi
-\ifx\pd@tocsection\@undefined\let\pd@tocsection\@firstofone\fi
-%</powerdot>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \Finale
-% \endinput
-%
-%<*pddefault>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-default}[2005/12/10 v1.4 default style (HA)]
-\RequirePackage{pifont}
-\definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.17,.31,.44}
-\definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.75,.85,.92}
-\definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.9,.95,.98}
-\pddefinepalettes{blue}{}{red}{
-  \colorlet{pdcolor1}{pdcolor1>wheel,150}
-  \colorlet{pdcolor2}{pdcolor2>wheel,150}
-  \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,150}
-}{green}{
-  \colorlet{pdcolor1}{pdcolor1>wheel,290}
-  \colorlet{pdcolor2}{pdcolor2>wheel,290}
-  \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,290}
-}{yellow}{
-  \colorlet{pdcolor1}{pdcolor1>wheel,-150}
-  \colorlet{pdcolor2}{pdcolor2>wheel,-150}
-  \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,-150}
-}{brown}{
-  \colorlet{pdcolor1}{pdcolor1>wheel,180}
-  \colorlet{pdcolor2}{pdcolor2>wheel,180}
-  \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,180}
-}{purple}{
-  \colorlet{pdcolor1}{pdcolor1>wheel,45}
-  \colorlet{pdcolor2}{pdcolor2>wheel,45}
-  \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,45}
-}
-\newbox\pd@imagebox
-\pdifsetup{landscape}{
-  \sbox\pd@imagebox{\includegraphics[trim=50 20 0 20,clip,%
-    width=.17\slidewidth,height=.1\slideheight]{powerdot-default.ps}%
-  }
-}{
-  \sbox\pd@imagebox{\includegraphics[trim=170 0 80 0,clip,%
-    height=.1\slideheight]{powerdot-default.ps}%
-  }
-}
-\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
-  titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,
-  clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
-  lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering,
-  textheight=.6\slideheight
-}{%
-  \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3,linewidth=0pt]%
-    (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,0)%
-  \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1]%
-    (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.8\slideheight)%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
-  titlepos={.2\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
-  titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.68\slideheight,
-  titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedright,
-  clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
-  lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  tocslidesep=.6ex,
-  toctcolor=pdcolor1,
-  tochlcolor=pdcolor1,
-  tochltcolor=pdcolor3,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
-    tocsecsep=.6ex,
-    stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
-    stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
-    ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    textpos={.2\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.75\slidewidth
-}{%
-  \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3,linewidth=0pt]%
-    (0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
-  \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=0pt]%
-    (0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
-  \rput[tl](0,\slideheight){\usebox\pd@imagebox}%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
-  textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.9\slidewidth
-}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-    tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
-    tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]%
-      (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}
-}{%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-    \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor3,linestyle=none,%
-      linewidth=0pt](0,.9\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
-  }{}%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
-  titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,
-    titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}
-}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
-  titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
-  titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,
-  titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}
-}{}
-\setkeys[pd]{section}{
-  sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide
-}
-\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
-\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}}
-\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}}
-\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}}
-\pdsetup{
-  list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
-}
-\def\rmdefault{cmss}
-%</pddefault>
-%
-%<*pdtycja>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-tycja}[2005/12/10 v1.4 tycja style (HA)]
-\RequirePackage{pifont}
-\RequirePackage{pst-grad}
-\pddefinepalettes{default}{
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.09,.27,.47}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.81,.42}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{1,.97,.84}
-}
-\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
-  lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  lffont=\scriptsize\color{pdcolor3},
-  cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  cffont=\scriptsize\color{pdcolor3},
-  rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  rffont=\scriptsize\color{pdcolor3},
-  clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockhook=tl,clockalign=0,
-  clockpos={0,\slideheight},
-  tocslidesep=.6ex,
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    textheight=.66\slideheight,
-    toctcolor=pdcolor1,
-    tochlcolor=pdcolor1,
-    tochltcolor=pdcolor3,
-    tocpos={.845\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},
-    tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
-    tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]%
-      (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)},
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    toctcolor=pdcolor3,
-    tochlcolor=pdcolor3,
-    tochltcolor=pdcolor1,
-    tocsecsep=.6ex,
-    textheight=.68\slideheight,
-    stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
-    stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
-    ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}
-}{%
-  \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-  \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor1](0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
-  \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1]%
-    (0,.85\slideheight)(.1\slidewidth,.85\slideheight)%
-    (.1\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{
-  titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,texthook=t,
-  textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.75\slidewidth,textfont=\centering,
-  textheight=.55\slideheight,
-  ifsetup=landscape,tocpos,ifsetup=portrait,stocpos,ntocpos
-}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
-  titlehook=Br,titlepos={.81\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
-  titlewidth=.76\slidewidth,titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedleft,
-  textpos={.12\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},textwidth=.67\slidewidth,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    titlepos={.9\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},titlewidth=.88\slidewidth,
-    textwidth=.76\slidewidth
-}{%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-    \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
-      gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=1,linewidth=0pt]%
-      (\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.83\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-  }{%
-    \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
-      gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=1,linewidth=0pt]%
-      (\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.92\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-  }%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
-  titlehook=Br,titlepos={.81\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
-  titlewidth=.76\slidewidth,titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedleft,
-  textpos={.12\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},textwidth=.84\slidewidth,
-  ifsetup=landscape,tocpos,ifsetup=portrait,
-    titlepos={.9\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},titlewidth=.88\slidewidth,
-}{%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-    \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
-      gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=1,linewidth=0pt]%
-      (\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.83\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-    \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]%
-      (.79\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
-  }{%
-    \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
-      gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=1,linewidth=0pt]%
-      (\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.92\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-    \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]%
-      (.9\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
-  }%
-  \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1]%
-    (0,.85\slideheight)(.1\slidewidth,.85\slideheight)%
-    (.1\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
-  titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    titlepos={.455\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.67\slidewidth,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.76\slidewidth
-}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
-  titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
-  titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-  titlewidth=.76\slidewidth
-}{}
-\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
-\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
-\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}}
-\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}}
-\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}}
-\pdsetup{
-  list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
-}
-\def\rmdefault{cmss}
-%</pdtycja>
-%
-%<*pdikeda>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-ikeda}[2005/12/10 v1.4 ikeda style (CE,HA)]
-\RequirePackage{calc}
-\RequirePackage{pifont}
-\pddefinepalettes{default}{
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.941,.98,1}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.435,.031,.165}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.051,.094,.29}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.051,.329,.29}
-}
-\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
-  titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
-  clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
-  textpos={.13\slidewidth,.7\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.75\slidewidth,
-  textfont=\centering,
-  textheight=.56\slideheight
-}{%
-  \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,0)%
-  \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]%
-    (.05\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)(.95\slidewidth,.05\slideheight)%
-  \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1,linewidth=.01]%
-    (.1\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.1\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
-  \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1,linewidth=.01]%
-    (.9\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.9\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
-  \pspolygon[linestyle=none,fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
-    hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
-    (.1\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.25\slidewidth,.07\slideheight)%
-    (.5\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.75\slidewidth,.13\slideheight)%
-    (.9\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
-  \pspolygon[linestyle=none,fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
-    hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
-    (.1\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)(.25\slidewidth,.93\slideheight)%
-    (.5\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)(.75\slidewidth,.87\slideheight)%
-    (.9\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
-  titlehook=Bc,titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,
-  clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
-  tocslidesep=.6ex,
-  toctcolor=pdcolor1,
-  tochlcolor=pdcolor3,
-  tochltcolor=pdcolor1,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    tocsecsep=.6ex,
-    textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
-    lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.025\slideheight},
-    cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.025\slideheight},
-    rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.025\slideheight},
-    stochook=tr,stocpos={.47\slidewidth,.15\slideheight},
-    stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
-    ntocpos={.53\slidewidth,.15\slideheight},
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    textpos={.2\slidewidth,.84\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.75\slidewidth,
-    lfpos={.19\slidewidth,.025\slideheight},
-    cfpos={.58\slidewidth,.025\slideheight},
-    rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.025\slideheight}
-}{%
-  \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
-    titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.92\slideheight},
-    tocpos={.01\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-    tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
-    tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor3](-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)},
-    textheight=.72\slideheight,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.88\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.95\slidewidth,
-    textheight=.64\slideheight
-}{{%
-  \psset{linestyle=none}%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-    \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(.16\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-    \setlength\@tempdima{.16\slidewidth-.4cm}%
-    \setlength\@tempdimb{.97\slideheight-.8cm}%
-    \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]%
-      (.16\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(\@tempdima,\@tempdimb)%
-    \setlength\@tempdima{.16\slidewidth+.4cm}%
-    \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2]%
-      (.16\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(\@tempdima,\@tempdimb)%
-    \pspolygon[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor3]%
-      (0,.935\slideheight)(.02\slidewidth,.945\slideheight)%
-      (.065\slidewidth,.935\slideheight)(.11\slidewidth,.925\slideheight)%
-      (.13\slidewidth,.935\slideheight)%
-    \pspolygon[fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
-      hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
-      (.185\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.335\slidewidth,.06\slideheight)%
-      (.58\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)%
-    \pspolygon[fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
-      hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
-      (.58\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.825\slidewidth,.06\slideheight)%
-      (.975\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)%
-  }{%
-    \pspolygon[fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
-      hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
-      (.02\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)%
-      (.5\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)%
-    \pspolygon[fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
-      hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
-      (.5\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)(.82\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)%
-      (.98\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)%
-    \pd@ikedapbg
-  }%
-}}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
-  lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.025\slideheight},
-  cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.025\slideheight},
-  titlewidth=.95\slidewidth,
-  textwidth=.95\slidewidth,
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.88\slideheight},
-    textpos={.025\slidewidth,.84\slideheight},
-    textheight=.72\slideheight,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.92\slideheight},
-    textpos={.025\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
-    textheight=.68\slideheight
-}{{%
-  \psset{linestyle=none}%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-    \pspolygon[fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
-      hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
-      (.02\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)%
-      (.5\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)%
-    \pspolygon[fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
-      hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
-      (.5\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)(.83\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)%
-      (.98\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)%
-    \pspolygon[fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
-      hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
-      (.02\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.06\slideheight)%
-      (.5\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)%
-    \pspolygon[fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
-      hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]%
-      (.5\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.83\slidewidth,.06\slideheight)%
-      (.98\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)%
-  }\pd@ikedapbg
-}}
-\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
-  titlehook=c,titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
-}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
-  titlehook=c,titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,
-  titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-  titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
-}{}
-\def\pd@ikedapbg{%
-  \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(\slidewidth,.17\slideheight)%
-  \pspolygon[fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
-    hatchcolor=pdcolor3,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=1.6pt]%
-    (.05\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.08\slidewidth,.08\slideheight)%
-    (.14\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.20\slidewidth,.12\slideheight)%
-    (.23\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
-  \pspolygon[fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,%
-    hatchcolor=pdcolor3,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=1.6pt]%
-    (.77\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.80\slidewidth,.12\slideheight)%
-    (.86\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.92\slidewidth,.08\slideheight)%
-    (.95\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
-}
-\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
-\def\labelitemi{\color{pdcolor2}\footnotesize\ding{110}}
-\def\labelitemii{\color{pdcolor4}\small\ding{115}}
-\def\labelitemiii{\color{pdcolor2}\tiny\ding{110}}
-\def\labelitemiv{\color{pdcolor4}\tiny\ding{115}}
-\pdsetup{
-  list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
-}
-\def\rmdefault{cmss}
-%</pdikeda>
-%
-%<*pdfyma>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-fyma}[2005/12/10 v1.3 fyma style (SA,HA)]
-\RequirePackage{pst-grad}
-\definecolor{fymahltcolor}{rgb}{1,0,0}
-\pddefinepalettes{blue}{
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.14,.34,.55}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.24,.45,.7}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.88,.95,1}
-}{green}{
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.1,.45,.3}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.24,.7,.45}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.88,1,.9}
-}{gray}{
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{gray}{0.25}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{gray}{0.55}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{gray}{0.85}
-}{brown}{
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.52,.32,.12}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.7,.45,.24}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.97,.92,.92}
-}{orange}{
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.8,.23,.24}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.95,.53,.44}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{1,.92,.87}
-  \definecolor{fymahltcolor}{rgb}{.23,.25,.5}
-}
-\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
-  titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedright,
-  clockpos={.96\slidewidth,.97\slideheight},clockcolor=pdcolor1,
-  tocslidesep=.6ex,
-  toctcolor=pdcolor1,
-  tochlcolor=pdcolor1,
-  tochltcolor=fymahltcolor,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    textheight=.67\slideheight,
-    titlepos={.06\slidewidth,.9\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
-    textpos={.09\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.85\slidewidth,
-    tocsecsep=.6ex,
-    stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.12\slideheight},
-    stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
-    ntochook=tl,ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.12\slideheight},
-    lfpos={.06\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
-    cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
-    rfpos={.94\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    titlepos={.205\slidewidth,.9\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
-    textheight=.72\slideheight,
-    textpos={.23\slidewidth,.82\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.72\slidewidth,
-    lfpos={.04\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
-    cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
-    rfpos={.96\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
-    tocpos={.04\slidewidth,.82\slideheight},
-    tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
-    tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]%
-      (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}
-}{{%
-  \psset{linewidth=.8pt,linecolor=pdcolor2}%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-  \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,%
-    gradend=white,gradmidpoint=0,dimen=outer]%
-    (.03\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(.97\slidewidth,.055\slideheight)%
-  \psline
-    (.02\slidewidth,.055\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.055\slideheight)%
-  \psline
-    (.03\slidewidth,.07\slideheight)(.03\slidewidth,.045\slideheight)%
-  \psline
-    (.97\slidewidth,.07\slideheight)(.97\slidewidth,.045\slideheight)%
-  }{%
-  \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=white,%
-    gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=.85,dimen=outer]%
-    (.03\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(.97\slidewidth,.03\slideheight)%
-  \psline
-    (.02\slidewidth,.03\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.03\slideheight)%
-  \psline
-    (.03\slidewidth,.045\slideheight)(.03\slidewidth,.02\slideheight)%
-  \psline
-    (.97\slidewidth,.045\slideheight)(.97\slidewidth,.02\slideheight)%
-  }%
-  \psline
-    (.02\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)%
-  \psline
-    (.03\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)(.03\slidewidth,.955\slideheight)%
-  \psline
-    (.97\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)(.97\slidewidth,.955\slideheight)%
-}}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{
-  texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering,
-  textheight=.6\slideheight,
-  titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,tocpos,ntocpos,stocpos
-}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{}{%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-  \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,gradend=white,%
-    gradmidpoint=1,linestyle=none,dimen=outer,linewidth=.8pt]%
-    (.03\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(.195\slidewidth,.055\slideheight)%
-  }{}%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
-  ifsetup=landscape,tocpos,
-    titlepos={.055\slidewidth,.9\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
-    textpos={.07\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.83\slidewidth
-}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
-  titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    titlepos={.59\slidewidth,.525\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.5\slidewidth,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.525\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.68\slidewidth
-}{{%
-  \psset{linewidth=.8pt,linecolor=pdcolor2}%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-  \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=white,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]%
-    (.34\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
-  \psline
-    (.33\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)%
-  \psline
-    (.33\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
-  \psline
-    (.34\slidewidth,.635\slideheight)(.34\slidewidth,.66\slideheight)%
-  \psline
-    (.34\slidewidth,.39\slideheight)(.34\slidewidth,.415\slideheight)%
-  }{%
-  \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=white,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]%
-    (.16\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
-  \psline
-    (.15\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)%
-  \psline
-    (.15\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
-  \psline
-    (.16\slidewidth,.635\slideheight)(.16\slidewidth,.66\slideheight)%
-  \psline
-    (.16\slidewidth,.39\slideheight)(.16\slidewidth,.415\slideheight)%
-  }%
-  \psline
-    (.84\slidewidth,.635\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.66\slideheight)%
-  \psline
-    (.84\slidewidth,.39\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.415\slideheight)%
-}}
-\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{%
-  titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
-  titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.525\slideheight},
-  titlewidth=.68\slidewidth
-}{{%
-  \psset{linewidth=.8pt,linecolor=pdcolor2}%
-  \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=white,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]%
-    (.16\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
-  \psline
-    (.15\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)%
-  \psline
-    (.15\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
-  \psline
-    (.16\slidewidth,.635\slideheight)(.16\slidewidth,.66\slideheight)%
-  \psline
-    (.16\slidewidth,.39\slideheight)(.16\slidewidth,.415\slideheight)%
-  \psline
-    (.84\slidewidth,.635\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.66\slideheight)%
-  \psline
-    (.84\slidewidth,.39\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.415\slideheight)%
-}}
-\def\pd@slidetitle#1{%
-  \settowidth\@tempdima{#1}%
-  \ifdim\@tempdima>\pd@@titlewidth\@tempdima\pd@@titlewidth\fi
-  \psline[linewidth=.8pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]%
-    (0,-.15cm)(\@tempdima,-.15cm)%
-  \parbox[b]\pd@@titlewidth{#1}%
-}
-\def\pd@tochighlight#1{%
-  \begin{minipage}[b]\pd@@tocwidth
-    \pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@tochltcolor#1%
-  \end{minipage}%
-}
-\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
-\pdifsetup{landscape}{\def\pd@tocslide#1{{\tiny\ensuremath\bullet} #1}}{}
-\def\labelitemi{\small\ensuremath\bullet}
-\def\labelitemii{\small\ensuremath\circ}
-\def\labelitemiii{\scriptsize\ensuremath\bullet}
-\def\labelitemiv{\scriptsize\ensuremath\circ}
-\pdsetup{
-  list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
-}
-\def\rmdefault{phv}
-\def\sfdefault{phv}
-\def\Hv@scale{.86}
-%</pdfyma>
-%
-%<*pdsimple>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-simple}[2005/12/10 v1.3 simple style (HA)]
-\RequirePackage{pifont}
-\RequirePackage{amssymb}
-\pddefinepalettes{default}{\colorlet{pdcolor1}{black}}
-\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
-  titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedright,
-  clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
-  lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  texthook=tl,textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\tabcolsep0pt,
-  textheight=.66\slideheight
-}{%
-  \psline[linewidth=.8pt](0,.9\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
-  \psline[linewidth=.8pt](0,.1\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
-  titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
-  titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,textheight=.66\slideheight,
-  titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedright,
-  clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
-  lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  tocslidesep=.6ex,textheight=.68\slideheight,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
-    tocsecsep=.6ex,
-    stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
-    stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
-    ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    textpos={.2\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.75\slidewidth
-}{%
-  \psline[linewidth=.8pt](0,.9\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
-  \psline[linewidth=.8pt](0,.1\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
-  textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.9\slidewidth
-}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-    tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
-    tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=gray]%
-      (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}
-}{%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-    \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=black!10,linestyle=none,%
-      linewidth=.8pt](-.01\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
-      (.17\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
-  }{}%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
-  titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
-}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
-  titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
-  titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-  titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
-}{}
-\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
-\def\pd@tochighlight#1{\pd@tocsimple\phantom{#1}}
-\def\pd@tochighlight#1{\pd@tocsimple\@firstofone{#1}}
-\def\pd@tocsimple#1#2{%
-  \@tempdima\pd@@tocwidth
-  \settowidth\@tempdimb{\normalsize\ensuremath\triangleright\hskip1mm}%
-  \advance\@tempdima-\@tempdimb
-  \ifnum\pd@toctype=\@ne\else
-    #1{\normalsize\ensuremath\triangleright\hskip1mm}%
-  \fi
-  \begin{minipage}[b]\@tempdima
-    \pd@usedtocfont#2%
-  \end{minipage}%
-  \ifnum\pd@toctype=\@ne
-    #1{\hskip1mm\normalsize\ensuremath\triangleleft}%
-  \fi
-}
-\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ensuremath\square}
-\def\labelitemii{\small--}
-\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ensuremath\triangleright}
-\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{110}}
-\pdsetup{
-  list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
-}
-\def\rmdefault{cmss}
-%</pdsimple>
-%
-%<*pdciment>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-ciment}[2005/12/10 v1.3 ciment style (HA)]
-\RequirePackage{pifont}
-\pddefinepalettes{default}{
-  \colorlet{pdcolor1}{black}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.7,.1,.1}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.2,.2,.2}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.75,.75,.75}
-}
-\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
-  titlepos={.1\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
-  titlewidth=.85\slidewidth,
-  titlefont=\color{pdcolor2}\large\bfseries\raggedright,
-  clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
-  lfpos={.05\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  lffont=\color{pdcolor3}\scriptsize,
-  cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  cffont=\color{pdcolor3}\scriptsize,
-  rfpos={.95\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  rffont=\color{pdcolor3}\scriptsize,
-  tocslidesep=.6ex,
-  toctcolor=black,
-  tochlcolor=pdcolor2,
-  tochltcolor=white,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textheight=.68\slideheight,
-    tocsecsep=.6ex,
-    stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.13\slideheight},
-    stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
-    ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.13\slideheight},
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    textpos={.2\slidewidth,.85\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.7\slideheight
-}{%
-  \psframe[linewidth=0pt,linestyle=none,fillstyle=hlines,%
-    hatchwidth=.4pt,hatchangle=0,hatchcolor=pdcolor4]%
-    (0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-    \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2](.05\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)%
-      (.95\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)%
-  }{%
-    \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2](.05\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
-      (.95\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
-  }%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{
-  titlefont=\color{pdcolor2}\large\bfseries\centering,
-  texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering,
-  textheight=.6\slideheight,titlepos,
-  ifsetup=portrait,textheight=.53\slideheight
-}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
-  textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.9\slidewidth
-}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-    tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
-    tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]%
-      (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}
-}{%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-    \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor4,linestyle=none,%
-      linewidth=0pt](0,.85\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
-  }{}%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
-  titlehook=c,titlefont=\color{pdcolor2}\Large\bfseries\centering,
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
-}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
-  titlehook=c,titlefont=\color{pdcolor2}\Large\bfseries\centering,
-  titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-  titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
-}{}
-\def\pd@slidetitle#1{%
-  \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,-.15cm)(.85\slidewidth,-.15cm)%
-  \settowidth\@tempdima{#1}%
-  \ifdim\@tempdima>\pd@@titlewidth\@tempdima\pd@@titlewidth\fi
-  \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=2.5pt]%
-    (0,-.15cm)(\@tempdima,-.15cm)%
-  \parbox[b]\pd@@titlewidth{#1}%
-}
-\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
-\pdifsetup{landscape}{\def\pd@tocslide#1{{\tiny\ding{226}}#1}}{}
-\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
-\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}}
-\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}}
-\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}}
-\pdsetup{
-  list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
-}
-\def\rmdefault{cmss}
-%</pdciment>
-%
-%<*pdelcolors>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-elcolors}[2005/12/10 v1.3 elcolors style (HA)]
-\RequirePackage{pifont}
-\pddefinepalettes{default}{
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.17,.31,.44}
-  \colorlet{pdcolor2}{yellow!10}
-  \colorlet{pdcolor3}{red!10}
-  \colorlet{pdcolor4}{blue!10}
-  \colorlet{pdcolor5}{rgb,2:pdcolor2,1;pdcolor3,1}
-  \colorlet{pdcolor6}{rgb,2:pdcolor2,1;pdcolor4,1}
-}
-\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
-  titlepos={.95\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},titlehook=Br,
-  titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.68\slideheight,
-  titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedleft,
-  clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockhook=tl,clockalign=0,
-  clockpos={0,\slideheight},
-  lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  tocslidesep=.6ex,
-  toctcolor=pdcolor1,
-  tochlcolor=pdcolor1,
-  tochltcolor=pdcolor4,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
-    tocsecsep=.6ex,
-    stochook=tr,stocpos={.42\slidewidth,.13\slideheight},
-    stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
-    ntocpos={.46\slidewidth,.13\slideheight},
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    textpos={.2\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.68\slidewidth
-}{{%
-  \psset{linewidth=0pt}%
-  \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]%
-    (0,0)(.44\slidewidth,.14\slideheight)%
-  \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]%
-    (\slidewidth,\slideheight)(.56\slidewidth,.86\slideheight)%
-  \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2]%
-    (.09\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.91\slidewidth,.91\slideheight)%
-  \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor5]%
-    (.09\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.44\slidewidth,.14\slideheight)%
-  \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor5]%
-    (.91\slidewidth,.91\slideheight)(.56\slidewidth,.86\slideheight)%
-}}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{
-  titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,
-  lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.76\slidewidth,textfont=\centering,
-  textheight=.55\slideheight
-}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
-  textpos={.12\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.76\slidewidth
-}{}
-\pdifsetup{portrait}{%
-  \pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{slide}{}{}%
-}{%
-  \pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
-    tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-    tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
-    tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]%
-      (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}
-  }{%
-    \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor4,linewidth=0pt]%
-      (0,\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)%
-    \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor6,linewidth=0pt]%
-      (.09\slidewidth,.91\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)%
-  }
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
-  titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    titlepos={.54\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.68\slidewidth,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.76\slidewidth
-}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
-  titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
-  titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-  titlewidth=.76\slidewidth
-}{}
-\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
-\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
-\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}}
-\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}}
-\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}}
-\pdsetup{
-  list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
-}
-\def\rmdefault{cmss}
-%</pdelcolors>
-%
-%<*pdaggie>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-aggie}[2005/12/10 v1.3 aggie style (JS,HA)]
-\RequirePackage{times}
-\RequirePackage{pifont}
-\RequirePackage{pst-grad}
-\pddefinepalettes{default}{
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.17,.31,.44}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.51,.13,.16}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.96,.94,.89}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.89,.85,.69}
-}
-\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
-  titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering,
-  clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
-  lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  lffont=\tiny,cffont=\tiny,rffont=\tiny,
-  texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.65\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering,
-  textheight=.5\slideheight,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    textheight=.55\slideheight,
-    lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
-    cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
-    rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}
-}{%
-  \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3,linewidth=0pt]%
-    (0,.85\slideheight)(\slidewidth,0)%
-  \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2]%
-    (0,.85\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.85\slideheight)%
-  \psellipse[linestyle=solid,linecolor=pdcolor2,fillstyle=solid,%
-    fillcolor=pdcolor4](.5\slidewidth,0)(.7\slidewidth,.1\slidewidth)%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
-  titlepos={.2\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
-  titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.66\slideheight,
-  titlefont=\Large\sl\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\raggedright,
-  lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
-  lffont=\tiny,cffont=\tiny,rffont=\tiny,
-  tocslidesep=.8ex,
-  textheight=.74\slideheight,
-  toctcolor=pdcolor1,
-  tochlcolor=pdcolor2,
-  tochltcolor=white,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
-    cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
-    rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
-    textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
-    tocsecsep=.8ex,
-    stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
-    stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
-    ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    textpos={.2\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.75\slidewidth
-}{%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
-  textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
-  ifsetup=portrait,textheight=.7\slideheight
-}{%
-  \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,%
-    gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90,linewidth=0pt]%
-    (0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
-  \pd@aggiebg
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-    tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
-    tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]%
-      (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)},
-  ifsetup=portrait,textheight=.7\slideheight
-}{%
-  \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,gradend=white,%
-    gradmidpoint=0,linestyle=none,linewidth=0pt]%
-    (0,.9\slideheight)(.25\slidewidth,.075\slideheight)%
-  \psellipse*[linecolor=white](.25\slidewidth,.6\slideheight)%
-    (.075\slidewidth,.7\slideheight)%
-  \pd@aggiebg
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
-  titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering,
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
-}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
-  titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering,
-  titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-  titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
-}{}
-\def\pd@aggiebg{%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-    \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor4](0,0)(\slidewidth,.075\slideheight)%
-    \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=.5pt]%
-      (0,.075\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.075\slideheight)%
-  }{%
-    \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor4](0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
-    \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=.5pt]%
-      (0,.1\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
-  }%
-}
-\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
-\def\pd@tocslide#1{\ding{118}\,#1}
-\def\labelitemi{\color{pdcolor2}\footnotesize\ding{108}}
-\def\labelitemii{\color{pdcolor2}\small\ding{70}}
-\def\labelitemiii{\color{pdcolor2}\tiny\ding{110}}
-\def\labelitemiv{\color{pdcolor2}\tiny\ding{117}}
-\pdsetup{
-  list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
-}
-\renewcommand\familydefault{\sfdefault}
-%</pdaggie>
-%
-%<*pdhusky>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-husky}[2005/12/10 v1.3 husky style (JS,HA)]
-\RequirePackage{times}
-\RequirePackage{pifont}
-\RequirePackage{pst-grad}
-\pddefinepalettes{default}{
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.03,0,.29}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.75,0,0}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.92,.92,.92}
-}
-\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
-  titlefont=\Large\rmfamily\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering,
-  clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
-  lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  lffont=\tiny\color{white},
-  cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  cffont=\tiny\color{white},
-  rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  rffont=\tiny\color{white},
-  texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.75\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering,
-  textheight=.66\slideheight,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    textheight=.63\slideheight,
-    lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
-    cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
-    rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
-}{{%
-  \psset{linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor3}%
-  \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.385\slideheight)%
-    (.6\slidewidth,\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-    (\slidewidth,.57\slideheight)%
-  \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.25\slideheight)%
-    (.15\slidewidth,\slideheight)(.5\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-    (\slidewidth,.35\slideheight)%
-  \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
-    (0,.65\slideheight)(0,\slideheight)(.01\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-    (\slidewidth,.225\slideheight)%
-  \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.07\slideheight)%
-    (0,.25\slideheight)(0,.535\slideheight)%
-    (\slidewidth,.13\slideheight)%
-  \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
-    gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90](0,.9\slideheight)%
-    (\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
-  \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
-    gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90](0,.893\slideheight)%
-    (\slidewidth,.893\slideheight)%
-  \pd@huskybg
-}}
-\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
-  titlepos={.2\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
-  titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.66\slideheight,
-  titlefont=\Large\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\raggedright,
-  clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
-  lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  lffont=\tiny\color{white},
-  cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  cffont=\tiny\color{white},
-  rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  rffont=\tiny\color{white},
-  tocslidesep=.8ex,
-  toctcolor=black,
-  tochlcolor=pdcolor2,
-  tochltcolor=white,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    toctcolor=white,
-    tochlcolor=black,
-    titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
-    lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
-    cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
-    rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
-    textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight},
-    textheight=.73\slideheight,
-    textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
-    tocsecsep=.8ex,
-    stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
-    stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
-    ntochook=tl,ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
-    ntocfont=\tiny\raggedright,
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    textpos={.2\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.75\slidewidth,
-    textheight=.74\slideheight,
-}{{%
-  \psset{linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor3}%
-  \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.385\slideheight)%
-    (.6\slidewidth,\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-    (\slidewidth,.57\slideheight)%
-  \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.25\slideheight)%
-    (.15\slidewidth,\slideheight)(.5\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-    (\slidewidth,.35\slideheight)%
-  \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
-    (0,.65\slideheight)(0,\slideheight)(.01\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-    (\slidewidth,.225\slideheight)%
-  \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.07\slideheight)%
-    (0,.25\slideheight)(0,.535\slideheight)%
-    (\slidewidth,.13\slideheight)%
-  \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
-    gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90](0,.9\slideheight)%
-    (\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
-  \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
-    gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90](0,.893\slideheight)%
-    (\slidewidth,.893\slideheight)%
-  \pd@huskybg
-}}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
-  textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-    titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}
-}{%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-    tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
-    tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]%
-      (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)},
-}{%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-    \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=white,%
-      gradend=black,gradmidpoint=.5](.175\slidewidth,.12\slideheight)%
-      (.18\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)%
-   }{%
-    \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=white,%
-      gradend=black,gradmidpoint=.25](.025\slidewidth,.12\slideheight)%
-      (.025\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-   }%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
-  titlehook=c,
-  titlefont=\LARGE\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering,
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
-}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
-  titlehook=c,
-  titlefont=\LARGE\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering,
-  titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-  titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
-}{}
-\def\pd@huskybg{%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-    \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=0pt]%
-      (0,0)(\slidewidth,.075\slideheight)%
-    \psline[linecolor=black,linewidth=1pt]%
-      (0,.075\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.075\slideheight)%
-  }{%
-    \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=0pt]%
-      (0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
-    \psline[linecolor=black,linewidth=1pt]%
-      (0,.1\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
-  }%
-}
-\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
-\def\pd@tocslide#1{\ding{118}\,#1}
-\def\labelitemi{\color{pdcolor2}\footnotesize\ding{108}}
-\def\labelitemii{\color{pdcolor2}\small\ding{70}}
-\def\labelitemiii{\color{pdcolor2}\tiny\ding{110}}
-\def\labelitemiv{\color{pdcolor2}\tiny\ding{117}}
-\pdsetup{
-  list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
-}
-\renewcommand\familydefault{\sfdefault}
-%</pdhusky>
-%
-%<*pdsailor>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-sailor}[2005/12/10 v1.3 sailor style (MH,HA)]
-\RequirePackage{calc}
-\RequirePackage{amssymb}
-\RequirePackage{pst-grad}
-\pddefinepalettes{Sea}{% Sea sailor (default)
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.141,.188,.235}    % Dark blue      #24303C
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.298,.392,.490}    % Medium blue    #4C647D
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.522,.592,.647}    % Light blue     #8597A5
-  \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.8627,.8941,.9255} % Lighter blue   #DCE4EC
-}{River}{% River variant
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.141,.235,.192}    % Dark green     #243C31
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.298,.490,.404}    % Medium green   #4C7D67
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.522,.647,.592}    % Light green    #85A597
-  \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.8627,.9255,.8980} % Lighter green  #DCECE5
-}{Wine}{% Wine variant
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.235,.141,.161}    % Dark red       #3C2429
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.490,.298,.337}    % Medium red     #7D4C56
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.647,.522,.545}    % Light red      #A5858B
-  \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.9255,.8627,.8745} % Lighter red    #ECDCDF
-}{Chocolate}{% Chocolate variant
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.235,.212,.141}    % Dark brown     #3C3624
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.490,.443,.298}    % Medium brown   #7D714C
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.647,.616,.522}    % Light brown    #A59D85
-  \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.9255,.9098,.8627} % Lighter brown  #ECE8DC
-}{Cocktail}{% Cocktail variant
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.180,.141,.235}    % Dark violet    #2E243C
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.380,.298,.490}    % Medium violet  #614C7D
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.576,.522,.647}    % Light violet   #9385A5
-  \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.8902,.8627,.9255} % Lighter violet #E3DCEC
-}
-\pddefinetemplate{basic}{%
-  texthook=tl,
-  titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{white}\raggedleft,
-  clockhook=tl,clockpos={0,\slideheight},clockalign=0,
-  iacolor=pdcolor3,
-  toctcolor=pdcolor3,
-  tochlcolor=white,
-  tochltcolor=pdcolor1,
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    lfpos={.02\slidewidth,.02\slideheight},
-    cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.02\slideheight},
-    rfpos={.98\slidewidth,.02\slideheight},
-    tocsecsep=2.5ex,
-    tocslidesep=1.2ex,
-    tocslideindent=1ex,
-    tocpos={.01\slidewidth,.8\slideheight},
-    tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
-    tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]%
-      (-.05,-.05)(.14\slidewidth,-.05)},
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    lfpos={.02\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
-    cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
-    rfpos={.98\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
-    tocsecsep=.1ex,
-    tocslidesep=.1ex,
-    stochook=tr,
-    stocpos={.49\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
-    stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
-    stocwidth=.48\slidewidth,
-    ntocpos={.51\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
-    ntocwidth=.48\slidewidth,
-}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{topframe}{%
-  titlehook=r,
-  clockcolor=white,
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,
-    titlepos={.95\slidewidth,.92\slideheight},
-    textheight=.74\slideheight,
-    textpos={.2\slidewidth,.8\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.77\slidewidth,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    titlewidth=.94\slidewidth,
-    titlepos={.98\slidewidth,.95\slideheight},
-    textheight=.75\slideheight,
-    textpos={.03\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.94\slidewidth
-}{%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-    \pd@sailorroundedtopframe{.15\slideheight}%
-  }{%
-    \pd@sailorroundedtopframe{.1\slideheight}%
-  }%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{%
-  texthook=rt,
-  textpos={.95\slidewidth,.77\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
-  textfont=\color{pdcolor1}\raggedleft\tabcolsep0pt,
-  textheight=.72\slideheight,
-  titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{white},
-  clockcolor=pdcolor1,
-  tocpos,ntocpos,stocpos
-}{{%
-  \psset{linecolor=pdcolor1}%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-    \pd@sailorroundedframe{\slidewidth}{.25\slidewidth}{.7\slideheight}%
-      {.17\slideheight}%
-  }{%
-    \pd@sailorroundedframe{\slidewidth}{.25\slidewidth}{.7\slideheight}%
-      {.12\slideheight}%
-  }%
-  \pd@sailorgrad\slidewidth{.5\slideheight}%
-  \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3}%
-  \psarc*(0,.2\slideheight){3pt}{270}{90}%
-  \multips(.08\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)(.08\slidewidth,0){9}{%
-    \qdisk(0,0){3pt}%
-  }%
-}}
-\pddefinetemplate[topframe]{slide}{}{{%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-    \pd@sailorgrad{.16\slidewidth}{.5\slideheight}%
-    \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3}%
-    \multips(.16\slidewidth,0.75pt)(0,.01\slideheight){82}{%
-      \qdisk(0,0){.75pt}%
-    }%
-  }\pd@sailortocbg
-}}
-\pddefinetemplate[topframe]{wideslide}{%
-  tocpos,ifsetup=landscape,
-    textpos={.03\slidewidth,.8\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.94\slidewidth
-}{%
-  \pdifsetup{portrait}\pd@sailortocbg{}%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{%
-  titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{pdcolor1}\centering,
-  titlehook=c,
-  titlewidth=.55\slidewidth,
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    titlepos={.58\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{sectionwideslide}{%
-  tocpos,stocpos,ntocpos,
-  titlehook=c,titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
-  titlepos={.4\slidewidth,.695\slideheight},
-  titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{white}\centering
-}{{%
-  \pd@sailorgrad\slidewidth{.5\slideheight}%
-  \psset{linecolor=pdcolor1}%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-    \pd@sailorroundedframe{0pt}{.75\slidewidth}{.7\slideheight}%
-      {.1\slideheight}%
-  }{%
-    \pd@sailorroundedframe{0pt}{.75\slidewidth}{.7\slideheight}%
-      {.07\slideheight}%
-  }%
-  \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3}%
-  \psarc*(\slidewidth,.2\slideheight){3pt}{90}{270}%
-  \multips(.92\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)(-.08\slidewidth,0){9}{%
-    \qdisk(0,0){3pt}%
-  }%
-}}
-\def\pd@sailorroundedtopframe#1{{%
-  \setlength\@tempdima{\slideheight-#1}%
-  \psset{linewidth=0pt,fillcolor=pdcolor2,fillstyle=solid,linecolor=pdcolor2}%
-  \psframe(#1,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\@tempdima)%
-  \pswedge*(#1,\slideheight){#1}{180}{275}%
-  \psset{linecolor=pdcolor1,linewidth=.8pt}%
-  \psline(\slidewidth,\@tempdima)(#1,\@tempdima)%
-  \psarc[fillstyle=none](#1,\slideheight){#1}{180}{270}%
-}}
-\def\pd@sailorroundedframe#1#2#3#4{{%
-  \setlength\@tempdima{#3+#4}%
-  \setlength\@tempdimb{#3-#4}%
-  \psset{linewidth=0pt,linecolor=pdcolor2,fillcolor=pdcolor2,fillstyle=solid}%
-  \psframe(#1,\@tempdima)(#2,\@tempdimb)%
-  \ifdim#1>#2\pswedge*(#2,#3){#4}{85}{275}\else\pswedge*(#2,#3){#4}{265}{95}\fi
-  \psset{linecolor=pdcolor1,linewidth=.8pt}%
-  \psline(#1,\@tempdima)(#2,\@tempdima)%
-  \ifdim#1>#2\psarc(#2,#3){#4}{90}{270}\else\psarc(#2,#3){#4}{270}{90}\fi
-  \psline(#1,\@tempdimb)(#2,\@tempdimb)%
-}}
-\def\pd@sailorgrad#1#2{%
-  \psframe[linestyle=none,linewidth=0pt,fillstyle=gradient,%
-    gradbegin=pdcolor4,gradend=white,gradmidpoint=0](0,0)(#1,#2)%
-}
-\def\pd@sailortocbg{{%
-  \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3}%
-  \pd@sailorgrad\slidewidth{.1\slideheight}%
-  \multips(1.5pt,.1\slideheight)(.01\slidewidth,0){100}{%
-    \qdisk(0,0){.75pt}%
-  }%
-}}
-\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
-\def\pd@title#1{%
-  \parbox[c][.15\textheight]{.75\slidewidth}{\raggedleft#1}%
-  \vskip-3em\vskip.2\slideheight
-}
-\def\pd@tochighlight#1{%
-  \hskip\@tempdima
-  \begin{minipage}[b]\@tempdimb
-    \pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@tochltcolor#1%
-  \end{minipage}%
-}
-\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\color{pdcolor2}\ensuremath\blacksquare}
-\def\labelitemii{\footnotesize\color{pdcolor1}\ensuremath\square}
-\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\color{pdcolor2}\ensuremath\blacksquare}
-\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\color{pdcolor1}\ensuremath\square}
-\pdsetup{list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}}
-\def\rmdefault{phv}
-\def\sfdefault{phv}
-\def\Hv@scale{.85}
-%</pdsailor>
-%
-%<*pdupen>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-upen}[2005/12/10 v1.3 upen style (PRU,HA)]
-\RequirePackage{calc}
-\RequirePackage{pifont}
-\RequirePackage{pst-grad}
-\pddefinepalettes{default}{
-  \colorlet{pdcolor1}{white}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{0,.01,.37}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.01,.06,.65}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.98,.78,.18}
-}
-\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
-  titlefont=\large\bfseries\color{pdcolor4},
-  clockcolor=pdcolor4,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
-  tocslidesep=.6ex,
-  toctcolor=white,
-  tochlcolor=pdcolor2,
-  tochltcolor=pdcolor4,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    textheight=.64\slideheight,
-    titlepos={.12\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.83\slidewidth,
-    textpos={.12\slidewidth,.78\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.83\slidewidth,
-    tocsecsep=.6ex,
-    stochook=tr,stocpos={.47\slidewidth,.12\slideheight},
-    stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
-    ntochook=tl,ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.12\slideheight},
-    lfpos={.05\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
-    cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
-    rfpos={.95\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    titlepos={.175\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.775\slidewidth,
-    textheight=.7\slideheight,
-    textpos={.175\slidewidth,.77\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.775\slidewidth,
-    lfpos={.05\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
-    cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
-    rfpos={.95\slidewidth,.03\slideheight},
-    tocpos={.02\slidewidth,.77\slideheight},
-    tocwidth=.13\slidewidth,
-    tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor4]%
-      (-.05,-.05)(.12\slidewidth,-.05)}
-}{%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-    \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
-      gradend=pdcolor3,gradangle=-90,gradmidpoint=0,linewidth=0pt]%
-      (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,0)%
-    \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,%
-      gradend=pdcolor2,gradmidpoint=0,dimen=outer,linewidth=0pt]%
-      (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-  }{%
-    \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,%
-      gradend=pdcolor2,gradmidpoint=0,dimen=outer]%
-      (-.01\slidewidth,1.1\slideheight)(1.05\slidewidth,-.01\slideheight)%
-  }%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{
-  texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering\color{pdcolor4},
-  textheight=.63\slideheight,
-  titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,tocpos,ntocpos,stocpos
-}{%
-  \setlength\@tempdima{.8\slideheight+.5pt}%
-  \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,gradend=pdcolor4,%
-    gradangle=90,gradmidpoint=.5,linestyle=none,dimen=outer,linewidth=0pt]%
-    (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\@tempdima)%
-  \setlength\@tempdima{.2\slideheight+.5pt}%
-  \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,gradend=pdcolor4,%
-    gradangle=90,gradmidpoint=.5,linestyle=none,dimen=outer,linewidth=0pt]%
-    (0,.2\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\@tempdima)%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{}{%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-    \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,gradend=pdcolor3,%
-      gradmidpoint=1,linestyle=none,dimen=outer,linewidth=0pt]%
-      (0,\slideheight)(.15\slidewidth,0)%
-    \pd@upenbg{.15\slidewidth}{.05\slidewidth}%
-  }{\pd@upenbg{.1\slidewidth}{0pt}}%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
-  titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
-  titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,
-  textpos={.05\slidewidth,.77\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
-  ifsetup=landscape,tocpos
-}{%
-  \setlength\@tempdima{.8\slideheight-.5pt}%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-    \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,gradend=white,linewidth=0pt,%
-      gradangle=90,gradmidpoint=.2,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]%
-      (.05\slidewidth,.8\slideheight)(.5\slidewidth,\@tempdima)%
-  }{%
-    \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,gradend=white,linewidth=0pt,%
-      gradangle=90,gradmidpoint=.2,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]%
-      (0,.8\slideheight)(.45\slidewidth,\@tempdima)%
-  }%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
-  titlewidth=.45\slidewidth,titlehook=c,
-  titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering\color{pdcolor4},
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    titlepos={.59\slidewidth,.53\slideheight},
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.53\slideheight}
-}{{%
-  \psset{linewidth=.8pt,linecolor=pdcolor3}%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-    \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor2,linestyle=none]%
-      (.34\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
-  }{%
-    \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor2,linestyle=none]%
-      (.16\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
-  }%
-}}
-\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{%
-  titlewidth=.62\slidewidth,titlehook=c,
-  titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering\color{pdcolor4},
-  titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.53\slideheight}
-}{%
-  \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2]%
-    (.16\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)%
-}
-\def\pd@upenbg#1#2{%
-  \setlength\@tempdima{#1+.5pt}%
-  \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,gradend=white,%
-    gradmidpoint=.4,linestyle=none,dimen=outer,linewidth=0pt]%
-    (#1,.5\slideheight)(\@tempdima,\slideheight)%
-  \setlength\@tempdima{.45\slidewidth+#2}%
-  \setlength\@tempdimb{.8\slideheight-.5pt}%
-  \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,gradend=white,linewidth=0pt,%
-    gradangle=90,gradmidpoint=.2,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]%
-    (#2,.8\slideheight)(\@tempdima,\@tempdimb)%
-}
-\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
-\def\pd@tochighlight#1{%
-  \begin{minipage}[b]\pd@@tocwidth
-    \pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@tochltcolor#1%
-  \end{minipage}%
-}
-\pdifsetup{landscape}{\def\pd@tocentry#1{{\tiny\ensuremath\bullet}\ #1}}{}
-\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
-\def\labelitemii{\color{pdcolor4}\small ---}
-\def\labelitemiii{\color{red}\scriptsize\ding{115}}
-\def\labelitemiv{\color{yellow}\tiny\ensuremath\circ}
-\pdsetup{
-  list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
-}
-\def\rmdefault{phv}
-\def\sfdefault{phv}
-\def\Hv@scale{.85}
-%</pdupen>
-%
-%<*pdbframe>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-bframe}[2005/12/10 v1.2 bframe style (PRU,HA)]
-\RequirePackage{pifont}
-\RequirePackage{pst-blur}
-\pddefinepalettes{default}{
-  \colorlet{pdcolor1}{white}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.7,.1,.1}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.01,.05,.56}
-}
-\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
-  titlehook=B,titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,
-  clockcolor=pdcolor3,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
-  lfpos={.05\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  rfpos={.95\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  tocslidesep=.6ex,
-  toctcolor=white,
-  tochlcolor=pdcolor2,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.91\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,
-    textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textheight=.69\slideheight,
-    tocsecsep=.6ex,
-    stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.13\slideheight},
-    stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
-    ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.13\slideheight},
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    titlepos={.58\slidewidth,.91\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,
-    textpos={.2\slidewidth,.85\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.69\slideheight
-}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{
-  texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.75\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering,
-  titlepos,textheight=.59\slideheight
-}\pd@bframebg
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
-  titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.91\slideheight},
-  titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,
-  textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.9\slidewidth
-}\pd@bframebg
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-    tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
-    tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]%
-      (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}
-}{{%
-  \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3,shadow=true,blur=true,shadowcolor=gray!60}%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-    \psframe*[framearc=.3](0,.87\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
-    \psframe*[framearc=.1](.18\slidewidth,.87\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
-    \psframe*[framearc=.3](.02\slidewidth,.01\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.08\slideheight)%
-  }{%
-    \psframe*[framearc=.3](.02\slidewidth,.01\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.14\slideheight)%
-    \psframe*[framearc=.1](.02\slidewidth,.87\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
-  }%
-}}
-\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
-  titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
-  titlehook=c,titlefont=\color{white}\Large\bfseries\centering,
-  titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-  titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
-}{}
-\def\pd@bframebg{{%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-    \def\pd@tempa{.08\slideheight}%
-  }{%
-    \def\pd@tempa{.14\slideheight}%
-  }%
-  \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3,shadow=true,blur=true,shadowcolor=gray!60}%
-  \psframe*[framearc=.3](.02\slidewidth,.01\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,\pd@tempa)%
-  \psframe*[framearc=.1](.02\slidewidth,.87\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)%
-}}
-\def\pd@slidetitle#1{%
-  \settowidth\@tempdima{#1}%
-  \ifdim\@tempdima>\pd@@titlewidth\@tempdima\pd@@titlewidth\fi
-  \rput[B](0,0){\psframebox*[framearc=.3,fillcolor=pdcolor3,%
-    shadow=true,blur=true,shadowcolor=gray!60]{%
-      \parbox[b]\@tempdima{#1}%
-    }%
-  }%
-}
-\def\pd@title#1{%
-  {\let\thanks\@gobble\let\footnote\@gobble\settowidth\@tempdima{#1}}%
-  \ifdim\@tempdima>\pd@@titlewidth\@tempdima\pd@@titlewidth\fi
-  \advance\@tempdima-6pt
-  \psframebox*[framearc=.3,fillcolor=pdcolor2]{\parbox[b]\@tempdima{#1}}%
-}
-\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
-\pdifsetup{landscape}{\def\pd@tocslide#1{{\tiny\color{yellow}\ding{117}} #1}}{}
-\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
-\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}}
-\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}}
-\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}}
-\pdsetup{
-  list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
-}
-\def\rmdefault{put}
-%</pdbframe>
-%
-%<*pdhoratio>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-horatio}[2005/12/10 v1.1 horatio style (ML,HA)]
-\RequirePackage{pifont}
-\pddefinepalettes{default}{
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{HTML}{004477}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{HTML}{5588ae}
-}
-\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
-  titlehook=Bl,
-  titlepos={.2\slidewidth,.91\slideheight},
-  titlewidth=.77\slidewidth,
-  titlefont=\color{white}\large\bfseries\raggedright,
-  clockcolor=white,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
-  lfpos={.2\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  lffont=\tiny\color{white},
-  cfpos={.585\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  cffont=\tiny\color{white},
-  rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
-  rffont=\tiny\color{white},
-  tocslidesep=.6ex,
-  textheight=.68\slideheight,
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    toctcolor=pdcolor1,
-    tochlcolor=pdcolor1,
-    tochltcolor=white,
-    tocpos={.01\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},
-    tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
-    tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]%
-      (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)},
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    toctcolor=white,
-    tochlcolor=white,
-    tochltcolor=pdcolor1,
-    tocsecsep=.6ex,
-    stochook=tr,stocpos={.55\slidewidth,.09\slideheight},
-    stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
-    ntocpos={.57\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}
-}{{%
-  \psset{linecolor=pdcolor1}%
-  \psframe*(0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
-  \psframe*(0,.85\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-  \psset{linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=1pt}%
-  \psline(.17\slidewidth,0)(.17\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
-  \psline(.17\slidewidth,.85\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-}}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{
-  titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,
-  texthook=t,
-  textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.75\slidewidth,
-  textfont=\centering,
-  textheight=.57\slideheight,
-  ifsetup=landscape,tocpos,ifsetup=portrait,stocpos,ntocpos
-}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
-  textpos={.2\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.77\slidewidth,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    textpos={.05\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.9\slidewidth
-}{%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-    \psline[linewidth=1pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]%
-      (.17\slidewidth,0)(.17\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-  }{}%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
-  textpos={.03\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.94\slidewidth,
-  ifsetup=landscape,tocpos,ifsetup=portrait,
-    textpos={.05\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.9\slidewidth
-}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
-  titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    titlepos={.6\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.7\slidewidth,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.75\slidewidth
-}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{
-  titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
-  titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-  titlewidth=.75\slidewidth
-}{}
-\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
-\def\labelitemi{\small\ding{'64}}
-\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{'70}}
-\def\labelitemiii{\small\ding{'63}}
-\def\labelitemiv{\small\ding{'67}}
-\pdsetup{
-  list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
-}
-\def\rmdefault{cmss}
-%</pdhoratio>
-%
-%<*pdpaintings>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-paintings}[2005/12/10 v1.1 paintings (TDK,HA)]
-\RequirePackage{times}
-\RequirePackage{pifont}
-\pddefinepalettes{Syndics}{% Rembrandt van Rijn: "The Syndics" - 1662
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.06,.06,.06} % Black hat
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.97,.97,.94} % Collar of rising man
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.22,.09,.09} % Tablecloth lower right
-  \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.97,.97,.91} % Book page
-  \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.58,.19,.13} % Tablecloth lower left
-  \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.42,.2,.22}  % Back wall
-  \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.84,.71,.55} % Forehead of man in background
-}{Skater}{% Gilbert Stuart: "The Skater (Portrait of William Grant)" - 1782
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.09,.06,.09} % Hat
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.97,.94}   % White collar
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.26,.22,.19} % Ice
-  \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.94,.91,.87} % Sky
-  \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.78,.52,.45} % Right cheek
-  \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.45,.39,.26} % Ground under small figures
-  \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.71,.71,.68} % Frozen lake at left
-}{GoldenGate}{% Giotto: "Meeting of Joachim and Anne at the Golden Gate" - 1305-10
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.13,.09,.13} % Dress of woman in black
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.94,.94,.91} % Bridge
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.06,.09,.22} % Blue sky
-  \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.94,.91,.87} % Dress of woman with shawl
-  \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.52,.26,.26} % Joachim's robe
-  \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.65,.35,.16} % Anne's robe
-  \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.91,.84,.42} % Joachim's halo
-}{Lamentation}{% Giotto: "Lamentation of Christ" - 1305-10
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.16,.09,.06} % Dark hair of man
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.91,.91,.94} % White robe at lower left
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.19,.22,.29} % Cloak of Christ
-  \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.94,.94,.91} % Skin of Christ
-  \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.55,.26,.22} % Mary Magdalene dress
-  \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.19,.26,.52} % Sky
-  \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.84,.74,.71} % Mary Magdalene sleeve
-}{HolyWood}{% Piero della Francesca: "Discovery of the Holy Wood" - ca. 1455
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.19,.21,.19} % Horse's ear
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.97,.97,.94} % Attendant's neck
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.29,.13,.13} % Attendant's russet dress
-  \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.94,.94,.91} % Horse's rear
-  \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.22,.35,.55} % Queen of Sheba's dress
-  \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.74,.48,.42} % Dusky rose dress
-  \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.84,.71,.61} % Queen of Sheba's hand
-}{Europa}{% Titian: "The Rape of Europa" - 1559-62
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.09,.06,.03} % Bull's eye
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.97,.84}   % Europa's bodice
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.16,.13,.09} % Sea
-  \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{1,.97,.84}   % Europa's breast
-  \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.58,.26,.13} % Flying cape
-  \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.32,.29,.39} % Deep blue sky
-  \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.84,.78,.52} % Bull's right front leg
-}{Moitessier}{% Jean Auguste Dominque Ingres: "Madame Moitessier, Standing" - 1851
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.06,.03,.03} % Black dress
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.87,.84,.78} % Accessories at lower left
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.22,.03,.06} % Deep red wall
-  \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{1,.97,.91}   % Accessories at lower left
-  \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.78,.35,.32} % Flower in hair
-  \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.58,.55,.71} % Blue jewel on left wrist
-  \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{1,.78,.65}   % Left forearm
-}{MayThird}{% Francisco Goya: "Third of May, 1808" - 1814
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{0,0,0}       % Black sky
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.97,.97,.94} % Shirt of victim
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.29,.19,.13} % Face of victim
-  \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.97,.97,.97} % Left side of lantern
-  \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.55,.26,.22} % Blood of man in foreground
-  \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.68,.48,.16} % Trousers of victim
-  \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.68,.65,.58} % Coattails of foreground soldier
-}{PearlEarring}{% Johannes Vermeer: "Girl with a Pearl Earring" - 1665
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.06,.06,.06} % Pupil of eye
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.97,.97,.91} % Sclera of left eye
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.26,.29,.42} % Blue head scarf
-  \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{1,1,.9}      % Reflection off earring
-  \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.71,.61,.39} % Beige head scarf
-  \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.65,.35,.29} % Lower lip
-  \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.68,.71,.78} % Light blue over forehead
-}{Charon}{% Michelangelo: "Charon" (Detail from "The Last Judgment" - 1534-41
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.91,.91,.87} % Sclera of right eye
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.13,.13,.13} % Pupil of right eye
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.39,.39,.48} % Left ear
-  \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.91,.91,.94} % Right forehead
-  \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.65,.71,.84} % Sky at upper right
-  \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.81,.78,.65} % Right eyebrow
-  \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.42,.35,.39} % Moustache
-}
-\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
-  titlefont=\LARGE\sl\color{pdcolor4}\centering,
-  clockcolor=pdcolor4,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
-  texthook=t,
-  textpos={.5\slidewidth,.65\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.8\slidewidth,
-  textfont=\large\color{pdcolor4}\centering,
-  textheight=.5\slideheight
-}{%
-  \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3](0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,0)%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate{slide}{
-  titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
-  titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,
-  titlefont=\bfseries\color{pdcolor4}\raggedright,
-  clockcolor=pdcolor4,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
-  textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
-  lfpos={.015\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
-  cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
-  rfpos={.985\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
-  rftemp=\pd@@rf,
-  textheight=.8\slideheight
-}{%
-  \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(\slidewidth,.89\slideheight)%
-  \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3](0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.89\slideheight)%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[slide]{wideslide}{}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[titleslide]{sectionslide}{
-  titlehook=c,titlefont=\LARGE\color{pdcolor4}\centering,
-  titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-  titlewidth=.8\slidewidth
-}{}
-\setkeys[pd]{section}{
-  sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionslide
-}
-\def\labelitemi{\color{pdcolor3}\ensuremath\bullet}
-\def\labelitemii{\color{pdcolor5}\ensuremath\bullet}
-\def\labelitemiii{\color{pdcolor6}\ensuremath\bullet}
-\def\labelitemiv{\color{pdcolor1}\ensuremath\bullet}
-\pdsetup{
-  list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt},
-  dmaxheight=.85\slideheight
-}
-\def\familydefault{\sfdefault}
-%</pdpaintings>
-%
-%<*pdklope>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-klope}[2005/12/10 v1.1 klope style (CE,HA)]
-\RequirePackage{pifont}
-\RequirePackage{pst-slpe}
-\pddefinepalettes{Spring}{
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.475,.376,.271} % cedar
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.682,.749,.376} % moss
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{1,.949,.749}    % sand
-  \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.749,.675,.376} % driftwood
-  \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor4}
-  \colorlet{sectitlecolor}{pdcolor2}
-  \colorlet{stitlecolor}{pdcolor3}
-  \colorlet{lgsquare}{pdcolor1}
-  \colorlet{smsquare}{pdcolor4}
-  \colorlet{slidebg}{pdcolor3}
-  \colorlet{slidehbg}{pdcolor2}
-  \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor1}
-  \colorlet{mytochltcolor}{pdcolor3}
-  \def\pd@klopebg{%
-    \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=slope,slopebegin=pdcolor3,%
-      slopeend=pdcolor2,slopeangle=270](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-  }
-}{PastelFlower}{
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.349,.5,.5}     % sea green
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.8,.706,.561}   % brown
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.812,.902,.902} % sky blue
-  \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.8,.561,.561}   % rose
-  \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor4}
-  \colorlet{sectitlecolor}{pdcolor4}
-  \colorlet{stitlecolor}{pdcolor3}
-  \colorlet{lgsquare}{pdcolor1}
-  \colorlet{smsquare}{pdcolor4}
-  \colorlet{slidebg}{pdcolor3}
-  \colorlet{slidehbg}{pdcolor2}
-  \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor1}
-  \colorlet{mytochltcolor}{pdcolor3}
-  \def\pd@klopebg{%
-    \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=slope,slopebegin=pdcolor3,%
-      slopeend=pdcolor2,slopeangle=270](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-  }
-}{BlueWater}{
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.902,.957,1}    % lightblue
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.376,.588,.749} % medblue
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.749,.635,.376} % lighttan
-  \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{1,.8,.749}      % pink
-  \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor3}
-  \colorlet{sectitlecolor}{pdcolor1}
-  \colorlet{stitlecolor}{pdcolor2}
-  \colorlet{lgsquare}{pdcolor3}
-  \colorlet{smsquare}{pdcolor4}
-  \colorlet{slidebg}{pdcolor2}
-  \colorlet{slidehbg}{pdcolor1}
-  \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor3}
-  \colorlet{mytochltcolor}{pdcolor2}
-  \def\pd@klopebg{%
-    \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-  }
-}{BlackWhite}{
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{0,0,0}    % white
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,1,1}    % black
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.5,.5,.5} % gray
-  \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor3}
-  \colorlet{sectitlecolor}{pdcolor1}
-  \colorlet{stitlecolor}{pdcolor1}
-  \colorlet{lgsquare}{pdcolor1}
-  \colorlet{smsquare}{pdcolor3}
-  \colorlet{slidebg}{pdcolor2}
-  \colorlet{slidehbg}{pdcolor2}
-  \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor3}
-  \colorlet{mytochltcolor}{pdcolor1}
-  \def\pd@klopebg{%
-    \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-  }
-}
-\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
-  textpos={.15\slidewidth,.75\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.7\slidewidth,
-  titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\centering,
-  textfont=\centering,
-  textheight=.67\slideheight,
-  clockhook=t,clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
-  clockalign=1,clockcolor=pdcolor1
-}{{%
-  \psset{linewidth=0pt}\pd@klopebg
-  \pd@klopesq+-01\pd@klopesq++00\pd@klopesq-+10\pd@klopesq--11%
-}}
-\pddefinetemplate{slide}{
-  titlepos={.15\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
-  titlewidth=.7\slidewidth,
-  titlefont=\bfseries\Large\color{stitlecolor}\centering,
-  stochook=t,
-  stocpos={.5\slidewidth,.89\slideheight},
-  stocwidth=.7\slidewidth,stocorient=h,
-  toctcolor=mytoctcolor,
-  tochltcolor=mytochltcolor,
-  tocsecsep=4pt,
-  textpos={.05\slidewidth,.8\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
-  textheight=.72\slideheight,
-  lfpos={.015\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
-  lffont=\tiny,
-  cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
-  cffont=\tiny,
-  rfpos={.985\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
-  rffont=\tiny,
-  iacolor=myiacolor,
-  clockhook=t,clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
-  clockalign=1,clockcolor=pdcolor1
-}{{%
-  \psset{linewidth=0pt}%
-  \psframe*[linecolor=slidebg](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-  \psframe*[linecolor=slidehbg](0,.85\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-  \pd@klopesq+-01\pd@klopesq--11%
-  \psset{linewidth=.1pt}%
-  \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1](0,.05\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.05\slideheight)%
-  \psline[linecolor=slidehbg](0,.055\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.055\slideheight)%
-}}
-\pddefinetemplate[slide]{wideslide}{}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
-  titlepos={.15\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-  titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\color{sectitlecolor}\centering,
-  textpos,lfpos,cfpos,rfpos
-}{{%
-  \psframe*[linecolor=slidebg](0,0)(\slidewidth,.5\slideheight)%
-  \pd@klopesq++00\pd@klopesq-+10%
-}}
-\def\pd@klopesq#1#2#3#4{%
-  \@tempdima#3\slidewidth\@tempdimb#4\slideheight
-  \advance\@tempdima#1.3cm\advance\@tempdimb#2.3cm
-  \edef\pd@tempa{\the\@tempdima}\edef\pd@tempb{\the\@tempdimb}%
-  \advance\@tempdima#1.8cm\advance\@tempdimb#2.8cm
-  \psframe*[linecolor=lgsquare](\pd@tempa,\pd@tempb)%
-    (\@tempdima,\@tempdimb)%
-  \@tempdima\pd@tempa\@tempdimb\pd@tempb
-  \advance\@tempdima#1.3cm\advance\@tempdimb#2.3cm
-  \edef\pd@tempa{\the\@tempdima}\edef\pd@tempb{\the\@tempdimb}%
-  \advance\@tempdima#1.7cm\advance\@tempdimb#2.7cm
-  \psframe*[linecolor=smsquare](\pd@tempa,\pd@tempb)%
-    (\@tempdima,\@tempdimb)%
-}
-\def\pd@tocdisplay#1{\pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@toctcolor#1}
-\def\pd@tochighlight#1{\pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@tochltcolor#1}
-\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionslide}
-\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
-\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}}
-\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}}
-\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}}
-\pdsetup{
-  list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
-}
-\def\rmdefault{cmss}
-%</pdklope>
-%
-%<*pdjefka>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-jefka}[2005/12/10 v1.1 jefka style (CE,HA)]
-\RequirePackage{pifont}
-\pddefinepalettes{brown}{
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{RGB}{121,96,69}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.949,.749}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{RGB}{190,163,117}
-}{seagreen}{
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{HTML}{FFE680}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.349,.5,.5}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{HTML}{FFC080}
-}{blue}{
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.902,.957,1}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{HTML}{00487D}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.749,.635,.376}
-}{white}{
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{0,0,0}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,1,1}
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.5,.5,.5}
-}
-\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
-  textpos={.15\slidewidth,.75\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.7\slidewidth,
-  titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\centering,
-  textfont=\centering,
-  textheight=.67\slideheight,
-  clockhook=t,clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
-  clockalign=1,clockcolor=pdcolor1
-}{%
-  \psframe*[linewidth=0pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]%
-    (0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate{slide}{
-  rfpos={.985\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
-  rffont=\tiny,
-  iacolor=pdcolor3,
-  clockhook=t,clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
-  clockalign=1,clockcolor=pdcolor1,
-  titlewidth=.7\slidewidth,
-  titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\color{pdcolor1}\raggedright,
-  textwidth=.9\slidewidth,
-  titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
-  textpos={.05\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
-  textheight=.76\slideheight
-}{{%
-  \psset{linewidth=0pt}%
-  \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-  \pspolygon*[linecolor=pdcolor1]%
-    (0,0)(.1\slidewidth,0)(0,.1\slideheight)
-  \pspolygon*[linecolor=pdcolor1](\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-    (.9\slidewidth,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
-}}
-\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
-  titlehook=t,titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
-  titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\color{pdcolor1}\centering
-}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[slide]{wideslide}{}{}
-\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionslide}
-\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
-\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}}
-\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}}
-\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}}
-\pdsetup{
-  list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
-}
-\def\rmdefault{cmss}
-%</pdjefka>
-%
-%<*pdpazik>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-pazik}[2005/12/10 v1.1 pazik style (CE,HA)]
-\RequirePackage{pifont}
-\RequirePackage{pst-char}
-\RequirePackage{pst-grad}
-\RequirePackage{type1cm}
-\DeclareFixedFont\pd@psmath{OML}{cmm}{m}{it}{2cm}
-\DeclareFixedFont\pd@psroman{OT1}{cmr}{m}{n}{2cm}
-\pddefinepalettes{red}{
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{RGB}{225,187,100}    % gold
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{RGB}{111,24,17}      % brick red
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{RGB}{0,0,0}          % black
-  \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor1}
-  \colorlet{mytochlcolor}{pdcolor2!90}
-  \colorlet{mytitlecolor}{pdcolor1}
-  \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor1!65!pdcolor3}
-  \def\pd@pazik@i{\pd@psmath\char25}
-  \def\pd@pazik@ii{\pd@psroman e}
-  \def\pd@pazik@iii{\pd@psroman i}
-  \def\pd@pazik@iv{\pd@psmath\char16}
-}{brown}{
-  \definecolor{pdcolor1}{RGB}{22,80,100}      % blue
-  \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.749,.635,.376} % tan
-  \definecolor{pdcolor3}{RGB}{0,0,0}          % black
-  \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor2}
-  \colorlet{mytochlcolor}{pdcolor1}
-  \colorlet{mytitlecolor}{pdcolor2}
-  \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor1!70}
-  \def\pd@pazik@i{\pd@psmath h}
-  \def\pd@pazik@ii{\pd@psmath e}
-  \def\pd@pazik@iii{\pd@psmath c}
-  \def\pd@pazik@iv{\pd@psmath\char11}
-}
-\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
-  textpos={.15\slidewidth,.75\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.7\slidewidth,
-  titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\centering,
-  textfont=\centering,
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    textheight=.67\slideheight,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    textheight=.55\slideheight
-}{{%
-  \psframe*[linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor2!90]%
-    (0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-  \psset{linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2!90,%
-    gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=0,linewidth=0pt}%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-    \psframe[gradangle=90](0\slidewidth,0\slideheight)%
-      (.15\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-    \pd@pazik@lbg
-  }{%
-    \psframe[gradangle=180](0\slidewidth,0\slideheight)%
-      (\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)%
-    \pd@pazik@pbg
-  }%
-}}
-\pddefinetemplate{basic}{%
-  titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\color{mytitlecolor}\raggedright,
-  rfpos={.98\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
-  lffont=\tiny,cffont=\tiny,rffont=\tiny,
-  iacolor=myiacolor,
-  clockhook=t,
-  clockalign=1,
-  clockcolor=pdcolor1,
-  toctcolor=mytoctcolor,
-  tochltcolor=mytoctcolor,
-  tochlcolor=mytochlcolor,
-  tocfont=\tiny\raggedright,
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    textheight=.82\slideheight,
-    titlepos={.02\slidewidth,.94\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.96\slidewidth,
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    lfpos={.02\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
-    cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
-    clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.035\slideheight},
-    titlepos={.02\slidewidth,.945\slideheight},
-    titlewidth=.96\slidewidth,
-    textpos={.02\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.96\slidewidth,
-}{{%
-  \psframe*[linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor2!90]%
-    (0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-  \psset{linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2!90,%
-    gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=0,gradangle=90,linewidth=0pt}%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-     \psframe(.145\slidewidth,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
-     \pd@pazik@lbg
-  }{%
-     \psframe(0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
-     \pd@pazik@pbg
-  }%
-}}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    lfpos={.17\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
-    cfpos={.575\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
-    clockpos={.07\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
-    textpos={.17\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.81\slidewidth,
-    tocwidth=.12\slidewidth,
-    tocslidesep=.3em,tocslideindent=.2em,
-    tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.2pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]%
-      (-.05,-.05)(.12\slidewidth,-.05)},
-    tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.86\slideheight},
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    textheight=.65\slideheight,tocsecsep=.2em,
-    stochook=tr,stocpos={.44\slidewidth,.18\slideheight},
-    stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft,
-    tocslidesep=.2em,
-    ntocpos={.56\slidewidth,.18\slideheight},
-    ntocfont=\tiny\raggedright
-}{%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-    \psframe*[linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor3]%
-      (0,0)(.15\slidewidth,\slideheight)%
-  }{%
-    \psframe*[linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor3]%
-      (0,0)(\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)%
-  }%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{%
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    tocpos,textpos={.02\slidewidth,.87\slideheight},
-    textwidth=.96\slidewidth,
-    lfpos={.02\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
-    cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.015\slideheight},
-    clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight},
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    textheight=.82\slideheight,
-}{%
-  \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
-    \psframe*[linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor3]%
-      (0,\slideheight)(.15\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)%
-  }{}%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{%
-  titlehook=c,
-  titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\centering,
-  titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,
-  ifsetup=landscape,
-    titlepos={.585\slidewidth,.6\slideheight},
-  ifsetup=portrait,
-    titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.6\slideheight}
-}{%
-}
-\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{%
-  titlehook=c,
-  titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\centering,
-  titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.6\slideheight},
-  titlewidth=.9\slidewidth
-}{}
-\def\pd@pazik@lbg{%
-  \psset{fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor2}%
-  \rput{-10}(.35\slidewidth,.6\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@i}}%
-  \rput{15}(.4\slidewidth,.3\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@ii}}%
-  \rput{-20}(.8\slidewidth,.2\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@iii}}%
-  \rput{30}(.7\slidewidth,.7\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@iv}}%
-}
-\def\pd@pazik@pbg{%
-  \psset{fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor2}%
-  \rput{-10}(.23\slidewidth,.78\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@i}}%
-  \rput{15}(.35\slidewidth,.4\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@ii}}%
-  \rput{-20}(.8\slidewidth,.3\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@iii}}%
-  \rput{30}(.7\slidewidth,.7\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@iv}}%
-}
-\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
-\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
-\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}}
-\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}}
-\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}}
-\pdsetup{
-  list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}
-}
-\def\rmdefault{cmss}
-%</pdpazik>
-%
-%<*pdstyletest>
-%%
-%% For testing, enter your style below.
-%% Switch on only one paper/orient option at a time.
-\documentclass[
-  style=your style,
-  paper=screen,
-%%  paper=a4paper,
-%%  paper=letterpaper,
-  orient=landscape,
-%%  orient=portrait,
-  size=11pt,
-%%  hlsections,
-  clock
-]{powerdot}
-
-\pdsetup{
-  lf=left footer,
-  cf=center footer,
-  rf=right footer,
-  randomdots,dprop={dotstyle=ocircle}
-}
-
-%% For testing text height.
-\makeatletter
-\def\textheightrule{%
-  \raisebox\baselineskip{\rule{1cm}\pd@@textheight}%
-}
-\makeatother
-
-\title{This is a test file to test new styles with --
-this title is very long on purpose.\thanks{Adjust textheight
-to position this footnote.}}
-\author{Hendri Adriaens \and Christopher Ellison}
-\date{August 16, 2005}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\maketitle
-
-\begin{slide}{Test normal slide}
-  Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus
-  elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur
-  dictum gravida mauris. Nam arcu libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer
-  id, vulputate a, magna. Donec vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque
-  habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac
-  turpis egestas. Mauris ut leo. Cras viverra metus rhoncus sem.
-
-  Notice the color of the equation number!
-  \begin{equation}
-    (a+b)^n=\sum_{k=0}^n{n\choose k}a^{n-k}b^k
-  \end{equation}
-\end{slide}
-
-\begin{slide}{Test itemize}
-  Some text.\pause
-  \begin{itemize}
-    \item level 1\pause
-    \begin{itemize}
-      \item level 2\pause
-      \begin{itemize}
-        \item level 3\pause
-        \begin{itemize}
-          \item level 4
-        \end{itemize}
-      \end{itemize}
-    \end{itemize}
-  \end{itemize}
-  Some text.\footnote{Adjust textheight
-  to position this footnote.}
-\end{slide}
-
-\section{Normal section}
-
-\begin{slide}{Test enumerate and inactive color}
-  Some text.\pause
-  \begin{enumerate}[type=1]
-    \item level 1\pause
-    \begin{enumerate}
-      \item level 2\pause
-      \begin{enumerate}
-        \item level 3\pause
-        \begin{enumerate}
-          \item level 4
-        \end{enumerate}
-      \end{enumerate}
-    \end{enumerate}
-  \end{enumerate}
-  Some text.
-\end{slide}
-
-\begin{slide}{The rule has height \texttt{textheight}}
-  \textheightrule
-\end{slide}
-
-\section[template=wideslide]{Wide slide section}
-
-\begin{wideslide}{Test wideslide}
-  Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus
-  elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur
-  dictum gravida mauris. Nam arcu libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer
-  id, vulputate a, magna. Donec vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque
-  habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac
-  turpis egestas. Mauris ut leo. Cras viverra metus rhoncus
-  sem.\footnote{Adjust textheight to position this footnote.}
-
-  Notice the color of the equation number!
-  \begin{equation}
-    (a+b)^n=\sum_{k=0}^n{n\choose k}a^{n-k}b^k
-  \end{equation}
-\end{wideslide}
-
-\begin{wideslide}{The rule has height \texttt{textheight}}
-  \textheightrule
-\end{wideslide}
-
-\end{document}
-%</pdstyletest>
-%
-%<*pdstyleexample>
-\documentclass[paper=letterpaper,style=\style]{powerdot}
-\title{Example of the \style\ style}
-\author{Hendri Adriaens \and Christopher Ellison}
-\pddefinetemplate[slide]{slide}{tocpos}{}
-\pdsetup{lf=left footer,rf=right footer}
-\begin{document}
-\maketitle
-\begin{slide}{Example slide}
-  Here is the binomium formula.
-  \begin{equation}\label{binomium}
-    (a+b)^n=\sum_{k=0}^n{n\choose k}a^{n-k}b^k
-  \end{equation}
-  We will prove formula (\ref{binomium}) on the blackboard.\\
-  \begin{itemize}
-    \item Here
-    \begin{itemize}
-      \item is
-      \begin{itemize}
-        \item a
-        \begin{itemize}
-          \item list
-        \end{itemize}
-        \item with
-      \end{itemize}
-      \item seven
-    \end{itemize}
-    \item items.
-  \end{itemize}
-\end{slide}
-\end{document}
-%</pdstyleexample>
-%
-%<*pdexample1>
-\documentclass{powerdot}
-
-\title{powerdot example 1}
-\author{Hendri Adriaens \and Christopher Ellison}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\maketitle
-
-\begin{slide}{Slide 1}
-  \begin{itemize}
-    \item This is the first slide\pause
-    \item There is nothing special about it.
-  \end{itemize}
-\end{slide}
-
-\section{First section}
-
-\begin{slide}{Slide 2}
-  \begin{itemize}
-    \item<1-> Here
-    \begin{itemize}
-      \item<2-> we
-      \begin{itemize}
-        \item<3-> demonstrate
-        \begin{itemize}
-          \item<4-> the itemize environment
-        \end{itemize}
-      \end{itemize}
-    \end{itemize}
-  \end{itemize}
-\end{slide}
-
-\begin{slide}{Slide 3}
-  \begin{enumerate}[type=1]
-    \item<1> Here
-    \begin{enumerate}
-      \item<2> we
-      \begin{enumerate}
-        \item<3> demonstrate
-        \begin{enumerate}
-          \item<4> the enumerate environment
-        \end{enumerate}
-      \end{enumerate}
-    \end{enumerate}
-  \end{enumerate}
-\end{slide}
-
-\end{document}
-%</pdexample1>
-%
-%<*pdexample2>
-\documentclass[
-  size=12pt,
-  style=ikeda,
-  paper=screen,
-%% Try me!
-%%  orient=portrait,
-%%  mode=handout,
-%%  display=slidesnotes,
-  blackslide,
-  nopagebreaks,
-  fleqn
-]{powerdot}
-
-\title{powerdot example 2}
-\author{Hendri Adriaens\and Christopher Ellison}
-
-\pdsetup{
-  lf=Example 2,
-  rf=for powerdot,
-  trans=Wipe,
-  theslide=slide~\arabic{slide},
-  list={itemsep=6pt}
-}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\maketitle
-
-\begin{slide}{Slide 1}
-  \begin{itemize}
-    \item This is a bigger example\pause
-    \item demonstrating more of the possibilities of powerdot.
-  \end{itemize}
-\end{slide}
-
-\section{This section has a slide}
-
-\begin{slide}{Slide 2}
-  Here is the binomium formula.\pause
-  \begin{equation}\label{binomium}
-    (a+b)^n=\sum_{k=0}^n{n\choose k}a^{n-k}b^k
-  \end{equation}\pause
-  We will prove formula (\ref{binomium}) on the blackboard.\\
-  Click the title of this slide to switch to the black slide.
-\end{slide}
-
-\begin{note}{Note to slide 2}
-  Here we could type the proof that
-  we want to copy to the blackboard.
-\end{note}
-
-\begin{slide}{Slide 3}
-  \begin{itemize}[type=1]
-    \item This happens\dots\pause
-    \item when you change\dots\pause
-    \item the type of itemize.
-  \end{itemize}
-\end{slide}
-
-\section[template=wideslide,tocsection=hidden]{A hidden wide section}
-
-\begin{slide}{Slide 4}
-  \begin{itemize}
-    \item We only treat this material\dots\pause
-    \begin{itemize}
-      \item if we have some time left.\pause
-      \item But don't hesitate\dots\pause
-    \end{itemize}
-    \item to read it yourself.
-  \end{itemize}
-\end{slide}
-
-\begin{wideslide}{Slide 5}
-  This wide slide can contain more material
-  as it is wider and does not have a table
-  of contents.
-\end{wideslide}
-
-\end{document}
-%</pdexample2>
-%
-%<*pdexample3>
-\documentclass[style=klope,clock,hlsections]{powerdot}
-
-\usepackage{amsmath}
-\usepackage{pst-node}
-\usepackage{listings}
-
-\lstnewenvironment{example}[1][]{%
-  \lstset{basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,columns=flexible,%
-    frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},%
-    xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep,gobble=1%
-    }\lstset{#1}}{}
-\lstnewenvironment{examplesmall}[1][]{%
-  \lstset{basicstyle=\tiny\ttfamily,columns=flexible,%
-    frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},%
-    xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep,gobble=2%
-    }\lstset{#1}}{}
-
-\title{powerdot example 3 --- verbatim and random dots}
-\author{Hendri Adriaens\and Christopher Ellison}
-
-\pdsetup{
-  lf=Example 3,
-  rf=for powerdot,
-  palette=Spring,
-  randomdots,
-  dprop={dotstyle=ocircle,linewidth=.25pt},
-  dmindots=5,dmaxdots=5,
-  dminsize=600pt,dmaxsize=700pt,
-  dbright=50,
-  logohook=c,
-  logopos={.505\slidewidth,.08\slideheight},
-  logocmd={\includegraphics[scale=.05]{powerdot-default.ps}}
-}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\maketitle
-
-\begin{slide}{Overview}
-  \begin{enumerate}[type=1]
-    \item This file demonstrates \pause
-    \begin{itemize}
-      \item some uses of \texttt{verbatim} \pause
-    \end{itemize}
-    \item and \pause
-    \begin{itemize}
-      \item some uses of randomdots
-    \end{itemize}
-  \end{enumerate}
-\end{slide}
-
-\section{section}
-
-\begin{slide}[palette=PastelFlower,method=direct,
-              dprop={dotstyle=*},
-              dminsize=5pt,dmaxsize=10pt,
-              dmindots=5,dmaxdots=10]{Name that quote}
-  G\"odel, Escher, Bach: an Eternal Golden Braid \pause
-
-  \verb|G\"odel, Escher, Bach: an Eternal Golden Braid| \pause
-
-  \begin{quote}
-    The two of you may find it amusing to listen
-    to such totally meaningless cacophony, but I assure you it is not at
-    all pleasant for a sensitive composer to be subjected to such
-    excruciating, empty dissonances and meaningless rhythms.  Achilles,
-    I thought you had a good feeling for music. Could it be that your
-    previous pieces had merit merely by coincidence?
-  \end{quote}
-\end{slide}
-
-\begin{slide}[palette=BlueWater,
-              dprop={dotstyle=osquare,linewidth=.2pt},
-              dminsize=4pt,dmaxsize=10pt,
-              dmindots=5,dmaxdots=10]{Itemize}
-  \begin{itemize}
-    \item<1> here
-    \item<2> we
-    \item<3> go
-  \end{itemize}
-\end{slide}
-
-\begin{slide}[toc=What day is it?,bm=What day is it?,method=direct,
-              dprop={dotstyle=*},dminsize=4pt,dmaxsize=20pt,
-              dmindots=30,dmaxdots=30]{What day is it?\hfill A test}
-\begin{example}
-  <?php
-  if ($day == "monday")
-  {
-    $callInSick = true;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    $callInSick = false;
-  }
-  ?>
-\end{example}
-\end{slide}
-
-\section[slide=false]{The \texttt{direct} and \texttt{file} methods}
-
-\begin{slide}[method=direct,randomdots=false]{Quadratic}
-  With \verb|method=direct|, there are no overlays.\pause
-
-  But you can still use display verbatim text.
-
-  \[
-    x \pause = \pause \frac{-b \pm \sqrt{b^2 - 4ac}}{2a} \pause
-  \]
-
-  Attempting \pause a \pause pause\ldots\pause
-
-  \verb|Plot[3x,{x,0,10}]|
-\end{slide}
-
-\begin{slide}[method=file,randomdots=false]{Quadratic}
-  With \verb|method=file|, \pause you can display verbatim text and have overlays.\pause
-
-  \[
-    x \pause = \pause \frac{-b \pm \sqrt{b^2 - 4ac}}{2a} \pause
-  \]
-
-  Attempting \pause a \pause pause\ldots\pause
-
-  \verb|Plot[3x,{x,0,10}]|
-\end{slide}
-
-\section[slide=false]{Nodes}
-
-\begin{slide}[method=file,randomdots=false]{Taylor}
-\begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=|,mathescape]
- e^x |\pause| = 1 + |\pause|x + |\pause|x^2/2! + |\color{red}{\ldots}| |\pause|
- e^x |\pause| = 1 + |\pause|x + |\pause|$\rnode{A}{\frac{x^2}{2!}}$ +  |\color{red}{\ldots}|
-\end{lstlisting}
-\pause\vspace{.1in}
-Notice, \rnode{B}{this} fraction is in \verb|mathmode|.
-\onslide*{11-}{\ncarc[linecolor=blue,arcangle=-5]{->}{B}{A}}\pause \vspace{.1in}
-
-The above (as its own slide) was coded as follows:
-\begin{examplesmall}[escapechar=@]
-  \begin{slide}[method=file]{Taylor}
-    \begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=|,mathescape]
-      e^x |\pause| = 1 + |\pause|x + |\pause|x^2/2! + |\color{red}{\ldots}| |\pause|
-      e^x |\pause| = 1 + |\pause|x + |\pause|$\rnode{A}{\frac{x^2}{2!}}$ + |\color{red}{\ldots}|
-    \end{lstlisting}
-
-    \pause\vspace{.1in}
-
-    Notice, \rnode{B}{this} fraction is in \verb|mathmode|.
-    \onslide*{11-}{\ncarc[linecolor=blue,arcangle=-5]{->}{B}{A}}\pause \vspace{.1in}
-  @\char`\\@end{slide}
-\end{examplesmall}
-\end{slide}
-
-\end{document}
-%</pdexample3>
-%
-%<*preamble>
-\usepackage{url}
-\usepackage{fourier}
-\usepackage{xcolor}
-\usepackage{enumitem}
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\usepackage{pst-char}
-\usepackage{listings}
-\usepackage{array}
-\usepackage{xkeyval}
-\usepackage[section]{placeins}
-\addtolength\textheight{2cm}
-\addtolength\topmargin{-1cm}
-\lstnewenvironment{command}{%
-  \lstset{columns=flexible,frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{blue!20},%
-    xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep,escapeinside=`',gobble=1}}{}
-\lstnewenvironment{example}[1][]{%
-  \lstset{basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,columns=flexible,frame=single,%
-    backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},xleftmargin=\fboxsep,%
-    xrightmargin=\fboxsep,gobble=1,%
-%    language=[LaTeX]TeX,keywordstyle=\color{blue},%
-%    moretexcs=[1]{color,ProvidesPackage},%
-%    moretexcs=[2]{onslide,pause,pdsetup,maketitle,tableofcontents},%
-%    texcsstyle=[2]\color{red}%
-    }\lstset{#1}}{}
-\def\mktitledecor{%
-  \rput[tl]{90}(-5.5,-26.51){%
-    \psline[linewidth=1pt](0,1.5)(\paperheight,1.5)%
-    \rput[lB](.075\paperheight,.5){\pscharpath[linecolor=blue!50,%
-      fillcolor=yellow!20,fillstyle=solid,linewidth=.5pt]%
-      {\Huge\bfseries\sffamily powerdot}%
-    }%
-    \rput[rB](.925\paperheight,.5){\pscharpath[linecolor=blue!50,%
-      fillcolor=yellow!20,fillstyle=solid,linewidth=.5pt]%
-      {\Huge\bfseries Documentation}%
-    }%
-    \psline[linewidth=1pt](0,0)(\paperheight,0)%
-  }%
-}
-\makeatletter
-\def\option#1{%
-  \XKV@for@n{#1}\pd@tempa{%
-    \fcolorbox{black}{red!20}{\texttt\pd@tempa}\quad
-  }%
-  \vspace*{.2cm}%
-}
-\def\tableofcontents{\@starttoc{toc}}
-\renewenvironment{theglossary}{%
-  \section*{Version history}%
-  For more information on bug fixes, typeset the source code
-  documentation (see section~\ref{sec:source}).\par\medskip
-  \GlossaryParms \let\item\@idxitem \ignorespaces
-}{}%
-\def\DescribeMacros{\leavevmode\@bsphack
-  \begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\Describe@Macros}
-\def\Describe@Macros#1{\endgroup\strut
-  \marginpar{\raggedleft
-  \def\@tempa{#1}\count@\z@
-  \XKV@for@o\@tempa\@tempa{%
-    \ifnum\count@>\z@\\\fi\advance\count@\@ne
-    \MacroFont\expandafter\string\@tempa
-    \expandafter\SpecialUsageIndex\expandafter{\@tempa}%
-  }}%
-  \@esphack\ignorespaces
-}
-\def\DescribeOption#1{\leavevmode\@bsphack
-              \marginpar{\raggedleft\PrintDescribeOption{#1}}%
-              \SpecialOptionIndex{#1}\@esphack\ignorespaces}
-\def\PrintDescribeOption#1{\strut\emph{option}\\\MacroFont #1\ }
-\def\SpecialOptionIndex#1{\@bsphack
-    \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily#1}
-           (option)\encapchar usage}\@esphack}
-\def\DescribeOptions#1{\leavevmode\@bsphack
-  \marginpar{\raggedleft\strut\emph{options}%
-  \@for\@tempa:=#1\do{%
-    \\\strut\MacroFont\@tempa\SpecialOptionIndex\@tempa
-  }}\@esphack\ignorespaces}
-\def\SpecialEnvIndex#1{\@bsphack
-    \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily#1}
-           (environment)\encapchar usage}\@esphack}
-\def\changes@#1#2#3{%
-  \protected@edef\@tempa{%
-    \noexpand\glossary{\textbf{#1}\hfill\emph{(#2)}%
-    \levelchar
-    \ifx\saved@macroname\@empty
-      \space\actualchar\generalname
-    \else
-      \expandafter\@gobble\saved@macroname
-      \actualchar\string\verb\quotechar*%
-      \verbatimchar\saved@macroname\verbatimchar
-    \fi
-    :\levelchar #3}%
-  }%
-  \@tempa\endgroup\@esphack
-}
-\makeatother
-\def\PrintChangesX{%
-  \begingroup
-    \let\efill\relax
-    \PrintChanges
-  \endgroup
-}
-\def\PrintIndexX{%
-  \begingroup
-    \setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
-    \setlength{\columnsep}{18pt}%
-    \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}%
-    \PrintIndex
-  \endgroup
-}
-\def\larg#1{{\ttfamily\char`\<}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily\char`\>}}
-\def\LyX{L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
-\def\LyXarrow{\leavevmode\,$\triangleright$\,\allowbreak}
-\let\pf\textsf
-\def\equals{=}
-\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
-\newcolumntype{d}{c|l}
-\newcolumntype{e}{c|c|c|c}
-\newcolumntype{f}{l|p{8cm}}
-\RecordChanges
-\CodelineIndex
-\newcounter{FAQ}
-\def\question{%
-  \stepcounter{FAQ}%
-  \parskip4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-  \itemsep4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-  \parsep4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-  \item[\textbf{Q\arabic{FAQ}}]%
-}
-\def\answer{%
-  \parskip0pt
-  \itemsep0pt
-  \parsep0pt
-  \item[\textbf{A\arabic{FAQ}}]%
-}
-\def\styleexample#1{%
-  \IfFileExists{powerdot-styleexample-#1.001}{%
-    \IfFileExists{powerdot-styleexample-#1.002}{%
-      \hspace*{\stretch{1}}%
-      \fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.16,angle=-90,clip]%
-        {powerdot-styleexample-#1.001}}%
-      \hspace*{\stretch{2}}%
-      \fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.16,angle=-90,clip]%
-        {powerdot-styleexample-#1.002}}%
-      \hspace*{\stretch{1}}\par
-    }{\textbf{No example files found for style \pf{#1}.}}%
-  }{\textbf{No example files found for style \pf{#1}.}}%
-}
-%</preamble>
-%
-%<*bib>
-@book{companion,
-  author       = {Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens},
-  title        = {The {\LaTeX} Companion},
-  edition      = 2,
-  note         = {With Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley},
-  series       = {Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting},
-  publisher    = {Addison-Wesley},
-  address      = {Boston, Massachusetts},
-  year         = 2004,
-  pagenums     = {1120},
-  bibliography = {yes},
-  index        = {yes},
-  isbn         = {0-201-36299-6}
-}
-
-@MISC{PSTricks,
-  author       = {{Timothy Van} {Zandt et al.}},
-  title        = {\pf{PSTricks} package, v1.07, 2005/05/06},
-  howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/graphics/pstricks}}
-}
-
-@MISC{PSTricksWeb,
-  author       = {Herbert Vo\ss},
-  title        = {\pf{PSTricks} website},
-  howpublished = {\url{http://pstricks.tug.org}}
-}
-
-@MISC{xkeyval,
-  author       = {Hendri Adriaens},
-  title        = {\pf{xkeyval} package},
-  howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/xkeyval}}
-}
-
-@MISC{extsizes,
-  author       = {James Kilfiger and Wolfgang May},
-  title        = {\pf{extsizes} bundle},
-  howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/extsizes}}
-}
-
-@MISC{prosper,
-  author       = {Fr\'ed\'eric Goualard and Peter M\o ller Neergaard},
-  title        = {\pf{prosper} class},
-  howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/prosper}}
-}
-
-@MISC{HA-prosper,
-  author       = {Hendri Adriaens},
-  title        = {\pf{HA-prosper} package},
-  howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/HA-prosper}}
-}
-
-@MISC{enumitem,
-  author       = {Javier Bezos},
-  title        = {\pf{enumitem} package},
-  howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem}}
-}
-
-@MISC{hyperref,
-  author       = {Sebastian Rahtz and Heiko Overdiek},
-  title        = {\pf{hyperref} package},
-  howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref}}
-}
-
-@MISC{natbib,
-  author       = {Patrick W. Daly},
-  title        = {\pf{natbib} package},
-  howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/natbib}}
-}
-
-@MISC{geometry,
-  author       = {Hideo Umeki},
-  title        = {\pf{geometry} package},
-  howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/geometry}}
-}
-
-@MISC{xcolor,
-  author       = {Uwe Kern},
-  title        = {\pf{xcolor} package},
-  howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/xcolor}}
-}
-
-@MISC{graphics,
-  author       = {David Carlisle},
-  title        = {\pf{graphics} bundle},
-  howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/required/graphics}}
-}
-
-@MISC{random,
-  author       = {Donald Arseneau},
-  title        = {\texttt{random.tex}},
-  howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/generic/misc}}
-}
-
-@MISC{CTAN,
-  author       = {CTAN crew},
-  title        = {{The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network}},
-  howpublished = {\url{http://www.ctan.org}}
-}
-
-@MISC{LyXWeb,
-  author       = {{\LyX\ crew}},
-  title        = {{\LyX\ website}},
-  howpublished = {\url{http://www.lyx.org}}
-}
-%</bib>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-aggie.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-aggie.sty
index a96b9d2fd25..a1a847ba7cd 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-aggie.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-aggie.sty
@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 %%
 %% This is file `powerdot-aggie.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% powerdot.dtx  (with options: `pdaggie')
-%% 
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
 %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -20,12 +12,11 @@
 %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
 %% version 2003/12/01 or later.
 %%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained".
 %%
 %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
 %%
+%%
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
 \ProvidesPackage{powerdot-aggie}[2005/12/10 v1.3 aggie style (JS,HA)]
 \RequirePackage{times}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-bframe.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-bframe.sty
index ac02433701e..c71f6768ccc 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-bframe.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-bframe.sty
@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 %%
 %% This is file `powerdot-bframe.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% powerdot.dtx  (with options: `pdbframe')
-%% 
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
 %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -20,12 +12,11 @@
 %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
 %% version 2003/12/01 or later.
 %%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained".
 %%
 %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
 %%
+%%
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
 \ProvidesPackage{powerdot-bframe}[2005/12/10 v1.2 bframe style (PRU,HA)]
 \RequirePackage{pifont}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-ciment.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-ciment.sty
index b1ea45055ad..e2c1ab75eb3 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-ciment.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-ciment.sty
@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 %%
 %% This is file `powerdot-ciment.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% powerdot.dtx  (with options: `pdciment')
-%% 
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
 %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -20,12 +12,11 @@
 %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
 %% version 2003/12/01 or later.
 %%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained".
 %%
 %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
 %%
+%%
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
 \ProvidesPackage{powerdot-ciment}[2005/12/10 v1.3 ciment style (HA)]
 \RequirePackage{pifont}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-default.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-default.sty
index 83e29461853..934b4938e6c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-default.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-default.sty
@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 %%
 %% This is file `powerdot-default.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% powerdot.dtx  (with options: `pddefault')
-%% 
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
 %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -20,12 +12,11 @@
 %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
 %% version 2003/12/01 or later.
 %%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained".
 %%
 %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
 %%
+%%
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
 \ProvidesPackage{powerdot-default}[2005/12/10 v1.4 default style (HA)]
 \RequirePackage{pifont}
@@ -54,16 +45,16 @@
   \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,45}
 }
 \newbox\pd@imagebox
-\pdifsetup{landscape}{
+\pdifsetup{landscape}{%
   \sbox\pd@imagebox{\includegraphics[trim=50 20 0 20,clip,%
     width=.17\slidewidth,height=.1\slideheight]{powerdot-default.ps}%
-  }
-}{
+  }%
+}{%
   \sbox\pd@imagebox{\includegraphics[trim=170 0 80 0,clip,%
     height=.1\slideheight]{powerdot-default.ps}%
-  }
+  }%
 }
-\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{
+\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{%
   titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,
   clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight},
   lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight},
@@ -78,7 +69,7 @@
   \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1]%
     (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.8\slideheight)%
 }
-\pddefinetemplate{basic}{
+\pddefinetemplate{basic}{%
   titlepos={.2\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},
   titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.68\slideheight,
   titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedright,
@@ -107,23 +98,21 @@
     (0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
   \rput[tl](0,\slideheight){\usebox\pd@imagebox}%
 }
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{%
   textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
-  textwidth=.9\slidewidth
-}{}
-\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{
+  textwidth=.9\slidewidth}{}
+\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{%
   ifsetup=landscape,
     tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight},
     tocwidth=.14\slidewidth,
-    tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]%
-      (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}
+    tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1](-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}
 }{%
   \pdifsetup{landscape}{%
     \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor3,linestyle=none,%
       linewidth=0pt](0,.9\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)%
   }{}%
 }
-\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{
+\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{%
   titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,
   ifsetup=landscape,
     titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight},
@@ -136,9 +125,7 @@
   titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,
   titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}
 }{}
-\setkeys[pd]{section}{
-  sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide
-}
+\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide}
 \def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}}
 \def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}}
 \def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-elcolors.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-elcolors.sty
index 83751f3dccc..0b83b2849e8 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-elcolors.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-elcolors.sty
@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 %%
 %% This is file `powerdot-elcolors.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% powerdot.dtx  (with options: `pdelcolors')
-%% 
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
 %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -20,9 +12,7 @@
 %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
 %% version 2003/12/01 or later.
 %%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained".
 %%
 %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
 %%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-fyma.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-fyma.sty
index 41ce9e38885..8a779519eb3 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-fyma.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-fyma.sty
@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 %%
 %% This is file `powerdot-fyma.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% powerdot.dtx  (with options: `pdfyma')
-%% 
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
 %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -20,12 +12,11 @@
 %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
 %% version 2003/12/01 or later.
 %%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained".
 %%
 %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
 %%
+%%
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
 \ProvidesPackage{powerdot-fyma}[2005/12/10 v1.3 fyma style (SA,HA)]
 \RequirePackage{pst-grad}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-horatio.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-horatio.sty
index 2e62df23213..3c73495482c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-horatio.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-horatio.sty
@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 %%
 %% This is file `powerdot-horatio.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% powerdot.dtx  (with options: `pdhoratio')
-%% 
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
 %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -20,9 +12,7 @@
 %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
 %% version 2003/12/01 or later.
 %%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained".
 %%
 %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
 %%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-husky.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-husky.sty
index 6b1021aafba..52c69572368 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-husky.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-husky.sty
@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 %%
 %% This is file `powerdot-husky.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% powerdot.dtx  (with options: `pdhusky')
-%% 
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
 %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -20,9 +12,7 @@
 %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
 %% version 2003/12/01 or later.
 %%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained".
 %%
 %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
 %%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-ikeda.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-ikeda.sty
index 16b65e40b10..18bcc7a16d1 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-ikeda.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-ikeda.sty
@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 %%
 %% This is file `powerdot-ikeda.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% powerdot.dtx  (with options: `pdikeda')
-%% 
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
 %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -20,9 +12,7 @@
 %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
 %% version 2003/12/01 or later.
 %%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained".
 %%
 %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
 %%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-jefka.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-jefka.sty
index d297407210a..12d8b517456 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-jefka.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-jefka.sty
@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 %%
 %% This is file `powerdot-jefka.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% powerdot.dtx  (with options: `pdjefka')
-%% 
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
 %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -20,12 +12,11 @@
 %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
 %% version 2003/12/01 or later.
 %%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained".
 %%
 %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
 %%
+%%
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
 \ProvidesPackage{powerdot-jefka}[2005/12/10 v1.1 jefka style (CE,HA)]
 \RequirePackage{pifont}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-klope.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-klope.sty
index 4cdbc6650ba..48d3d6a458b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-klope.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-klope.sty
@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 %%
 %% This is file `powerdot-klope.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% powerdot.dtx  (with options: `pdklope')
-%% 
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
 %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -20,12 +12,11 @@
 %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
 %% version 2003/12/01 or later.
 %%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained".
 %%
 %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
 %%
+%%
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
 \ProvidesPackage{powerdot-klope}[2005/12/10 v1.1 klope style (CE,HA)]
 \RequirePackage{pifont}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-paintings.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-paintings.sty
index 83fa808f7ea..dc063cd7d07 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-paintings.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-paintings.sty
@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 %%
 %% This is file `powerdot-paintings.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% powerdot.dtx  (with options: `pdpaintings')
-%% 
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
 %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -20,9 +12,7 @@
 %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
 %% version 2003/12/01 or later.
 %%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained".
 %%
 %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
 %%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-pazik.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-pazik.sty
index 6d3b5500de2..28983c99c24 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-pazik.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-pazik.sty
@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 %%
 %% This is file `powerdot-pazik.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% powerdot.dtx  (with options: `pdpazik')
-%% 
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
 %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -20,12 +12,11 @@
 %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
 %% version 2003/12/01 or later.
 %%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained".
 %%
 %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
 %%
+%%
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
 \ProvidesPackage{powerdot-pazik}[2005/12/10 v1.1 pazik style (CE,HA)]
 \RequirePackage{pifont}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-sailor.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-sailor.sty
index cc7e347e294..fd3b7beddf3 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-sailor.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-sailor.sty
@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 %%
 %% This is file `powerdot-sailor.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% powerdot.dtx  (with options: `pdsailor')
-%% 
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
 %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -20,9 +12,7 @@
 %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
 %% version 2003/12/01 or later.
 %%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained".
 %%
 %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
 %%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-simple.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-simple.sty
index aa7c0304ebb..24f9abad154 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-simple.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-simple.sty
@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 %%
 %% This is file `powerdot-simple.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% powerdot.dtx  (with options: `pdsimple')
-%% 
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
 %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -20,9 +12,7 @@
 %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
 %% version 2003/12/01 or later.
 %%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained".
 %%
 %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
 %%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-tycja.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-tycja.sty
index 82ff25323f8..4a12e57f329 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-tycja.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-tycja.sty
@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 %%
 %% This is file `powerdot-tycja.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% powerdot.dtx  (with options: `pdtycja')
-%% 
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
 %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -20,9 +12,7 @@
 %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
 %% version 2003/12/01 or later.
 %%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained".
 %%
 %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
 %%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-upen.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-upen.sty
index 3b8169cdf2e..e459c6231ff 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-upen.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-upen.sty
@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 %%
 %% This is file `powerdot-upen.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% powerdot.dtx  (with options: `pdupen')
-%% 
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
-%%
 %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -20,9 +12,7 @@
 %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
 %% version 2003/12/01 or later.
 %%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained".
 %%
 %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
 %%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot.cls
index a5976f8c826..8b7f17378e1 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot.cls
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot.cls
@@ -1,16 +1,11 @@
 %%
 %% This is file `powerdot.cls',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% powerdot.dtx  (with options: `powerdot')
 %% 
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison
 %% ---------------------------------------------------------------
 %%
-%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss
+%% Version 1.4d prepared by Herbert Voss
 %%
 %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
 %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
@@ -20,15 +15,10 @@
 %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
 %% version 2003/12/01 or later.
 %%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%%
-%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens.
-%%
-%% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained".
 %%
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-\ProvidesClass{powerdot}
-  [2010/10/07 v1.4a powerdot presentation class (HA,CE)]
+\ProvidesClass{powerdot}[2010/12/03 v1.4d powerdot presentation class (HA,CE)]
 \newif\ifpd@overlay
 \newif\ifpd@section
 \newif\ifpd@ifsetup
@@ -354,7 +344,7 @@
   tocsecm=,toctcolor=black,tochlcolor=black,tochltcolor=white,%
   tocsecindent=0pt,tocslideindent=0pt,%
   lfhook=Bl,lfpos=,lffont=\scriptsize,lftemp=\pd@@lf,%
-  cfhook=B,cfpos=,cffont=\scriptsize,cftemp=\pd@@cf,%
+  cfhook=Bc,cfpos=,cffont=\scriptsize,cftemp=\pd@@cf,%
   rfhook=Br,rfpos=,rffont=\scriptsize,rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf
     \@empty\else\ifx\theslide\@empty\else\ -- \fi\fi\theslide,%
   iacolor=lightgray,%
@@ -1124,12 +1114,14 @@
   \ifx\@empty#2\@empty\else
     \def\pd@closeitem{\gdef\pd@currentstate{0}}%
   \fi
-  \pd@orig@item[#1]\leavevmode\ignorespaces
+  \pd@orig@item[#1]%\relax\leavevmode\ignorespaces 
+  %% without \relax a trailing space is introduced in a trivlist environment
+  %% but we do not know what the then missing \leavevmode\ignorespaces may introduce
+  \leavevmode\ignorespaces%
 }
 \let\pd@orig@@trivlist\@trivlist
 \def\@trivlist{%
-  \global\expandafter\let\csname pd@currentstate\the\c@pd@trivlist
-    \endcsname\pd@currentstate
+  \global\expandafter\let\csname pd@currentstate\the\c@pd@trivlist\endcsname\pd@currentstate
   \ifnum\pd@@type=\z@\let\pd@closeitem\relax\fi
   \stepcounter{pd@trivlist}%
   \pd@orig@@trivlist
@@ -1190,15 +1182,15 @@
   }%
 }
 \define@cmdkeys[pd]{twocolumn}[pd@@]{%
-  lineheight,lfrheight,rfrheight,lcolwidth,rcolwidth,%
-  topsep,bottomsep,indent,lineprop,lfrprop,rfrprop%
+  lineheight,lfrheight,cfrheight,rfrheight,lcolwidth,rcolwidth,%
+  topsep,bottomsep,indent,lineprop,lfrprop,rfrprop,cfrprop%
 }
 \define@key[pd]{twocolumn}{colsep}{\setlength\pd@colsep{#1}}
 \define@key[pd]{twocolumn}{frsep}{\setlength\pd@frsep{#1}}
 \presetkeys[pd]{twocolumn}{frsep=1.5mm,colsep=.06\linewidth,%
   lcolwidth=.47\linewidth,rcolwidth=.47\linewidth,topsep=0cm,%
-  bottomsep=0cm,indent=0cm,lineprop=,lfrprop=,rfrprop=,%
-  lineheight=,lfrheight=,rfrheight=%
+  bottomsep=0cm,indent=0cm,lineprop=,lfrprop=,rfrprop=,cfrprop=,%
+  lineheight=,lfrheight=,rfrheight=,cfrheight=%
 }{}
 \def\twocolumn{\@testopt\pd@twocolumn{}}
 \long\def\pd@twocolumn[#1]#2#3{%
@@ -1213,12 +1205,15 @@
   \ifx\pd@@lfrheight\@empty\else
     \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\pd@@lfrheight\@tempdimc}%
   \fi
-  \ifx\pd@@lineheight\@empty\else
-    \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\pd@@lineheight\@tempdimc}%
+  \ifx\pd@@cfrheight\@empty\else
+    \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\pd@@cfrheight\@tempdimc}%
   \fi
   \ifx\pd@@rfrheight\@empty\else
     \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\pd@@rfrheight\@tempdimc}%
   \fi
+  \ifx\pd@@lineheight\@empty\else
+    \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\pd@@lineheight\@tempdimc}%
+  \fi
   \begin{pspicture}(-\pd@@indent,\pd@@topsep)(\linewidth,-\@tempdimc)%
   \psset{linewidth=.25pt,linecolor=\pd@color}%
   \setlength\@tempdima\pd@@lcolwidth
@@ -1406,7 +1401,7 @@
   \ifpd@display
     \psframebox[framesep=7pt,linewidth=1pt]{\usebox\pd@textbox}%
     \par\smallskip
-    \pd@@lf\hfill\ifx\pd@@rf\@empty\else\pd@@rf\ -- \fi
+    \pd@@lf\hfill\pd@@cf\hfill\ifx\pd@@rf\@empty\else\pd@@rf\ -- \fi
     \def\pd@tempa{note}%
     \ifx\pd@resa\pd@tempa
       \ifnum\c@slide=\pd@notet
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds b/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds
index 449b9d7168a..e0149124050 100755
--- a/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds
@@ -555,11 +555,12 @@ $Master = "$mydir/../..";
  'poltawski',	"&MAKEcopy",
  'popupmenu',	"die 'skipping, per author (dps) request'",
  'poster',	"die 'skipping, requires compilation'",
+ 'powerdot',	"&MAKEflatten",
  'prepr',	"die 'skipping, circa 1989, never in TL, await request'",
  'preview-latex',"die 'skipping, use preview'",
  'progkeys',	"die 'skipping, noinfo license, author unfindable'",
  'proofs',	"die 'skipping, nosell license'",
- 'prosper',	'&MAKEflatten',
+ 'prosper',     "&MAKEflatten",
  'ps2eps',	"die 'skipping, must go into sources'",
  'ps4pdf',	"die 'skipping, obsolete'",
  'psfig',	"die 'skipping, nosell license'",
@@ -779,7 +780,6 @@ $Master = "$mydir/../..";
  'cm-super'		=> '&PREHOOK_cm_super',
  'fixme'		=> '&PREHOOK_fixme',
  'ibygrk'		=> '&PREHOOK_ibygrk',
- 'powerdot'		=> '&PREHOOK_powerdot',
  'skb'			=> '&PREHOOK_flatten1',
  'suftesi'		=> '&PREHOOK_flatten1',
  'vhistory'		=> '&PREHOOK_vhistory',
@@ -1501,7 +1501,6 @@ $standardsource='\.(c|drv|dtx|fea|fdd|ins|sfd)$|configure.*|install-sh';
  'pageslts',	'pagesLTS.dtx',
  'paper',	'install',
  'parrun',	'parrun.ins',
- 'powerdot',	'powerdot.dtx',
  'seuthesis',	'NULL', # don't want to run iconv, etc.
  'stmaryrd',	'stmaryrd.dtx',
  'tablists',	'tablists.dtx',
@@ -3915,13 +3914,6 @@ sub PREHOOK_flatten1
   &SYSTEM ("$MV */* .");
 }
 
-sub PREHOOK_powerdot
-{
-  print "PREHOOK_$package - flatten1 + ignore run dir\n";
-  &SYSTEM ("$RM -rf run");
-  &SYSTEM ("$MV */* .");
-}
-
 sub PREHOOK_ibygrk
 {
   print "PREHOOK_$package - handle ibycus4.map\n";
author	Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>	2010-12-03 23:42:48 +0000
committer	Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>	2010-12-03 23:42:48 +0000
commit	7ced98c04c5068e8609ca2c6b36f6ad6131ba855 (patch)
tree	7bcd5fb3d7a6f93cd9396248498028e445ed9c1d /Master
parent	9d3d961f82ab9992d487324b372451c0dc289ce8 (diff)